"^-■A*^ >^' '•'*^i^^ ■r^M. 7^^: .%,f^ tM ^.^*^X^■■^^ . ^<^" 4:^^*':^ ' •^•^;^' y- ■■ A Ak'"%: CORNELL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY Cornell University Library BS636 .H96 1887 + Manual of Biblical geography. A text-boo 3 1924 029 283 839 olin Overs The original of this book is in the Cornell University Library. There are no known copyright restrictions in the United States on the use of the text. http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924029283839 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY A TEXT-BOOK ON BIBLE HISTORY, BSPECIALLT PREPAKED, FOR THE USE OF STUDENTS AND TEACHERS OF THE BIBLE, AND FOR SUNDAY SCHOOL INSTRUCTION, CONTAINING Maps, Plans, Review Charts, Colored Diagrams, ILLUSTRATED WITH ACCURATE VIEWS OF THE PRINCIPAL CITIES AND LOCALITIES KNOWN TO BIBLE HISTORY. BY REV. J. L. ITURLBTJT, D.D., Associate Editor International Sunday School liBssoN Commentary, Superintendent op Normal Department Chautauqua Assembly, etc., etc. WITH AN introduction BY KEY. J. H. YINCENT, D.D., Superintendent op Instruction Chautauqua I>iteraey and Scientific Circle, etc. CHICAGO: RAND, McNALLY & COMPANY, PUBLISHERS. Entered AcconDiMG to Act of Congress, in the year 18S4, "by RAND, 3ICNA.LLY & COMPANY, In the Office op the Librarian of Congrecs, at Washington, D. C, Entered According to Act op Congress, in tub year 18S7, i',y RiysTD, McNALLY & CO^LPANY, In the Office op the Librarlum op Congress, at "Washington, V). C. GENERAL INDEX. PAOE Ancient World, and the Descendants of ^^ah 23 Apostolic History, Earlv 112 Bible History, Ciiart of". .. 13 Conqnest of Canaan 50 Empire of David and Solomon 68 Index to Descriptive lilatter ' 15T Index to Map of Old Testament World (Map on pp. 18, 19) . 156 Index to Map of Palestine (Map on pp. 152, 153) - 151 Introduction .-- 5 Isles of Grreece and the Seven Churches 132 Jer u salem, Ancient 72 Jerusalem, Environs of 82 Jerusalem, Modern 77 Journeys of the Apostle Paul . 116 Journeys of the Patriarchs 33 Kingdom of Said --.-,- 64 Lands of the Sojourn and Wandering ..... 41 Life of Christ, The ... 103 Measures of the Bible, The 148 'New Testament Palestine (Kingdom of Herod the C-reat) 100 Old Testament World, The 17 Oriental Empires, The Great 91 Palestine Among the Twelve Tribes 55 Palestine Before the Conquest 36 Palestine, Lessons in the Geography of.. 143 Palestine Under the Judges 60 Physical Palestine 28 Roman Empire, The 97 Solomon's Empire, The Division of 86 ■Tabernacle, The 135 Table of Contents 11 Temple, The - - 138 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. MAPS. Alexander's Empire, division of 94 Ancient Jervisalem in New Testament Period 73 Ancient World, and Descendants of Noali.. 24 Assyrian Empire 92 Babj'lonian Empire and its Surroundings ... 92 Betlilioron and Vicinity 50 Conquest of C'aiiaan 50 Corintli and Vicinity 1 23 Damascus and Vicinity 114 Division of Solomon's Empire 86 Early Apostolic History 112 Empire of Chedorlaomer 34 Empire of David and Solomon 68 Environs of Jc/usalem 82 Island of C}'prus 119 Isles of Greece and the Seven Churches. .. .133 Isle of Patmos 134 Journeys of the Patriarchs 86 Kadesh-barnea and Vicinity 48 Kingdom of Egypt at its greatest extent tmder Rameses 11 42 Kingdom of Herod the Great 100 Kingdom of Saul 64 Lands of the So,]'ourn and Wandering 44 Modern Jerusalem 81 Jlodern Palestiae lo3, 153 Modern World and Bible Lands. . . .facing title. Mount Sinai, Vicinity of 44 Natural Features of Jerusalem 75 Nineveh and Vicinity 96 Old Testament World 18, 19 Oriental World in the Time of David 70 Outline Jlap for Review 26 Outline Maps (Geography of Palestine). 143- 146 Palestine among the Tribes 58 Palestine as Promised and Possessed 53 Palestine before the Conquest 36 Palestine during the Ministry of Jesus 103 Palestine under the Judges 60 Palestine under the JIaccabees, B. C. 100. ... 96 Paul's First Missionary Journey 116 Paul's Second Missionary Journey 130 Paul's Third Missionary Journey 134 Paul's Voyage to Rome 136 Paul's Last Journeys 130 Period of Preparation. (Life of Christ). 104 Period of Inauguration. " 104 Period of Early Galilean Ministry. " 106 Period of Later Galilean Ministry. " 107 Period of Retirement. " 107 Period of Judsean Ministry. " 108 MAPS — continued. PAGE Period of PeroGan Ministry. (Life of Christ). 109 Period of The Pas.sion. " 109 Persian Empire 94 Peter's Journey 113 Philip's Journey 112 Physical Palestine 28 Plain of Esdraelon 60 Restoration of Israel, B. C. 800 89 Roman Empire in New Testament Period. . . 98 Saul's Last Battle 64 Saul of Tarsus' and Barnabas' Journeys. .. ,112 St. Paul's Bay, Malta, enlarged 128 Syrian Period, B. C. 884-840 88 The Two Provinces, A. D. 44-70 .102 ENGRAVINGS. Ancient Coins 149, 150 Antioch in Syria 117 Arches under Temple Area 147 Areopagus at Athens 131 Assyrian Palace 91 Babylon 95 Bashan, View in the Eastern Table-Land... 55 Bethlehem 105 Bible Measures 148, 149 Birs Nimroud (supposed Tower of Babel). . . 23 Black Obelisk 93 Brazen Altar 137 Capernaum and the Sea of Galilee 101 Church of the Holy Sepulchre 16 Colosseum at Rome 97 Dama,scus 113 David's Tomb 73 Defile between Jerusalem and Jericho 83 Dome of the Rock (Site of the Temple) 139 Egyptian Temple 41 Hebron 39 Jericho and the Jordan 37 Jews' Wailing Place at Jerusalem 37 Laodicea from Hierapolis .133 Moabite Stone 88 Modern Jerusalem, Panorama and Descrip- tion of 78, 79 Mount Ararat 30 Mount Tabor 61 Mugheir (supposed to be Ur of the Chaldees) 33 Nazareth 110 Patmos 1.50 Pool of Siloam 103 ENGRAVINGS — continued. PAQK Ras es Sufsafeh (Mount Sinai) 43 River Jordan 30 Shechem 51 Solomon's Pools 84 Tabernacle 135 Tower of David 69 Table of Shew Bread 136 Via Dolorosa Ill CHARTS. Bible History 14, 15 Chronological Chart of Kings of Israel and Judah 87 Paul's First Journey, Review 119 Table of Nations, Review 37 COMPARATIVE DIAGRAMS. Age of the Patriarchs, before and after the Deluge 34 Areas of Asia Minor and Texas, U. S 118 Area of Egypt 43 Areas of Palestine and New England 39 Area of Palestine at Different Periods 70 Areas of Assj-rian, Babylonian and Persian Empires 93 Height of Bible Mountains 17 Height of Mountains in Palestine 33 Population of the Twelve Tribes at Entrance into Canaan 57 Size of the Territory of the Ti'ibes 56 United States and Old Testament World 17 PLANS. Antioch, Ancient 114 Athens, Ancient 123 Babylon 93 Camp of Israel 47 Ephesus and Vicinity 125 Rome, Ancient 129 Sacred Enclosure (Herod's Temple) 141 Section of Palestine, North to South 31 Section of Palestine, East to West 31 Section Tlirough the Middle of Temple, East to West 140 Solomon's Temple 71 Temple in the Time of Christ (Herod's) 138 INTRODUCTION. On this side of the sea we sit down with a big book in our hands. It is an old book. Nearly two thousand years have passed since the last word of it was written, and no one can teU how many thousands of years ago the records were made or the words uttered, out of which its first writer prepared his wonderful statements. This old book is a singular book as to the variety of its contents, — ranging from dry chronological state- ment to highest flight of royal poetry. Many pages of it are simply historical, Avith lists of kings, and names of family lines through many generations. Geographical allusions descending to minutest detail are strewn thickly through its pages. There is no department of natural science which does not find some of its data recognized in the chapters of this venerable volume. Stones and stars, plants and rep- tiles, colossal monsters of sea and land, fleet horse, bird of swift flight, lofty cedar and lowly lily, — these all find their existence recognized and recorded in that book of "various theme." As it is a long time since these records were made, so are the lands far away in which the events recorded are said to have occurred. We measure the years by. millenaries, and by the thousand miles we measure the distance. The greatest contrast exists between the age and land in which we live and the age and lands in which this book found its beginning, its material and its ending. To one familiar only with the habits, dress and cus- toms of American life, the every-day events recorded in the book seem fabulous. We do not dress as the book says that people dressed in those far-away years and far-away lands ; we do not eat as they did ; our houses are not like theirs; we do not measure time as they did; we do not speak their language; our seasons do not answer to the seasons that marked their year. It is difficult, knowing only our modern Amer- ican Hfe, to thinJc ourselves into the conditions under which this book says that people hved and thought in those long-ago ages. Their wedding feasts and funeral services differed utterly from ours. They hved and died in another atmosphere, under a government that no longer exists ; made war upon nations that are powerless to-day as the sleeping dead in a national cemetery ; and the things which we read concerning them seem strange enough to us. In the changes which have taken place through all these centuries, it would be an easy thing, under some circumstances, for men to deny that the people of the book ever lived, that the cities of the book were ever built, that the events of the book ever transpired. And, if its historic foundation were destroyed, the su- perstructure of truth, the doctrinal and ethical teach- ings resting upon it, might in hke manner be swept away. This old Book — the Bible, a divine product, wrought into the texture of human history and literature with the gradually unfolding ages — is the old Book we study to-day on this side the sea. It is a "Book of books," — the Book out-shining aU other books in the literary firmament, as the sun out-splendors the planets that move in their orbits around him. It is a book that deals with man as an immortal soul; making known the beginnings of the race; going back of the beginning to God, who is from "ever- lasting to everlasting," and who "in the beginning created the heaven and the earth"; revealing the cre- ative purpose and loving grace of God ; tracing the fall and deterioration of man, the divine interposition in human history, the preparation of a family, a race, a nation, and a world at large, for the coming of the Redeemer; revealing the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ ; showing how the Christ came, what he did, what he said, what he resisted, what he endured, what he suffered, what he achieved ; telhng in simple way the story of the early church, from the httle meeting of the bereaved disciples in the upper room to the magnificent consummation of Christ's coming, as seen in the prophetic visions of St. John on the Isle of Patmos. (V) VI INTRODUCTION. It is a book full of history, of geography, of archse- ology, of prophecy, of poetry, of doctrine, of "exceed- ing great and precious promises." In an important sense the foundations of this book are laid in human history and geography. However high toward the heavens it may reach in doctrine and promise, its foundations lay hold of the earth. If the children of Israel did not live in Egypt and Canaan and the far East, if the statements of their history as recorded in the book be not facts, if the story of Jesus Christ be false, — everything fails us. With the sweeping away of fact, we must also bid farewell to the words of doctrine and of promise here recorded ; to the divine words of assurance which now give com- fort to the penitent, hope to the despairing, strength to the feeble, and immortal hfe to the dying. As we sit down on this side of the sea, it is well that we are able to look beyond the sea to the lands which gave to the world the book in our hands. And it is weU, that, as we look, we are able to connect the book -of to-day with those same lands as they now lie among the rivers and by the seaside, from the sources of the Tigris and Euphrates to the mouths of the Nile, from the palaces of Babylon to the dock at Puteoli and the prison at Eome. And it is well that the lands as they are found to-day correspond to the records oif the Book as they were made centuries and centuries ago. The Book, on its human historic, geographical and archaeological side, is true to the facts as in the nineteenth century they are presented to us in the lands of the East. There are those who believe with firm faith, that, for these days of skepticism and of merciless and conscienceless historic criticism, the lands have been kept almost in their original condition, that the testi- mony of the modern skeptical traveler might (though unintentionally on his part, Ijut necessarily) corrobo- rate the teachings of the Bible. Have the mummy wrappings of Mohammedan domination held the far East unchanged through the centuries, that in these days of doubt the hills of Canaan, the plains of Egypt and the ruins of Mesopotamia might lift their voice in solemn attestation to the divine truthfulness of the sacred historians ? These lands are memorial lands. They are now what the Book says they once were. Although the sweeping av^^ay of ancient governments and the reign of anarchy have modified the face of the country, the evidences still remain that the most glowing descrip- tions of their prosperity were not exaggei'ated. Infi- dels have doubted, for example, whether Palestine could contain the immense populations which, in its prosperous days, according to the statements of the Book, were resident there. But scientists show that the soil of Canaan, under cultivation, is one of the richest and most fertile in the world. The broken terraces that may still be traced on the hill-sides, the walls of cities and other ruins that fill the land, sus- tain the account of the prosperous days and the im- mense populations of Bible times. So little have the conditions of social life been modi- fied, that one may live the old life over again in Canaan. Soil and scenery, the seasons of the year, Jacob's well and the Jordan, Ebal and Gerizim, the plain, the wilderness and the city, all give witness to the words of the Book. The names of olden time stiU linger. One lands at Ynfa, the "Joppa" of old; Jerusalem is now el Klmds, — '' the Holy"; Bahr-hit —" the Sea of Lot" — is the Dead Sea in the Valley of Sodom and Gomor- rah ; Bi'r es Seba is the Beersheba of the olden time ; el Azariijeh is Bethany, the home of Lazarus ; Beit- lalim is still Bethlehem; and el Khalil — "the Friend" — is the name of Hebron, the home of Abram, "the Friend of God." In the customs and costumes, in the habits of speech and the manners of the people, you read the same lesson. In the spring of 1863 I was pei^mitted to spend forty days and forty nights in Palestine. I saw Abraham at his tent-door ; Rebekah vailing her- self at the approach of the stranger ; the long cara- van of camels and Midianites on their way toward the South. I saw the wailing mourners at the house of death ; the roof that might easily have been broken up ; the wedding procession ; the grass on the house-tops ; the sparrow making a nest for her young in the synagogues of Jerusalem. I saw the elders in the gates ; David the shepherd, with his sheep, on the hill-side ; the Jewish mother teaching Timothy the words of the old Book in the old city on the hin. Verily, it is the old land ; it is the old life ; it is the memorial presentation in concrete form of what the Book says was true there thousands of years ago. As I stood on Safed, overlooking the Sea of Galilee and the lovely land about it, I turned and looked toward the north, and saw snow-sheathed Hermon, probably the Mount of Transfiguration, as it stood out that day against the blue sky of Syria. I thought of Euskin's words: "These pure white hills, near to INTEODUCTION. Vll the heavens and sources of all good to the earth, are the memorials of the light of his mercy that fell snow-hke on the Mount of Transfiguration." I once saw the Alps glorified by the setting sun. I was standing on La FlSgere, looking down upon the Valley of Chamounix, and upward upon the magnifi- cent heights, above which towered the great Mont Blanc. A pall of mist had hidden the rough and unil- luminated rocks ; but, when that mist grew thin as a vail of dehcate lace, I saw the Alps beyond, and they appeared as if on fire. I cried out in ecstacy, "Behold Mount Zion." Through the mists of earth I saw the splendors of heaven. The story of the transfiguration on Mount Hermon, in the days of Jesus, if taken hterally, is not so marvelous as the history we call the life and character of Jesus. Both belong to the realm of the supernatural. The "hfe" granted, the transfiguration has no surprise in it. So I discover the strange blending of the natural and supernatural in the Land and the Book, — in the Land as to-day hallowed by the Book, — in the Book as to-day sup- ported and made real by the Land. It thus easily appears that every Bible reader should be acquainted with the outhnes of BibUcal and geo- graphical antiquities. Without such knowledge it is impossible properly to understand the divine word. HoTV often, through ignorance of sacred archaeology, we overlook the force and beauty of the allusions which abound in the narrative, poetic and prophetic parts of Scripture. And there is, moreover, an air of reahty imparted to all history by famiharity with the geography involved in it. In view of the supernatural character of Bible his- tory, acquaintance with Bible geography is particu- larly important. Once give its wonderful transactions an actual locality among the hills, valleys and cities which may stiU be found and visited, connecting and comparing them with the records of our present his- tory, and our youth will readily distinguish the mirac- ulous from the mythical, and discover not only clear illustrations of many portions of the Bible, but strong and irresistible evidence in favor of its divinity. I therefore haU with joy the admirable presenta- tion of the facts of Bible history and geography in this volume — a presentation so clear, and so abundantly illustrative, that the humblest teacher and most indif- ferent student may be interested and instructed. The study of Bible history and geography must not be limited to the theological school, the pastor's study, or the advanced Bible class. It is a department pecul- iarly adapted to otir youngest children, and by them most needed, that they may secure the vivid realiza- tion of actuality in the Bible narratives. Boys and gills to-day may not take much delight in the advanced doctrinal teachings of the Bible ; but it is possible so to connect its history with stories of modern travel, through the regions referred to in that history, that they will become interested in the one because of the pleasure they find in the other. Our Sunday School libraries should contain the many books of travel through the far East which are published in these days. And our ministers should enhst young people, through special classes, in the study of Bible history and geography. In this way a "week-day hold" upon our young people may be secured. During ten years of my pastoral life, wherever the itinerant system of my church placed me, I held on every Saturday afternoon, in the lecture-room of my church, a class to which old and young, and the rep- resentatives of aU denominations, were admitted. It was called "The Palestine Class," and was devoted to the study of Bible history and geography. An outhne of facts, prepared in catechetical form, was printed, and committed to memory by every pupil. Difficult old Hebrew names of lands, cities and mountains, were arranged in a rhythmic way, and chanted after the manner of the old-time "singing geography" classes. Answers were given in concert to help the memory, and personal examinations were afterward conducted to test it. The class constituted an "ideal company of tourists to the far East." The course of lessons was divided into five sections, covering the whole of Bible history. As each member, passing a personal examination, gave proof that he had thoroughly mas- tered "Section One," he was constituted a Pilgrim to the Holy Land, and given a certificate to that effect. Having studied "Section Two," and passed a satisfac- tory examination, he was made a Eesident in Pales- tine, and his name was associated with one town or mountain. In that way every principal place on the map was associated with the name of some member, who was held responsible to the class for informa- tion concerning its history and present condition. An examination in "Section Three" made our "pilgrim" and "resident" a Dweller in Jerusalem. Having been examined in "Section Pour," he was made an Explorer of other Bible lands, and was located .on some mountain, or city of Egypt, Arabia, Chaldea, Asia Minor, etc. A final examination made him a Templar. vm INTRODUCTION. The songs, concert exercises, responses and ideal pilgrimage gave enthusiasm to the class, while the personal examinations guaranteed thoroughness. As I recall those Saturday afternoons of my early minis- try, surrounded by earnest women and wide-awake boys and girls of all ages, I am amply rewarded for all the labor and time expended. The enthusiasm and delight, the perceptible growth in knowledge, the spirit of cathohcity, the steadiness promoted in the frivolous, the gratification atforded on the occasion of public examinations and reviews, the increased appreciation of the Sunday preaching, visible on the faces of young and old, the grateful words that have come through the intervening years from those who were by these studies incited to a more intelligent and earnest Bible study — these are some of the results of those years of pastoral service. The plan is practicable for every pastor. The book which I now have the honor of introducing to the public furnishes to every minister a complete preparation for directing such classes — a preparation which, twenty-five years ago, would have been a great benediction to me. One of these Palestine classes reported its imagi- nary tour through the village paper. These articles gave local interest to the movement, delighting the imaginary tourists, and (through no fault of ours) deceiving more than one simple-hearted reader in the community. From these letters I make a few extracts. "PALESTINE COEEESPONDENCE OF THE 'INDEPENDENT WATCHMAN.' " Dear Independent : In fulfillment of the promise made the night before our departure, I sit down to write the first of a series of letters detailing the most noteworthy incidents of our journey to the Holy Land, with such historical and geo- graphical facts as are suggested by the localities we may be permitted to visit. " As you are well aware, an association, which has for its specific object the study of Bible history and geography, was organized in your town some months ago. After a course of thorough preliminary training, arrangements were consummated for a tour of observation through Egypt, Arabia, Palestine, — the lands of Hebrew life and literature, the scenes of the early Christian history, and, later, the arena of Saracenic invasion and domination. We are now on the way thither. While the tide of mighty immigration is pouring westward toward the American desert, the Rooky Mountains, Pike's Peak and Cherry creek, a tiny rill of exploration is trickling eastward toward the desert of Sinai, the mountains of Egypt, the peaks of Lebanon, and the river of Jordan." ***** After calling attention to two books which had just then appeared — "The Land and The Book," by Dr. Thomson, and "Palestine Past and Present," by Dr. Osborn — the Palestine correspondent continued: "No class of literature is more refining and exalting than the records of cultivated minds made amid the sacred scenes of Palestine, and the not less interesting ruins of Egypt, Asia Minor and Greece. A taste for such mental pabulum is a better safeguard against the popular and polluting fictions of the day than all the mandates of the parent or the uncompro- mising denunciations of the pulpit. Preoccupy by the good, and there will be no evil to expel. Create a taste for health- ful literature in our young people, and they will not crave the blood and fire potions now so mercilessly provided by the cor- rupt press. This is one object of our present pilgrimage to Palestine. We would open a new world — the newest and yet the oldest of worlds — to their view. We would unfurl bright maps and open new books, and delight them in a field of thought and research, in which healthful influences prevail, a field of fragrant and thornless flowers, of luscious and life- D'ivinff fruit. * =i= * * * fhe association to which I have referred is composed of about eighty pilgrims. On Saturday morning, the 25th, we left your quiet village, reaching Chicago the same evening. Tuesday morning found us on our way to New York, where we arrived early this morning. We shall sail on Saturday, April 2, for the Orient. In order to diminish our expenses, we forego the speed of the regular steam route, and have chartered the sailing vessel, the schooner ' Star of Beth- lehem.' She is a new vessel, and a 'bright light' in her way. Well rigged, and ably manned, she is prepared for the bufi'eting of old ocean. Her captain is the distinguished and experienced Hardstudij^ with whom, I am sure, you have some acquaintance. He is a true gentleman, and, I am told, has been an intimate companion of several Oriental travelers. He accompanied Dr. Robinson on both his tours. The ' Star,' built expressly for excur- sions to the Mediterranean waters, is a stout boat, and is pro- vided with the modern conveniences and luxuries of travel. She is aVjout 150 tons burden. I spent an hour on board of her this afternoon, and am much gratified with the neatness and elegance displayed in all her departments. The library and reading-room is a little palace. It contains about 1,500 volumes, chiefly of Eastern travel, which, together with a number of good maps and paintings, will afi'ord us every opportunity to prepare for the interesting tour we are about making. All thus far are well. Remember us in our wanderings, and send us copies of your paper, directing to the ' care of the United States Consul at Alexandria.' Prepay to New York, and send 'Via Liverpool and Beyrout.' " The next letter gives an account of the various pilgrimages which have been made to Palestine from the days of Abraham down to the present. "Off Sandy Hook, 3.30 p. m.," our correspondent wrote. " The wide ocean is before us. We have passed the Battery, Brooklyn, Staten Island, the ruins of old quarantine and the forts, — feeble protection in cases of invasion, — and yonder to the east is Sandy Hook. The bell of the tug rings. In five minutes our friends who accompany us down will return to the city, and we shall be alone upon the wide, wide sea. The waters appear quiet ; a faint west wind is rising ; all the children are in good spirits. If they are as bright to-morrow it will be strange. Farewell, native land! Farewell!" INTRODUCTION. IX The third letter opened with a quotation from Browning : '"In the dimmest northeast distance Dawned Gibraltar, grand and gray.' "Schooner Stak of Bethlehem, "Harbor of Gibraltar, May 4, '59. "Dear Independent: Tiiirty-two days ago we left the port of New York, and day before yesterday glided through the Straits of Gibraltar, casting anchor in this harbor. Our voyage was short and agreeable, all that could be desired, with the exception of the sea-sickness that prevailed among us for the first four or five days, and the alarm occasioned by the heavy gale of last week. For two days the storm raged so violently that our fears were much excited. On the evening of the 26th ult. the winds were lulled, the clouds broke away, and the rays of the setting sun hurried swiftly across the yet raging waves, to brigliten their foaming crests with golden light, and bring hope to our hearts. Religious services were conducted each Sabbath by the chaplain, and our programme of study and reading was faithfully observed every day. All that we did, and all that we saw, cannot be reported in a single letter. Our young friends must themselves write about the wonders of the sea, — whales, dolphins, icebergs; sunset, sunrise, midnight; calms, storms, water-spouts; and all other sources of joy or terror in ocean life. Yesterday was spent in an excursion to the town of Gibraltar." ***** After a description of Gibraltar, the writer says : " The whole juvenile forces of our vessel have been invited to dine this afternoon with the officers of H. M. S. Manchester, in company with the British and American consuls of Gibraltar, and left an hour ago, under the charge of Captain Sardstudy, to comply with the gracious invitation, and I remain to prepare this letter for the morrow's steamer from Valetta to Liverpool. The sun is already sinking in the blue and gold waters of the Mediterranean. A fresh breeze has startled the sleeping waves into lively gambols, and our flag points eagerly westward and homeward. See our party of little travelers just off for the 'Manchester'! How their boats dance up and down over the water! 'Boom!' 'boom!' go the signal guns from the kind old ship ! Now hear the thunderous volleys from the batteries on the huge mountain, proclaiming the hour of sunset ! " The letters which follow are from "Alexandria, Egypt, May 28"; from the "Steamer Barneses, River Nile, June 11"; from "Off Joppa, June 16"; from "Jerusalem, July 5"; from "Nablous, 'the City of Samaria,' July 12"; from "Beyrout, Syria, July 23"; and on Monday morning, July 25, our correspondent writes his farewell, as follows : " Well, friend Independent, our travels are ended. We came on board the ' Star of Bethlehem ' this morning. The steamer for Liverpool leaves this afternoon, and we shall send our letters ashore to be mailed. By the 30th of September we hope to be with you again. We have seen the earthly Canaan, with its degradation and defilement. Our minds turn toward the better Canaan. With Watts we sing : " 'Looli up, our souls, pant toward the eternal hills; Those heavens are fairer than they seem. There pleasures all sincere glide on in crystal rills ; There not a dreg of guilt defiles. No grief disturbs the stream That Canaan knows, — no noxious thing, No cursed soil, no tainted spring ; No roses grow on thorns, nor honey wears a sting. ' " Such devices as these help to inspire the young with an interest in sacred things. They may not yet be prepared to appreciate the night of prayer on the mountain, the agony of the Lord in Gethsemane, or the rapturous experiences of St. John on Patmos ; but they may take dehght in the land, its custoins, its wonderful histories, read with gratification an account of journeys from Dan to Beersheba, with perils from robbers, and the pranks of native children, the lonely horseback ride from Jerusalem down to Jericho, the encampment by the "Fountain of robbers" north of Jerusalem, the lovehness of Nazareth, the beauty of the Sea of Galilee, and the glories of Lebanon and Her- mon. Finding dehght in these more human things, they may, incidentally, under the leadership of the divine Providence and Spirit, catch glimpses of his face who, by simile and word and spirit, sanctified the land from north to south and from Bashan to the sea. J. H. VINCENT. New Haven, Conn., June 3, 1884. TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAGE .13-16 CHART OF BIBLE HISTORY I. Genekai, Periods. II. Subdivisions. III. Pehsoks and RuLEns. IV. EvzNTs OP Bible Histoky. V. Battles op Bible IIistohy. VI. Events op Religious Progbess. VII. The Books of the Bible. VIII. Great Oriental Empires. • IX. Events op Secular History. THE OLD TESTAMEKT WORLD 17-23 I. Extent. II. Seas. III. Mountain Ranges. IV. Rivers. V. Lands. 1. Lands of ilie Mountain System, 1. Armenia; 2. Media; 3. Persia. II. Lands of the Plain. 1. Assj'ria; 2. Elam; 3. Mesopotamia; 4. Clialdea; 5. Arabia. III. Lands of the Mediterranean. 1. Asia Minor; 3. Syria; 3. Plioenicia; 4. Palestine; 5. Tlie Wilder- ness; 6. Egypt. ANCIENT WORLD, AND DESCENDANTS OF NOAH 33-27 I. The .Japhetic Nations. 1. Gomer; 2. Magog; 3. Madai; 4. Javan; 5. Tubal; 6. Meshecli; 7. Tiras. II. The Hamitic Races. 1. Cush; 2. Mizraim; 3. Phut; 4. Canaan. HI. The Semitic Races. 1. Elam; 3. Asshur; 3. Ar- phaxad; 4. Lud; 5. Aram. PHYSICAL PALESTINE 28-33 I, Dimensions. 1. Canaan; 2. Palestine Proper; 3. The Land of Promise. II. Natural DmsioNS. 1. Maritime Plain; 3. Mountain Region; 3. Jordan Valley; 4. Eastern Table-Land. HI. The Waters op Palestine. 1. The River Jordan ; 2. The Three Lakes; 3. The Broolcs. IV. The Mountains op Palestine. 1. West of the Jordan; 2. East of the Jordan. V. The Plains op Palestine. 1. Phoenicia; 2. Sharon; 3. Philistia; 4. Esdraelon; 5. Negeb; 6. Jordan; 7. Hauran. THE JOURNEYS OF THE PATRIARCHS 33-36 I. The Journeys op Abraham. 1. Ur to Haran; 2. Haran to Canaan; 3. Visit to Ep-ypt; 4. Removal to Hebron; 5. Pursuit of the Elamit'cs; 6. Settlement at Beersheba; 7. Offering of Isaac; 8. Burial of Sarah. II. The Journeys op Isaac. Ilomos: 1. Beer-lahai-roi; 3. Gerar; 3. Rehoboth; 4. Beersheba; 5. Hebron. III. The Journeys op Jacob. 1. Flight to Haran; 2. Retui-n to Canaan; 3. Residence in Canaan; 4. Descent into Egypt; 5. Burial Procession. PALESTINE BEFORE THE CONQUEST 36-40 I The Earliest Inhabitants. 1. The Rephaim; 2. The Zuzim; 3. The Emim; 4. The Horim; 5. The Avim; 6. The Anakim. 11. The Tribes op the Patriarchal Era. 1. Zidoni- ans; 2. Canaanites; 3. Philistines; 4. Hittites; 5. Girgashites; 6. Hivites; 7. Perizzites; 8. Jebusites; 9. Amorites. HI. The Nations at the Time op the Conquest. 1. Amorites; 3. Moabites and Ammonites. IV. The Surrounding Nations. 1. Hivites, Arkites, Sinites, Arvadites, Hamathites; 3. Ammonites; 3. Amalekites, Keuites, Edomites. LANDS OF THE SOJOURN AND WANDERING 41 I. The Land op Egypt. 1. Names; 3. Boundaries and Dimensions; 3. Divisions; 4. The Nile; 5. The People; 6. History; 7. Principal Places. II. Tile Wilderness op the Wandering. 1. Situation; 3. Natural Fealures; 3. Inhabitants. III. The Land op Edom. 1, Boundaries; 3. Names; 3. Natural Features; 4. History; 5. Peculiarities. IV. The Wandering in the \\ ildehness. 1. Rameses to the Red Sea; 3. Red Sea to Mt. Sinai; 3. Sit. Sinai toKadesh-barnea; 4,5,0. Kadesh-barnea to Mt. Hor, Ezion-geber, and Return; 7, 8. Kadesh-barnea to Elath and Jordan; Table of Stations. -4y THE CONQUEST OF CANAAN 50-54 I. Conquest op Eastern Palestine. 1. Gilead; 3. Bashan; 3. Midian. II. Conquest op Western Palestine. 1. Central; 3. Southern; 3. Northern. HI. Supplementary Conquests. 1. Judah and Simeon ; 3. Caleb and Othuiel ; 3. Dan. PALESTINE AMONG THE TWELVE TRIBES 55-59 I. Reuben. 11. Gad. III. Manabseh- - East. IV. SlMEON. V. Judah. VI. Benjamin. V-II. VHI. Dan. Ephraim. IX, Manasseh - - West. X. ISSACHAR. XL ASHER. XII. Zebulon. Xlll. Naphtali. XIV. Levi. PALESTINE UNDER THE JUDGES I. Supplementary to tub Conquest. 1. Judah and Simeon; 2. Danite Migration; 3. Civil War. Oppressions and Judges. 1. Mesopotamian (south); 2. Moabite (central); 3. Early Philistine (south); 4. Canaanite (north); 5. Midianite (central and north); 6. Ammonite (east); 7. Philistine (south and central). Battles op the Period. 60 -03 II. III. THE KINGDOM OF SAUL I. Saul's Appointment as King. II. The Wars op Saul. HI. Saul's Pursuit op David. IV. Saul's Death. THE EMPIRE OF DAVID AND SOLOMON. . . . I. David's Reign over Judah. II. The Union op Palestine. HI. David's Foreign Conquests. IV. The Calamities op David's Reign. V. The Close op David's Reign. VI. The Reign op Solomon. 64-07 ANCIENT JERUSALEM I. Names. II. Location. III. Geologic Formation. IV. Valleys. V. Mountains. VI. Walls. VII. History. .72-70 MODERN JERUSALEM . I. Location. .77-81 II. Walls. III. Gates. IV. Quarters. V. Fountains and Pools. VL Outside the Walls. (xi) xii TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAGE PAGE THE ENVIRONS OP JERUSALEM 82, 85 JOURNEYS OF THE APOSTLE PAUL 116-131 I. NoRTHEKN Road. 1. Jlizpeh: 3. Nob; 3. Gibeah; I. The Provinces op Asia Minor. 1. On the Black 4. AnaUioth; 5. Ramah; 6. Michmash; 7. Ai; 8. Sea; 2. On the ^gean Sea; 3. On the Mediterranean ; Beei-oth; 9. Bethel; 10. Runmon; 11. Ephraim. 4. In the Interior. II. Eastern Road. 1. Bethany; 2. Steep Descent; 3. II. The First Missionary Journey. 1. Antioch in Jericho. Syria; 2. Seleucia; 3. Island of Cyprus; 4. Salamis; m. Southern Road. 1. Plain of the Rephaim; 2. 5 Paphos; 6 Perga; 7^ Antioch in Pisidia; 8 Rachel's Tomb; 3. Bethlehem; 4. Valley of Elah; 5. I'l'JT"'' ^ ' ' Return, and Hebron; 6. Jeshimon. Attalia. IV. Southwestern Road. "Jerusalem to Gaza." HL The Second Missionary Journey. V. Western Road. 1. Emmaus; 2 Kiriath-jcarim. I- -i«''<'''^ Btatimis^ 1. Syria; 2. Cilicia; S^Derbe; 4. -ITT -XT T, H r, , n A-u o Lystra; 5. Phrygia; 6. Gulalia; 7. Troas. VI. Northwestern Road 1. Ramah; 2. Gibeon; 3. ^--r „ r,^ ^- < -m •,• • n i , • i- Beth-horon ■'--'-■ European Stations. 1. Phihppi; 2. Amphipolis; 8. Apollonia; 4. Thessalouica; 5. Berea; 6. THE DIVISION OF SOLOMON'S EMPIRE 86-90 Atliens; 7. Corinth; 8. Cenchrea. I. Kingdoms: 1. Syria; 2. Israel; 3. Judah; 4. Moab; 5. III. Stations of the Return Journey. 1. Ephesus; 2. Etlom. Csesarea; 8. Jerusalem; 4 Antioch. II. Periods: 1. Period of Division; 2. Syrian Period; 8. IV. The Third Missionary Jourkby. Restoration of Israel; 4. Fall of Israel; 5. Fall of I. Outward Journey. 1. Antioch; 2, Galatia; 3. Judah. Phrygia; 4. Ephesus; 5. Troas; 6. Macedonia; III. Battles op the Period. V. Greece. II. Return, Journey. 1. Philippi; 2. Troas; 3. Assos; THE GREAT ORIENTAL EMPIRES 91-96,99 4. Mitylene; S.Chios; 6. Samos; 7. Tro- I. The Early Chaldean Empire. gyllium; 8. Miletus; 9. Coos; 10. Rhodes; 11. II, The Assyrian Empire. Patara; 12 Tyre; 13. Ptolemais; 14. Caesarea; III. The Babylonian Empire. 15. Jerusalem. IV. The Persian Empire. _ y tjjj. Voyage to Rome. 1. Jerusalem; 2. Antipatris; The Division OP Alexander's Empire, B.C 250. I.Persian 8. Csesarea; 4. Zidou; 5. Mja-a; 6. Crete; 7. Melita; Supremacy; 2. Macedonian Supremacy; 3. Egyptian 8 Syracuse; 9. Rhegium; 10. Puteoli; 11. Appii Supremacy; 4. Syrian Supremacy; 5. Maccabean Inde- Forum; 12. Rome. pendence; 6. Roman Supremacy. yj^ ^^^ L^g,j, Journeys op Paul. 1. Colosse, Ephesus; THE ROMAN EMPIRE 97-99 | .i^'susfr" Rome^''*'' *' ^*'°P°"'' ^^ ^'°'''' ^^ I. European Provinces. II. Insular Provinces. III. Asiatic Provinces. THE ISLES OF GREECE AND THE SEVEN CHURCHES. . 133 - 134 IV. African Provinces. X. Patmos. NEW TESTAMENT PALESTINE 100-102 jn; t™ ' Seven Churches op Asl^. 1. Ephesus; 2. I. The Provinces OP Palestine. 1, .Judea; 3. Samaria; Smyrna; 3. Pergamos; 4. Thyatira; 5. Sardis; 6. 3. Galilee; 4. Perasa; 5. Decapolis. Philadelphia; 7; Laodicea. II. The Political History op Palestine, B. C. 4- A. D. 70. 1. Kingdom of Herod the Great; 2. THE TABERNACLE 135-137 Tetrarchy; 3 Kingdom of Herod - Agrippa; 4. The j Origin Two Provinces. jf History. „„„ „„ „ „ „„ HI. Departments op the Tabernacle. 1. The Court; THE LIFE OF CHRIST 103-111 3. The Altar; 8. The Laver; 4 The Tent; 5. The I. Period of Preparation. 1. Presentation in the Holy Place; 6. The Holy of Holies. Temple; 3 Flight iiilo Egypt; 3. Settlement at Nazareth; 4. Visit to the Temple. THE TEMPLE 138 - 143 II. Period of Inauguration. 1. Baptism; 2. Tempta- I Court op the Gentiles. tion; 3 Marriage at Cana; 4. First Passover; 5. II'. Sacred Enclosure. Return to Galilee. III. Court of the Women. III. Period op Eai:ly Galilean SIinistey. 1. Opening IV. Court of Israei,. of the Ministry; 3. Tour in Eastern Galilee; 3. Second V. Court of the Priests. Passover; 4 Sermon on the Blount. VI. The House of God. IV. Period of Later Galilean Ministry. 1. Tour in Southern Galilee; | Gadarcne Voyage; 3. Tour in LESSONS IN THE GEOGRAPHY OF PALESTINE 143-147 Central Galilee; 4. Kclirement to Bethsaida. „ T, T. ^ T ^ -n-, ■ • I- Lines and Waters. V. Period op Retirement. 1. Journey to Phoenicia; 3 Journey to Decapolis; 3. Journey to CfEsarea ^'- ■'>*ames and Distances. Philippi; 4. Last Return to Capernaum. III. Natural Divisions. 1. Sea-Coast Plain; 3. Mountain VI. Period of Jud^an Ministry. 1. Galilee to Jeru- Region; 8. Jordan Valley; 4. Eastern Table-Land. salem; 2. Jerusalem to Bothabara. IV. Mountains. VII. Period of Per/ban Ministry. 1. Bethabara to V. Places. 1. In the Sea-Coast Plain; 3. In the Mounl- Betbtmy; 3. Retirement to Ephraim; 3. Journey in ain Region; 3. In the Jordan Valley; 4. In the Pera3a; 4. Jericho to Bethany. Eastern Table-Laud. VIII. Period op THE Passion. 1, 2, 3. Bethany to Temple VI. Provinces. 1. Judoea; 3. Samaria; 3. Galilee; 4. and Return; 4. Bethany to Supper; 5. Supper to Pera3a; 5. Bashan. Gethsemane; 6 Gelhsemane to House of Caiaphas; 7. Caiaphas to Pilate; 8. Pilate to Herod and Return; tjje MEASURES OF THE BIBLE 148-150 9. Pilate to Calvary. to nr -r T-,r T, T^ r,,, r„ . I- bMAi,LER Measures op Length. IX. Period op the Resurrection— fhe Ten Appear- n larger Measures of Length. ancra of Christ: 1. At .Terusalem; 3. At .Jerusalem; HI. Dry Measures op Capacity. 3. Near Emmaus; 4. At .Jerusalem; 5. At Jerusa- ly. Liquid Measures of Capacity. lem; 6. At Jerusalem; 7 Near the Sea or Galilee; y_ Measures op Weight. 8 On a Mountain in Galilee; 9. At Jerusalem; 10. yj" Measures of Value. ' Near Bethany. EARLY APOSTOLIC HISTORY 113-115 INDEX TO AND MAP OP PALESTINE 151-155 I. Philip's .Tourney. II. Saul's Journey. INDEX TO MAP OF OLD TESTAMENT WORLD 15B III. Peter s Journey. " IV. Barnabas' .Journey. _ „ „„^ ,„ . „„ V. Barnabas And Saul's Journey. INDEX TO DESCRIPTIVE MATTER I57, igg CHART OF BIBLE HISTORY. The Geography and the History of the Bible are so closely united, that neither can be studied to advantage without the other; we therefore present at the opening of our work the Chart of Bible History, upon which the leading events are grouped in various relations. As the annals before the Deluge are mostly the hsts of geneal- ogies, as the events named are few, and the chronology extremely uncertain, we begin our table with the Deluge, a point at which history may properly be said to open. The blue hues extending horizontaUy across the chart represent the centuries, the spaces between them each including 100 years. We accept the common chronology found in the reference Bibles, that of Archbishop Usher, not regarding it as having authority, or as trustworthy, except during the thousand years between Solomon and Christ; but, because no other dates have as yet been accepted by scholars, and as these are in general use, they wOl answer as weU as any others to fix the relations of events, until a more definite knowledge of the subject shaU have been obtained. According to this chronology, 4,000 years intervened between the Creation of Man and the Birth of Christ. I. The first column of the table divides the 2, 500 years between the Deluge and the Apocalypse into five Gen- eral Periods, each of which is a distinct subject of Bible History. These are : 1. The Period of the Early Eaces, from the Deluge, B. C. 2348, to the CaU of Abraham, B. C. 1921. 2. The Period of the Chosen Family, from the Call of Abraham, B. C. 1921, to the Exodus, B. C. 1491. 3. The Period of the Israehtish People, from the Ex- odus, B. C. 1491, to the Coronation of Saul, B. C. 1095. 4. The Period of the Israelitish Kingdom, from the Coronation of Saul, B. C. 1095, to the Babylonian Cap- tivity, B. C. 58Y. 6. The Period of the Jewish Province, from the Baby- lonian Captivity, B. C. 587, to the Destruction of Jeru- salem by the Romans, A. D. 70. The two black hues extending across the page in the space occupied by this period represent the dates when the Old Testament canon closed and the New Testament opened. Between these Scripture is silent, and during a part of it the Apocrypha is our only guide. II. In the second column the larger periods are broken up into Subdivisions. 1. In the Period of the Early Baces the Une of division is made at the Dispersion of the Races, which is marked, but doubtfully, at 2234 B. C. 2. The Period of the Chosen Family is subdivided at the Descent into Egypt by Jacob and his family, B. C. 1706. 3. The Period of the Israelitish People has three subdi- ( visions. (1.) The Wandering in the Wilderness, from the Exodus, B. C. 1491, to the Entrance into Canaan, B. C. 1451. (2.) The Settlement, extending to the Meso- potamian Oppression, B. C. 1402. (3.) The Rule of the Judges, to the Coronation of Saul, B. C. 1095. 4. The Period of the Israelitish Kingdom naturally divides itself into three sections. (1.) Unity, to the Division of the Kingdom, B. C. 975. (2.) Division, to the Captivity of the Ten Tribes, B. 0. 721. (3.) Decay, the stage of the kingdom of Judah alone, from B. C. 721 to 587, the Bab- ylonian Captivity. 5. The Period of the Jewish Prov- ince has five subdivisions. (1.) Chaldean Rule, to the Return from Captivity, B. C. 536. (2.) Persian Rule, to the Conquest by Alexander the Great, B. C. 330. (3.) Creek Rule, under the kingdoms of Alexander's success- ors to the Revolt of Mattathias, B. C. 168. (4.) Jewish Independence, to the Annexation of Judaea to the Roman Empire, A. D. 6. (5.) Roman Rule, to the final Destruc- tion of Jerusalem, A. D. 70. HI. Next, we notice the prominent Persons and Rulers in Sacred History. The perpendicular lines op- posite the names of the patriarchs indicate the duration of their lives, according to the common chronology. Only the most important of the Judges are named, and with each is given his number in the order of the hst. The crowns show the kings, and the years show the period of their reigns. The chronology during the age of the Judges is very uncertain, and the dates are only conjectural. Adopting the order of the most recent ex- positors, we place Eh as the thirteenth judge, and Sam- son as the fourteenth; though the reading of Judges and 1 Samuel would appear to indicate that Samson preceded Eli. The best authorities make Samson's judgeship coincide with the last half of Eh's. IV. The Events of Bible History, given in the fourth column, are too numerous to be recapitulated. The student should divide them according to the Subdi- visions of the Periods, already given. V. In the next column are named the most important Battles of Bible History. These may also be classi- fied according to the Periods and Subdivisions. These battles vdU be found indicated upon the map of each Period, throughout the Atlas. VI. The sixth column, containing the Events of Religious Progress, is intended to iUustrate the de- velopment of the plan of redemption, and the spirit- ual aspects of the history. Upon it may be formd the leading incidents which mark the stages of revela- tion, from the Covenant with Noah to the Apocalypse of John. 13) B.C. 2400 2300 2200 2100 2000 1900 1800 A ^00 1600 1500 1400 1300 1200 1100_ 1000_ 900 800 700 600 500 400 I. GENERAL „PEHiODfi.. • ma a. u. r-EEIOD OF THE EAELY RACES. -I'jui a. (J. n. TEEIOD OF THE CHOSEN FAMILT.^ 14i)l B. C. Ill, PERIOD OF THE ISRAELITE PEOPLE. II. SUBDIVrSIONS ;.jDEJEzEIQIIS^_ THE -UNITED-'- RACE. 23.54 THE DISPERSED -RAGESt - ■TOTreMTT.TR OF THE PATRIARCHS 1706 B. C. SOJOURN WAS"DEE1KG 1451 Settlement. I4na -Bxrcw JUDGES. III. PERSONS AND RULERS IN BIBLE HISTORY. Noa ,2948-1998. Shem, 8446 - 1846. Tera h. 2126-1920. . Abraham, 1996-1822. Isaac, 1896-1715. Jaeoh, l!?37-1fiS9- Joseph, 1745-1635. Mo6e6, 1571-1451. Joeliua, 1552-1442. Othniel (1), 1391-1.S54. Ehua (2), 1836-1296. Deborah (4), 1296-1256. Gideon (5), 1249-1209. Kli (131, 1157- IJ 17. Samson (14), 1137-1117. Samuel (15), 1117-1095. !Janl,^my5-lBBB. David, W 1055-1015. -SolomOHr ^ 1015 - 975. ISRAEL. Jeroboam, ^i@ 975 - 966. Ahab, a a 918-89 7. Jehu, Iga 884-856. EVENTS OP BIBLE HISTOEX Deluge, 2348 Tower of Babel, 2250 (?). Diepersion of Races, 2234 (?). BATTLES OF BIBLE B CHAK BIBLE H Migpation of Ab g aham, H)fll. DTBtWctioiTofCitresortliie^ Plain, 1897. Jacobus Desce n t int o Egy pt. 1 706. Bondage in Egypt, 1550. Wandering in Wildemees, 1491 - 1451. Conquest of Canaan, 1451-1444. M^eAOROjBmj9nitorsmQn,JA0jb-J394._ Moabite Oppression, 13.36. Canaauite. 0.ppxe6sion,JLaQD^ Midianite Oppression, 1250. Ammonite Oppression, 1150. Philistine Oppression, 1150 - 1055 Uoronaiion 61 Hiul, lOUS. Accession of Da\id, 1055. ^qnqLue8tof_ Syria, 1045. Abraham's Victory over E lamite Attack on Shechem by Jacob's f Rephidim ; Amalek 'Repul8ed"by Beth-boron: Joshua over Can^i Fords of Jordan; Ehnd over Mo Mt. Tabor: Deborah over Canaai Mt. Gilboa: Gideon over Midian Aroer: Jephthah over Ammoniti Gaza: Samson over Philistines. ] Ebonezer: Samuel over Philistir TSWBiFgnsmrrsBTTnjTCranrmoi Valley of Elab : David and Goli, Mt. Gilboa: Saul slain, 1055. Jerusalem taken by David, 1048. Mt. Zemaraim: Abijahover Jeto Mareshah: Asa over Bthiopians, UNITY. IV. PEEIOB^ ■ OF THE ISRAELITE KINGDOM. DIVISION. JUDAH. Rehoboam, ^975-957. -Jehoshaphat, JSSa 914^^fl89_ Jeroboam 11, i 836-784. Hoahea,«J 730-721. DECAY. Athatiah, usurper, £84 - 871 Uzzi lb, ^618-758. Visit of <}ueen of Shelia, 993. Division of Kingdom, 975. Wars between Israel and Judah, 975 - 914. RiBO-of Syrian PoweT-r-90a Edom Independent of Judah, 885. Jchu'B Revolution, 884. Syrian Supremacy over Israel, 850. Restoration of Israelite Power, " Indian Summer,'' Ramoth-gilead: Ahab slain, 897. Aphek: Joaeh over Syrians, 839. Bethshemesh: Joash over Amaz Ilezckiah, VSi '26 - 698. Man.i8!-eh, ^ 698-643: Josiah, lSa639-608. Rise of Assyrian Power, 770. First Captivity of Israel (East of Jordan), 7iO. Final Captivity of Israel, 721. Samaria taken by Assyrians, 721 Manasseb in Prison at Babylon, 680. Josiah's Reformation, 635. Jerusalem : Assyrians destroyed Qayli ' illj uf JuJah, BOT. Return from Captivity, 636. Megiddo : Josia h slai n, 608. SSTKTT V. PERIOD Chaldean Rule. 636 PERSIAN RULE. Zerubbabel, 536-510. Ezra, 458-435. Nehemlah, 444-434. Endolidld JEWISH PROVINCE. Testament, B.C 3C0 GREEK RULE. 168 B. 0. JEWISH INDEPEND- ENCE. Esther's Deliverance, 478. Nehemiah's building Wall of Jerusalem, 444. Separation of Samaritans, 440. 300 200 100 A. D. 100 jm^AOL, 6 A. D. Roman Rule. Jaddua, High Priest, 350-331, Onias, High Priest, 330-300. Simon the Just, 800 - 292. Jndas Maccabeus, 166 - 161. Ant-pater, 68-43. Herod, 43 - 4 B. C. Beginning o f New Testament. Visit of Alexander the Great to Judtea, 3-32 Jaws token captive to.Egypt, 320. Persecution by Antiochus Epiphanes, 168. Revolt of Mattathlas, 168. * Jewish Freedom recognized, 123. Pompey entered the Temple, 63. .JerusalemJakfin-hy-EtslsmUrf Jerusalem taken by Antiochus', ' Jerusalem taken by Pompey, 63 Pontius Filate, Procurator, 26 - 36 A. D. .Tudsea annexed to Roman Emjiire, A. D. Revolt of Jews against Rome, 66. ■BgttB«tioB-trf-J «wi9h B t ft t e', T O.- ^ ~-—~ — ■ JataHnla m d estea j fo d-by .Tltu «r (U) STOEY. "VI. EVENTS OF EELIGIOUS £EOGEESS. Covenant witb Noah, 3348. r OF ISTOEY. B, 1918. " ions, 1732. eau m Aumimm, mi. tJovenaffrwiUi Alifaham, 1898. OfEering of Isaac, 1872. Jacob's Vision at Bethel, 1760. Jacob's Wreeiling, 1739. Jacob's Dying Prophecy, 1689. "VII. BOOKS OF BIBLE WRITTEN. A^IIl. JEIENTAL EMPIEES. 2200 (!). Job, 1500(f). EARLY CHALDEAN EMPIRE. IX. EVENTS OF SECULAE HISTOKT, Building of the Great Pyramid, 2170 B. O. (!)• Semiramia, Queen of Babylon, 2000 (t). Athens founded 1550 (!)■ B.C. 2400 2300 2200 2100 2000 1800 1700 1600 IBOO Joshua, 1491. lites, 1451. 'J'fiA LkW given oil Hinai. Entrance into the Promised Land, 1451 Eeading the law at Shechem, 1451, ab, 1336. niteaJ296. ,1249. >B, 1150. 1117. les, 1117. Pentateuch, 1490-1411. Joshua, 1400 (f). Thebes founded 1103 (!)' Euth at Bethlehem, 1312. 1270. moi-', 1(J95. atb, 1063. in,.1023^_ boam, 958. 942. Samuel's Beformation, 1100. Jufigee, 1100 (?1. T ayirl TT. Samnel Bnth llm-lnnn ASSYRIAN Founding of the Assyrian Empire, 1270. Trojan "War, 1191-1184 ())," Return of the Heraclidae. IIQ* (?). 1400 1300 1200 The Ark brought to Zion, 1042. Solomon's Temp!e dedicated^ 1006. Elijah on Mt. Carmei, 907. iah. Elisha's Dying Prophecy, 838. Jonah at Nineveh, 825. Micah'e Prophecy, 747. Isaish_'s Prophecy, 700. Danlel's^Vlslons, 603-536. .Earlier Psalms, 1030. Proverbs, Song Sol., (Ecclesiastes?), 990. Jonah, 885 (f). Amos, 800. Hosea, Joel, 725. Isaiah, Micah, Nahum, 70O. Habakkulj, 620(?). Zephaniah, 615. B OTi — ^ EMPIRE. 025. I I i » pd H i Eingoi Jeremiah, 560. Ezeklel, 540. Daniel, 630; Haggai, 520; Zechariah, 510. Esther, 475 (?). I. and II. Chronicles, Ezra, Nehemiah, 460 - 425. Malachi, 400 (?)■ (Close of O. T. Canon.) -eHa»M)' BA M Tanite Dynasty (2Ist) in Egypt, 1016. Syrian Kingdom founded by Rezon, 970. Sheshonk I-, [King of Egypt. Pygmalion, King of Tyre, 875. Carthage founded, 870. Era of the Olympiads, 776; Foimding cf Rome, 763. Later Assyrian Empire founded by Tiglath-pileser, 7i0. Median Kingdom founded, 633. Assyrian Empire destroyed. Neko (Pharaoh-Necho) defeated at Carthemish by [Nebuchadnezzar, 605. Rnlnn at. Athp.Tis. Mt. 1000 900 800 700 600 izSr, b«'(. Else of Synagogues, 540. Zechariah's Prophecies, 536 - 510. Malaclii's Prophecy, 400. 536. EMPIEE. PERSIAN EMPIRE. Babylon taken by Cyrus, 636. Republio established at Rome, 510. Battle of Marathon, in Greece, i90. ue,_305.. C. 3.30. Ee-dedication of Temple, 166. Annunciation to Mary. B. C._4^ (Between 300 and 4 B. C, the Books of the Apocrypha were written.) Beginning of New Testament. KINGDOMS OP ALEXANDEE'S SUCCESSOES. 60 B. C. ROMAN ernciflxioo, A. D. 30. Matthew, 37 (?). Mark, Luke, Acts, 65 A. D. John: Epistles, Gospel, and Eevclation, 80- (153 EMPIRE . Retreat of the 10.000. iOO. .Death of ^ocrai:es, 399. 500 400 Alexander the Great conquered Persian Empire, 330. Death of Alexander at Babylon, 323; Battle of lpsus,.301. Battle of Cannae, 216 (Hannibal). The Gracchi at Rome, 128 - 121. Assassination of Julius Caesar, ii. Augustus, Emperor, 27 B. C. Tiberius, Emperor, 11 A. D. 300 200 100 A. D. 100 16 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. VII. The Books of the Bible appear in the next column, with the supposed dates of tlieir appearance. It is to be remembered, however, that no dates were given with the ancient Scriptures, and that ours are only conjectures with regard to most of them. VIII. Contemporaneous with the Bible History, and interweaving with it, are the records, now becoming known, of the Great Oriental Eiin>ires. We assign to these their periods, according to the ordmary chro- nology. These will be found discussed under the several maps representing them in the body of the work. IX. Lastly, we. arrange upon the chart the leading Events of Secular History, showing their relation with those of the Bible. The student wiU notice that the Bible History antedates aU other authentic annals, and that Greece and Eome do not appear in the record until Israel was closing its history as an independent kingdom. TUB CHURCH OF THE HOLY SEPULCHllE. THE OLD TESTAMENT WOELD. 21 B. C. 633 the Median kingdom was established, and soon became supreme over Assyria, Armenia, and Persia, and formed the Medo-Persian empire, which succeeded to the power of Babylon in the East, B. C. 636. After that date the history of Media is lost in that of Persia. 3. Persia was originally a small province on the Per- sian Gulf, still known as Fars. But Persia Proper in- cluded, besides the sandy plain on the gulf, a mountain- ous plateau north of it, and was bounded by Media on the north, by Carmania on the east, by the Persian Gulf on the south, and by Elam on the west. Its people were of the Aryan race, and at first subject to the Medes. They revolted under Cyrus the Great, and became the controlling power in the conquest of Nebuchadnezzar's dominion. The Persian empire arose to greatness at the fall of Babylon, B. C. 536, conquered and ruled over aU the lands from India to Ethiopia, and was by far the greatest of the great Oriental monarchies. It was sub- jected by Alexander the Great, B. C. 330. The capital of the Persian empire was Susa, called in the Bible "Shushan the Palace" (Esther 1:2); which was, how- ever, situated not in Persia Proper, but in Elam. The most important places in the province were Persepolis (its capital at one period), Pasargada, and Mesambria, none of which are named in the Bible. II. LANDS OF THE PLAIN. Of these, two are situated mainly between the Zagros a-^ chain of mountains and the Tigris river, Assyria and >? Elam ; two are between the Tigris and Euphrates, Mesopo- tamia and Chaldea; and one is the vast Arabian desert. 1. Assyria, in the Hebrew everywhere Asshur, was properly the province now called Kurdistan, lying on the western slope of the Zagros Mountains, and extend- ing across the Tigris to the Sinjar hiUs and the border of the Mesopotamian desert. The mountains separate it from Armenia; and the hue of division from Elam, on the southeast, was near the place where the Tigris and Euphrates approach nearest before their separation. The Tj land was occupied by people of various races, of which the Semitic were predominant. The earliest city was at Asshur, supposed to be Kileh Sherghat, where a dynasty of kings began to rule about 1273 B. C, or during the time of the Judges in Israel. The seat of government was afterward transferred to Calah, or Halah {Nimrud), north of Asshur; and finally a permanent location of the capital was made at Nineveh, which became the centre of the great Assyrian empire. This will be described more fuUy with the map of that empire, on page 91. The Assyrian kingdom was long in its duration, but passed through many vicissitudes, several times ruhng aU the lands of the Euphrates, and again, in a feeble condition. Its principal cities, besides Nineveh, were Calah, Eesen (which may have been at Selamiyeh, three miles south of Nineveh), and Eehoboth. There is rea- son to beheve that all the four cities named in Gen. 10:11, 12, were combined in the walls of Nineveh. 2 2. Elam, called Susiana by the Greeks, lay southeast of Assyria and west of Persia Proper, between the Zagros chain of mountains and the Tigris river. It included both a mountainous and a lowland tract, the latter very fertile. Shushan (Susa), the capital of the Persian em- pire, lay within this province, and was its principal city. The earliest conqueror named in the Bible, Chedor- laomer, was the king of Elam, and held dominion over most of the lands as far west as Canaan. (See the map of his empire, on page 34.) This kingdom was not of long continuance as an independent state, but soon fell under the power of Assyria, though maintaining its own organization as a vassal state until the Persian period, when it became a province of the empire. 3. Mesopotamia, called in Scripture Aram-naha- raim, or "Syria of the two rivers," was a land of indefi- nite boundaries. The name means "between the rivers," and hence it was often appHed to all the plain between the Tigris and Euphrates, including even Chaldea and a part of Assyria. A more frequent use of the name re- stricts it to the northwestern portion of the region between the rivers, above the place where they approach and separate again. The Sinjar hills, crossing, divide it into two sections, a higher and a lower, the former mountainous, and the latter mostly a great desert. The upper section contained the cities of Orfa (Edessa), for- merly supposed to be the birthplace of Abraham ; Haran, the patriarch's resting place on the way to Canaan ; Nis- ibis and Amida, now Nisibin and Diarhekr. The only time when Mesopotamia appears in history as a separate kingdom, was a brief interval during the period of the Judges. (Judg. 3: 8.) Earher it had been occupied by sep- arate and warring tribes; later it was a part of Assyria. 4. Chaldea is also called Shinar and Babylonia. The name Chaldea, in its most accurate sense, belongs to the southern portion of the province, but is generally used with reference to aU the Mesopotamian plain south of Baghdad. It is perfectly level, and by nature one of the most fertile places on the whole earth. Its earhest inhabitants, at least the ruling portion of them, were Cushites, of the stock of Ham. They founded the earh- est Oriental empire in history, at Ur {Mugheir), about B. C. 2300. It lasted, with varying fortunes, until B. C. 1300. Babylon afterward became the capital, and in a later period was the greatest city of the East. (See diagram on page 93.) Other cities of Chaldea were Erech {Orchoe), Calneh, and Sepharvaim. Further details of its political history are given in the account of the Babylonian empire of Nebuchadnezzar, on page 92. 5. The desert of Arabia occupies more than half of the map of the Old Testament World. That portion of it included upon the map is a vast triangle, having for its base the 28th parallel of latitude, from the Persian Gulf to the Eed Sea, the Euphrates on its northeastern side, and the border of the Lebanon chain of mountains for its western. It is called in the Bible "the land of Kedar." It is a high, undulating, dry plain, with few oases, and almost impenetrable to travelers. From the 22 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. days of Abraham until the present, the caravans have gone around it upon the north, following up the Eu- phrates to Tiphsah (Thapsacus), and then turning south- ward rather than face its terrors. Only once in history is it related that an army crossed it. This was when Nebuchadnezzar, while ravaging Palestine, learned of his father's death, and crossed this great desert by the most direct route, in order to take possession of the throne. III. LANDS OF THE MEDITERKANEAN. These lands wiU receive more extended treatment in connection with other maps, so that we -give them only a brief mention here. 1. Asia Minor scarcely enters the field of the Old Testament, except as the "land of the Hittites." It wiU l3e noticed under the topic of the Journeys of the Apostle Paul, page 117. 2. Syria, in the Hebrew Aram, is a name of indefi- nite signification, sometimes embracing aU the territory north of The Wilderness of the Wandering, and there- fore including Palestine and the provinces around it. But Syria Proper seems only to indicate the territory bounded by the Amanus and Taurus ranges of mount- ains on the north, by the Euphrates and the desert on the east, by Palestine, beginning with Mount Hermon, on the south, by the Mediterranean and Phoenicia on the west. It reaches the Mediterranean only near the mouth of the Orontes. It consists of three portions : On the north an elevated tract, never thickly populated, having Carchemish and Samosata as its principal cities; between the Lebanon and Anti-Lebanon ranges of mount- ains a great vaUey, called Coele-Syria, "hoUow Syria," forming the bed of the Orontes, flowing north, and the Leontes {Litany), flowing south; and on the east a level country reaching to the desert, containing the cities of Damascus on the south, Tiphsah (Thapsacus) on the north, and Tadmor (Palmyra) in the desert. During the times from Jeroboam to Jehoash, Syria was an inde- pendent kingdom, the rival of Israel, with which its pohtical relations may be seen on the map on page 86. In the Old Testament period, Damascus was its principal city, and exercised sovereignty; but later, Antioch, in the north, became more prominent, and was the Greek and Roman capital of the province. 3. Phoenicia is a narrow strip of territory between the Mediterranean Sea and Mount Lebanon, north of Palestine and south of the Orontes. Its two great cities were, Zidon, the mother of Mediterranean commerce; and Tyre, her daughter. Its boundaries were never ex- tensive; but its vessels traded with every land, and its colonies were planted aU along the shores of the Med- iterranean. 4. Palestine hes south of Phoenicia, between the Mediterranean and the desert. It vnU be described in connection with the Physical Map of Palestine, page 29, and Moab and Edom, near it, on pages 39 and 45. 5. South of Palestine is The Wilderness, a part of Arabia, in which the Israehtes wandered during forty years. Its description may be found on page 42. 6. Egypt hes in the northeastern corner of Africa. See its description on page 41. OUTLINE FOR TEACHING AND REVIEW. 1. Let the teacher state the Extekt of the Old Testament World, and its comparison in size with the United States, as given in the description ; the class taking down the figures in their note-books. 3. Let the teacher draw upon the blackboard the Seas of the map, in presence of the class, describing each as it is drawn. If drawn in advance with an ordinary slate pencil, the mark cannot be seen by the class, but can be traced by the teacher with white chalk. Do not try to make the lines exact. A general sketch will answer far better than finished work. Write upon each its initial letter, but let the class give its full name; and at the same time follow the teacher by drawing the map on slates or in note-books. Review the names of the seas : Caapian, Persian Gulf, Red Sea, Mediterranean or Great Sea, Dead Sea, Lake Arsissa vr Van, Lake TJrumiyeh. 8. Draw next the most important of the Mountain Eahgbs, showing their general lines, in blue or green color, naming each as dravcn, requiring the class to repeat its name, and to review at the close all the names ; Ararat (including Musins, Niphates, Abus), CcLspian, Zagros, Lebanon, Taurus. 4. Draw the Rivers in white chalk, and drill the class upon their names as the course of each is shown : Araxea, Tigris, Euphrates, Orontes, Jordan, Nile. Review the names of seas, mountains, and rivers, before beginning the next subject. - 5. Show the Lands in their three classes, and drill the class upon their names. (1.) Mountain Lands: Armenia, Media, Persia. (2.) Lands of the Plain : Assyria, Elam, Mesopotamia, Ohaldea, Arabia. (3.) Lands op the Meditbbbanban: Asia Minor, Syria, Phainicia, Palestine, Wilderness, Egypt. Review the entire map, from the beginning; then erase it, and call for the class to give the names as they are indicated by the pointer without marking. ANCIENT WORLD, AND DESCENDANTS OF NOAH. The most ancient account, in any existing work, of the origin of races, is given in the tenth chapter of Gen- esis, which must have been written by Moses, in its present form, not less than 3,300 years ago, and was undoubtedly compiled from documents still earher. It states the relationship of the various races of the world as then settled, especially those in contact with the family of Abraham. So far as its statements can be compared with the results of scientific research in the ancient languages, they are fully confirmed. Languages spoken by peoples ten thou- sand miles apart from each other, as the Enghsh and the Sanscrit, show a closer affinity than those of the Greeks and the Israelites, who were less than a thousand miles apart, and brought into constant rela- tions; and the Bible gives a common origin to one pair of nations, and different pro- genitors to the other. AU the races of the Bible world are named as descended from Noah. As his descendants increased in number after the deluge, an instinct of migration seized upon the race, and from the same home near the Caspian Sea different families moved in - aU directions, and became the parents of mighty nations While Europe was settled by the descendants of Japheth, it is only a part of the truth; for the same famihes occupied India, Persia, and the northern portions of Asia Minor. The children of Shem, known as the Semitic race, occu- pied most of the lands between the Eed Sea and the Persian Gulf; while the races descended from Ham held the sea-coasts of the southern and eastern Mediterranean, became the earliest navigators and merchants, and on the plains beside the Euphrates and the Nile founded the earhest empires. I. THE JAPHETIC NATIONS. spoken of as his grandsons in Gen. 10: 3, 4. These state- ments are not necessarily to be understood literally. There may have been other sons and grandsons of Japheth ; but these wei'e the ones whose names are re- membered as the ancestors of nations. The peoples descended from Japheth belong to what is called the Aiyan race, from an ancient name of one of its branches. 1. Gomer is named, in Ezek. 38:2-6, as a race op- posed to Israel after the captivity. They were prob- ably the people whom the Assjrrians called Grimiri, and the Greeks Kimmerii. Their name is perpetuated in the Crimea, their early home. A branch of this race mov- ing westward became the Cimhri, who were formida- ble enemies of Eome; and another branch, the Cymry, settled in the British Isles, and were the ancestors of the Welsh and the Irish. The Celtic races, to which belong the French people, are descended from this family. Three of the families de- scended from Gomer formed separate tribes, named, in the table of nations in Gen. 10:3, after Ashkenaz, Ri- phath and Togarmah. All of these had homes around or near the Black Sea. (1.) Ashkenaz, named in These belonged to seven families, who are called "sons of Japheth" in Gen. 10:2; and seven others, who are BERS NIMROUD (SUPPOSED TOWBR OF BABEI,). it is true that Jer. 51 : 27, is located in Bithynia, south of the Black Sea, in the country caUed by Homer the " Ascanian Eegion." (2.) Biphath is supposed to point to the Riphcean Mountains, north of the Danube and west of the Black Sea. (3.) Togarmah (Ezek. 27:14; 38:6) is identified with the land of Armenia, whose people have a tradition that they are descended from Targom. 2. Magog (called, in Ezek. 38 and 39, Gog, the prefix Ma being thought to signify "land,") is generally under- stood to designate the Scythians, who expelled the Gomerites, or Cimmerians, from the lands northwest of the Caspian Sea, and became the ancestors of the Slavic, or Sclavonic, races, of which Russia is the great repre- sentative. (23) (34) ANCIENT World, and descendants of noaH. ^s 3. Madai is everywhere in Scripture the word trans- lated Medes, whose early home was south of the Caspian Sea, whence they marched westward, and conquered the lands as far as the Mediterranean. The name is derived from the syllable mid, meaning "the middle people." 4. Javan is the Hebrew term for the Gi^eeks, as is indicated by various references in the Old Testament. It is especially apphed to the lonians (originally called lafon-es, the descendants of lafon, or Javan), who were the Grecian people, with whom the IsraeUtes were brought into commercial relations. Five lands and races are named as subdivisions of the family of Javan in Gen. 10:4, all of which were situated near each other. (1.) EUshah (or, as in Ezek. 27: Y, "the isles of Eh- shah,") is supposed to refer to the ^olians, inhabiting the isles of the ^gean Sea, from which came the purple dye mentioned in Ezekiel's reference. (2.) Tar slush may refer to Tarsus, in CUicia, of Asia Minor. Josephus states that the Cihcians were anciently called Tharsi; and the earhest legends make Tarsus a Greek colony, thus identifying it with the family of Javan. (3.) Kiitim, or Chittim, was the name appUed to the island of Cyprus, of which one of the cities was called Kitium. The name Chittim was also loosely given by the Hebrews to the shores and isles of the Mediterranean. (4.) Dodanim (or, as m some copies of 1 Chron. 1 : 7, Rodanim). If the reading Dodanim be preferred, this may point to the Dardanians, a name often apphed in the classics to the people of Troy, the famous city of Homer. The other reading, Rodanim, which is preferred by some critics, is supposed to point to the isle of Rhodes, in the ^gean Sea, a home of the ancient Greeks. Thus both Javan and all his sons who founded families were connected with the Greek race. (5.) The Isles of the Gentiles (Gen. 10:5) in Hebrew refers not only to islands, but aU lands bordering upon the sea. Here it refers to the Japhetic colonies on the coasts of the Mediterranean, the Black and the Caspian Seas. 5. Tubal, and 6. Meshech, are generally associated in Scripture. (Ezek. 27:13; 32:26; 38:2, 3; 39:1.) From their associations, they are to be sought near the Caspian and Black Seas, where Herodotus mentions the Tibareni and the Moschi; but they are not identified with cer- tainty. 7. Tiras (1 Chron. 1 : 5) was believed by the Jews to refer to the Thracians, southwest of the Black Sea. There is nothing to oppose this view, but no evidence except the similarity of name in its favor. II. THE HAMITFC RACES. These are named with greater particularity, because they were those which arose to prominence early in the history, and those with which the Hebrews were brought into closer relations, either as enemies or as friends. Four principal races are given, some of which were greatly subdivided. The homes of these races were in Africa, Eastern Arabia, with a fringe of sea-coast along the eastern Mediterranean, and the great Mesopotamian valley, in which arose the earhest world-empires. They are sometimes called Turanians. 1. Cush is throughout the Bible the word translated Ethiopia. Generally this refers to the region south of Egypt, now known as Abyssinia; but in Gen. 2:18, Isa. 11:11, and Ezek. 38:5, the reference must be to an Asiatic Cush, or Ethiopia, near the Persian GuK. The subdivisions of the Cushite tribes in Gen. 10:7-12 show that the earhest great Oriental monarchies were of this race. These subdivisions are as f oUows : (1.) Seha. These were the Ethiopians of Meroe, on the Nile, anciently called Saba; in Isa. 43:3 and 45:14 connected with the Egyptians. (2.) Havilah. This is supposed to refer to the region on the southeastern shore of the Red Sea. now known as Kliuivlaa. (3.) Sabtali. This may refer to the Sabbatha, or Sa- bota, of Phny and Ptolemy, on the southern shore of Arabia. (4.) Raamah, with whom are associated his sons or descendants, Sheba and Dedan, occupied the eastern shore of Arabia, near the Persian Gulf. (5.) Sabtechah. This is unknown, but, from the rela- tion of the previous names, may have been in the south- eastern portion of Arabia. (6.) Nimrod is named as a descendant of Cush (per- haps the only name of an individual in the Ust), and the founder of the early Babylo]iian empire, who may be referred to on Babylonian monuments as Bel. 2. Mizraim is the name everywhere used for Egypt in the Hebrew. The word is in the dual form, represent- ing the two divisions of the country, and corresponding to the two crowns on aU the royal effigies. Several branches of this race are especiaUy mentioned. (1.) Ludim. Not the same with the Lud of verse 22 (Gen. 10), but from its associations plainly in Africa, and probably near the modern Nubia. (2.) Anamim. An unknown people, whose identity was early lost in some other race. (3.) Lehabim. These are elsewhere in Scripture called Lubim, and were the Libyans, or people of Libya, west of Egypt, on the southern shore of the Mediterranean. (4.) Naphtuhim. Probably the Na-petu of the Egyp- tian monuments, having their home at Niphaiat, south of the Delta. (5.) Pathrusim, often referred to in the prophets as the place Pathros, a section of Egypt along the Nile in Upper Egypt. (6.) Casluhim. An unknown people, probably in the region of Goshen, as the Philistim, their descendants, oc- cupied the maritime plain of Palestine. (7.) Caphtorim. These are generally supposed to have been the people of the island of Crete. (See Jer. 47:4.) 26 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. 3. Phut. The word is several times translated Libya, and from its association with other tribes should proba- bly be referred to that section, in Northern Africa. (See Jer. 46:9; Ezek. 2Y:10; 30:5; 38:5; Nah. 3:9.) Some of these passages would indicate that there was also an Asiatic branch of this same family. 4. Canaan. The ancient inhabitants of Palestine and Lower Syria, from Gaza to Hamath. In their most flour- ishing period, just before the conquest by Joshua, they embraced six subdivisions, or clans. (See map on page 36, and explanations) III. THE SEMITIC RACES. (Gen. 10:21-31.) The descendants of Shem are placed last in the hst of the table of nations, not because their ancestor was the youngest, but because out of their hues one family is chosen as the especial theme of the history, which thus receives a fitting introduction. Shem was the ancestor of five great races, and of many subordinate tribes. 1. Elam everywhere is recognized as the name of a province east cf the Tigris and near the Persian Gxilf, caUed by the Greeks, Elymais. The name wa^ often ap- plied m later times to the whole of Persia, whose capital stood within its territory. 2. Asshur is frequently mentioned in the Old Testa- ment. It was located on both sides of the Tigris, having Nineveh as its capital, and its people at one tinxe were rulers of all the lands westward to the Mediterranean. 3. Arphaxad, or Arpachshad (as in the margin of Gen. 11 : 10), has been supposed to be the ancestor of the Chaldeans, whose home was south of the Euphrates, and near the Persian Gulf; but the identification is some- what uncertain. The patriarch Abraham belonged to his race, and was born in "Ur of the Chaldees." An- other of Arphaxad's descendants was JoMan, from whom arose thirteen tribes, named after Almodad, She- leph, Hazarmaveth, Jerah, Hadoram, Uzal, Diklah, Ohal, AbimcieJ, Sheba (the most important of all in after history, absorbing most of the rest), Oj)hii\ Havilah, and Jobab. All these occupied the southwestern section of the gi'eat Arabian peninsula. The fact that some of these names have already been mentioned in the Hamite genealogies may indicate that the two races became mingled. 4. Lud. This is believed by most scholars to refer to the Lydians, who dwelt on the southwestern border of Asia Minor, and under their king, Croesus, became a powerful nation. Their history was short, as their em- pire was conquered by Cyrus the Great. 5. Aram. This is the word uniformly rendered Syria throughout the Bible. The Arameans, or Syrians, occu- pied the region between Canaan and Phoenicia, on the east, the Euphrates on the north, and the great desert on the west and south. They are stiU represented by the Nestorians. Four branches of this race formed sepa- rate tribes. Uz, the race of the ancient Job, was settled in the middle of North Arabia, near Nejd. Hul and Oetlier are supposed (but with slight evidences) to have occupied the country near Lake Merom, where the Gesh- urites were afterward found. Mash, or, as called in 1 Chron. 1:17, Meshech, may have merged with the Me- shech of the Japhetic Une, or have occupied the region around Mount Masius in Armenia. OUTLINE MAP FOR REVIEW. OUTLINE FOR TEACHING. 1. The principal authorities for the map on page 24, and its explana- tions, are; "Ethnic Affinities," by Canon George Rawlinson; E. H. Browne, in "The Speaker's Commentary"; ,T. G. Murphy's "Notes on Genesis"; and the articles in Smith's " Dictionary of the Bible." To these the student is referred for more thorough discussion of the subject. '■3. In teaching, draw on the blackboard a sketch-map (no matter how roughly) of the outlines of the coast, as given above, and then write on each place the name of the people occupying it. Take, first, the groat di- visions of Noah 8 family; then, the subdivisions; then, the minor tribes. Review the locations as each family is finished. Write on the board only the first syllable of each name, as an aid to memory, as Ar for ArpJiaxad, Cu for Cush, etc. If the names of each of the three great races are written in chalk of a different color, it will make the distinctions more readily understood. 3. If practicable, by means of a duplicating process, print a sufficient number of copies of the sketch-map to supply the class or audience, and let each person with jjencil place on the map the names of the tribes as they are located. This will greatly add to the interest of the lesson. ANCIENT WOELD, AND DESCENDANTS OF NOAH. ii7 REVIEW CHART — THE TABLE OF NATIONS. NOAH I — r JAPHETH (Aryan Saoe) HAM {Turanian JBiace) T~~\ r Gomer Magog Madai Javan Tubal Mesheoh TiVas "Cush {Cens)(SoytTiians)(2!:edes)(Greelts) {Thraoians){mWo-pia) Aslikenaz (:Bit7iyma?} Elisliah (Aeolians) ^^-ha. (Me,ros,) Ludim ( JfuMa ) EipliathCBipTiaean 3Cts.?)Tarshish ( Tarsus ) HavilaTi(H'!WZan)Anamim Togaxmah {■Armenia) Kittlm {Cyprus) Sal)tali(Sa6I)at?!a!)Lelia"bim (I«)ya) DodanimCTrojaTM^ 3laamali(I'e''.Ioab). ' IIL Waters. 1. .Jordan (sources, sections). 2. Lakes (Merom, Galilee, Dead Sea). 3. Brooks. (1.) East : Hieromax, Jabbok, Arnon. (2.) Mount- ain Region : Farah, Cherith, Kedron. (3.) Maritime Plain : Leontes, Ki- shon, Besor. IV. Mountains. 1. West of Jordan : Lebanon, Jermuk, Hattin, Tabor, Little Hermon, Gilboa, Carmel, Ebal, Gerizim, Zion, Olives, Hebron. 2. East of Jordan. Hermon, Gilead, Nebo. V. Plains. 1. Phronicia. 2. Sharon. 3. Philistia. 4. Esdraelon. 5. Negeb. 6. Jordan. 7. Hauran. THE JOURNEYS OF THE PATRIARCHS. At the close of the eleventh chapter of Genesis a change is made in the subject of the Bible story. Thus far it has been a history of the entire race; but from this point to the close of Genesis a single family is brought into prominent notice, and the rest of the tribes of men are referred to only incidentally. The family of Abraham, of Semitic origin, deserve all their prominence in sacred history, since through them the true rehgion was perpet- uated until the world was ready for its wider dissemi- nation in the gospel period. I. THE JOURNEYS OF ABRAHAM. These extend over nearly all the lands of the Old Tes- tament, from Chaldea. to Egypt. They represent the separation of a Semitic clan from the great body of the race, which was then ruled by an Elamite dynasty; and they bring to our notice the pohtical relations of the world about two thousand years before Christ, in the early Chalde- an period of the East. 1. From Ur to Haran. ( Gen. 11:27-32.) The family of Abra- ham (then called Abram) Uved at Ur of the Chal- dees, probably Mugheir, south of the Euphra- tes, and an early seat of empire. mugheir, supposed to Thence, at God's call, they migrated, moving up the Euphrates to Haran, in Mesopotamia, probably the Roman Carrhse, and the modern Haran, on the river Behk, 50 miles above its entrance into the Euphrates. Here the family remained until the death of Terah, Abraham's aged father, whose traditional tomb is stiU shown. 2. From Haran to Canaan. (Gen. 12:1-9.) A branch of the family, the descendants of Abraham's brother Nahor, settled in Haran; but Abraham and his nephew Lot moved on southward, past Damascus, to the land of Canaan. They paused first at Shechem, and afterward at Bethel, at each place building an altar; but after a time removed further southward, impelled by the dearth of food in the land. 3. The Visit to Egypt. (Gen. 12: 10-20.) The fam- ine caused a removal of the entire clan to Egypt, where the beauty of Sarah was the occasion of Abraham's deception, of Pharaoh's wrong, and of Abraham's expul- sion from the land. He returned to his former abode at Bethel. (Gen. 13:3, 4.) 4. The Removal to Hebron. (Gen. 13:5-18.) This was occasioned by the scarcity of pasture for the im- mense flocks and herds of Abraham and Lot. The two chieftains made a division of the land. Lot choosing the Jordan Valley, north of the Dead Sea, near the city of Sodom, and Abraham the highlands around Hebron, anciently Kirjath-arba, now known by Abraham's title, el Khalil, "The Friend," i. e., of God. 5. Pursuit of the Elamites. (Gen. 14.) At that period the early Chaldean empire (see de- scription of this empire, p. 91) was at its height of power. Chedor- laomer, its king, governed, besides his own land Elam, Chaldea, Assjrria, Mesopo- tamia, and most of Palestine. The Elamite , kuig led his armies against the abo- riginal races on the east of the Jordan. (See Map of Pal- estine Before the Conquest, and description, on page 37.) After subduing them he passed around south of the Dead Sea, smote the Amorites in the mountains near Hazezon- tamar, afterward En-gedi, and poured his host down upon the Jordan Valley. The cities on the north of the Dead Sea, Sodom and Gomorrah, with their dependent villages, being unable to stay his progress, were rav- aged, and their inhabitants (including Abraham's nephew Lot) carried away captive, up the valley. News of the invasion came to Abraham, and he instantly gathered his servants and allies, and pursued the marauders. He overtook them near Laish, afterward Dan, now Tell el Kady, attacked them by night, pursued them as far as Hobah, near Damascus, and brought back the booty and BE UB OP THE CHALDBES. (38) 34 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. the prisoners. On the return took place the remark- able interview with Melchizedek, a priest-king over the city of Salem, perhaps the place afterward Jerusalem. After the return to Hebron the following events oc- curred: 1. The covenant of Grod with Abraham. (Gren. 15.) 2. The birth of Ishmael. (Gen. 16.) 3. The de- struction of Sodom and Gomorrah. (Gen. 18, 19.) These cities were probably located on the plain of Jordan, north of the Dead Sea, and not on the south, as for- merly supposed; but all traces of them have entirely disappeared 6. The Settlement at Beersheba. (Gen. 20-2.5.) After the destruction of the cities of the plain, Abraham moved southward, and made his home at Beersheba, on the desert border, now Bir es Seba. Here he spent most of his later years, as after various journeys we find him each time encamped at Beersheba. 1. The Offering of Isaac. (Gen. 22.) From Beer- sheba Abraham took his son Isaac, at God's command, to offer him as a burnt offering in ' ' the land of Moriah. " Some authorities accept the Samaritan tradition, that this place was Mount Gerizim; but we see no sufficient reason to dissent from the general view, that it was Mount Moriah, at Jerusalem, ten centuries afterward the site of the Temple. After this sublime token of his faith in God, the patriarch returned to his tent at Beer- sheba. 8. The Burial of Sarah. (Gen. 23.) We find Abra- ham again at Hebron, in his old age. Here Sarah died and was buried in the cave of Machpelah. This is un- doubtedly covered by the Mohammedan mosque so sa- credly guarded against the intrusion of travelers. The after events of Abraham's history may have taken place at Hebron or at Beersheba, as neither place is named as his residence at the time of Isaac's marriage or his own death. He was buried in the family sepulchre at He- bron, beside the body of Sarah. II. THE JOURNEYS OF ISAAC. The life of Isaac, though long- er than the Hves of Abraham and Jacob, was spent in a com- paratively smaU range of terri- tory, and with comparatively few events. We have not noted upon the map the fines of his journey- ings; but the locaUties may be seen, as far as they are identified, upon the map of Palestine, on page 58. The homes of Isaac were as f oUows : 1. Beer-lahai-roi, "Well of the Life of Vision," i. e., where fife remained after seeing God; an unknown locafity in the south of Canaan, between Bered and Kadesh. It was so named by Hagar, after meeting an angel, before the birth of Ishmael. (Gen. 16:13.) 2. Gerar. (Gen. 26:1.) This was the chief city of the Philistines in that age; and is now called Kirbet el Gerar. The wells dug by Isaac, and seized by the Philistines, were probably in the region near this city. 3. Rehoboth (Gen. 26:22) is probably at the Wady (Valley) er Ruhaibeh, south of Beersheba. 4. Beersheba. (Gen. 26:23-35.) Here he made a treaty of peace with the Phifistine king, and remained for many years. It was his home during the strife of Jacob and Esau, and from this place Jacob departed on his long- visit to Haran. (Gen. 28:10.) 5. Hebron. (Gen. 35:27.) Here, beside the tomb of his parents, Isaac at last met his son Jacob, and here he died and was buried, at the age of 180 years. III. THE JOUENETS OF JACOB. The fife of Jacob is related with more of detail than that of any other person in Old Testament history; yet there is great uncertainty concerning the division of its periods. His first sixty years were passed near Beer- sheba; then twenty years in Haran, and fifty years in COMPARATIVE AGE OF THE PATRIARCHS BEFORE AND AFTER THE DELUGE. Mam e, Age, 1 Adam, 1 930. Scth, 912. Metliuselali, 1 969. ]NoaTi, 1 950. Sbeiii, 1 GOO. ArpliaxaH, 1 438. X:ber. 4«4. Tciali. 1 20.5. Al»raliaiii. 175. Isaac, ISO. .Tacob, 1 147. Josepli, 1 110. THE JOURNEYS OF THE PATRIARCHS. 35 Canaan (though some of the best chronologers allow forty years in Haran, and thMy years in Canaan); and seventeen years in Egypt. The principal places named in Jacob's journeys are: 1. Beersheba, now Bir es Seba, a well-known place in the south of Palestine. 2. Bethel, now Beitin, 12 miles north of Jerusalem. 3. Haran, now bearing the same name. (See under Abra- ham's hfe, Journey No. 1.) i. Mizpah, called also Jegar- sahadutha, "the heap of witness," perhaps the impor- tant place afterward known as Ramoth-gilead, now es Salt, 13 miles south of the Jabbok. But this seems too- far south to represent the event, and we are inclined to place it at some unknown mountain between the Jab- bok and the Hieromax. 5. Mahanaim, probably at Mah- neh, 10 miles north of the Jabbok. G. Peniel, afterward Penuel, unknown, but somewhere on the brook Jabbok. 7. Succoth, "booths," recently identified as Tell Darala, a mile north of the Jabbok, in the Jordan Valley. 8. Shalem, "peace." If this refers to a place, it is Salim, 3 miles east of Shechem. But some read the sentence, "Jacob came in peace [i. e., in safety] to Shechem." (Gen. 33:18.) 9. Ephrath, the place of Rachel's death and burial, near Bethlehem. The Journeys of Jacob may be arranged as follows : 1. The Flight to Haran. (Gen. 28:10-29: 14-.) Fear- ing the vengeance of Esau after the stolen blessing, Jacob hastily left his home at Beersheba, and journeyed northward to Haran. At Bethel he saw the vision of the heavenly ladder, and arrived safely at Haran, distant 250 miles from Beersheba. Here he remained either 20 or 41 » years, accordiag to different views, and married his two wives. 2. The Return to Canaan. (Gen. 31-33.) At Miz- pah he made a treaty with Laban; at Mahanaim was comforted by a vision of angels; at Peniel wrestled with "the angel of God," and was reconciled to his brother Esau; and at Sahm (if that be the name of a place), near Shechem, he rested in the Land of Promise. 3. The Residence in Canaan. (Gen. 34-45.) The slaughter of the Shechemites by Simeon and Levi, caused Jacob to move his increasing clan further south. At Bethel he renewed the covenant with God. (Gen. 35:1-16.) Near Ejjhrath, or Bethlehem, his beloved wife Rachel died and was buried. (Gen. 35: 16-20.) At Hebron he met once more his aged father, and remained during most of his after-life in the land. (Gen. 35:27.) While Jacob was living at Hebron, Joseph was sold a slave to the Midianites, at Dothan, on the southern slopes of Mount Gilboa, and by them taken down to Egypt. (Gen. 37.) 4. The Descent into Egypt. (Gen. 4.5-50.) At the invitation of Joseph, then prince in Egypt, Jacob left Hebron to go down into Egypt. At Beersheba he offered sacrifices, and received divine guidance. His home was fixed in the Land of Goshen, a small but fertile district between the eastern channel of the Nile and the desert, the modern province of es Shurkiyeh, still the richest in the land of Egypt. Here the family of Jacob remained until they became ' ' a great nation, " a period variously estimated at from 200 to 400 years. 5. The Burial Procession. (Gen. 50.) After the death of Jacob, his embalmed body was borne from Egypt to Hebron. The direct route was not taken, prob- ably on account of the hostility of the Phihstine and Amorite tribes; but the procession passed around the south of the Dead Sea, through the land of Moab, and crossed the Jordan at Abel-mizraim, near Jericho, a place afterward known as Beth-hoglah; and thence to Hebron, where the last of the three fathers of the chosen people was laid to rest in the ancestral sepulchre. OUTLINE FOR REVIEW. I. Journeys of Ahraham. 1. Ur to Haran. 3. Haran to Canaan. (She- chem, Bethel.) 3. Visit to Egypt. (Return to Betliel.) 4. Removal to He- bron. 5. Pursuit of Elamites. (Dan, Hobah, Salera.) 6. Settlement at Beer- sheba. 7. Offering of Isaac. (Moriah.) 7. Burial of Sarah. (Hebron.) II. Journeys of Isaac. 1. Beer-lahai-roi. 3. Gerar. 3. Rehoboth. 4. Beersheba. 5. Hebron. III. Journeys of Jaeob. 1 . Flight to Haran. (Beersheba, Bethel, Haran.) 3. Return to Canaan. (Mizpah, ]\[ahanaim, Peniel, Shechem.) 3. Resi- dence in Canaan. (Bethel, Bethlehem, Hebron, Dothan.) 4. Descent into Egypt. (Beersheba, Goshen.) 5. Burial Procession. (Abel-mizraim, Hebron.) giliide -from 37 Gret-nwidi. BEFORE THE CONQUEST. JOURNEYS OF THE PATRIAKCHS 113 7,ongiliiae from 114 ■Waflllnjlon. IIS PALESTINE BEFORE THE CONQUEST. The knowledge which we possess of the inhabitants of Palestine before the 15th century B. C. is qmte scanty. The names of tribes, more or less settled, are given; but we know very httle of their language, customs or origin. The description of Palestine during the first eight hun- dred years after the Deluge may be arranged as follows : 1. The Earhest Inhabitants. 2. The Tribes of the Patri- archal Era. 3. The Nations at the Time of the Conquest. i. The Surrounding Nations. I. THE EARLIEST INHABITANTS. In most lands the earhest people have been of an un- known race, as the mound bmlders of America and the of the land. They belonged to six tribes or divisions, each having a different name and location, but aU bear- ing the same characteristics, and aU regarded as giants by those who came after them. Our principal authori- ties concerning these archaic peoples are Gen. 14: 5-7, and Deut. 2:10-23. 1. The Rephaim, "lofty men,' are frequently named in the Old Testament, the word beuig generally trans lated "giants." In the age of Abraham they were hving in the highlands of Bashan, where their capital, Ash- teroth Karnaim, "the two-horned Ashtaroth," was taken by the Elamite king, Chedorlaomer, the earliest con- queror in Bible history. By degrees they lost their nationahty and were merged with the Amorites, over JBBICHO AND THE JORDAN, cave dweUers of Europe. Very early in the history of the race a people entered Palestine, and settled upon both sides of the Jordan, generally among the mount- ains. They were remembered by different names in various parts of the country, but the names show the dread inspired by them among the later tribes. They were doubtless of one race, but whether of Hamitic or Semitic stock is uncertaui; and their history is as un- known as their origin. They were akeady in their de- chne ui the times of Abraham, when the Canaanite races, the second series of inhabitants, were in possession whom one of their race, the gigantic Og, king of Bashan, ruled at the time of the conquest. They may have settled also west of the Jordan, near what was afterward Jerusalem, since a locahty in that vicinity (see map on page 82.) was long afterward known as "the Valley of the Eeph- aim." (2 Sam. 5:18.) 2. The Zuzim, "taU ones," are supposed to be the same people with those who ia Deut. 2:20 are called Zamzummiui. They occupied the eastern table-land, south of Bashan and Gilead. Their capital was Ham, a city not yet identified, unless it was (as some suppose) the place afterward known as Eabbath Ammon. These people were also giants, hke the Eephaim (Deut. 2:21), were also overswept in the raid of Chedorlaomer (Gen. li:5), and during the time of the Israehtes' sojourn in (37) 38 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. Egypt, were dispossessed by the Ammonites, who occu- pied their comitry afterward, untO. in turn driven out by the Amorites. 3. The Emiin, "terrible ones," were south of the Zuzim, and therefore directly east of the Dead Sea. They were overcome by Chedorlaomer at Shaveh Kiria- thaim, "the dale of the two cities," and their land was afterward occupied by the Moabites. 4. The Horim, "cave dwellers," or Horites, occupied Mount Seir, south of the Dead Sea. Their genealogy is given in Gen. 36:20-30, and 1 Chron. 1:38-42. They Uved in caves, which are stiU found in great numbers through that region. They were beaten by Chedorlaomer, and subsequently dispossessed by the descendants of Esau, the Edomites. 5. The Avim, "ruins," or "dwellers in ruins," lived in the Shefelah, or foot-hills, between the Philistine plam and the mountains of Judah. (Deut. 2: 23; Josh. 13: 2, 3.) They were early conquered by the Caphtorim, a Phihs- tine race, and were in a depressed condition at the time of the entrance of the Israelites. The word Hazerim (Deut. 2:23) means "villages," or "nomad encamp- ments," showing that they were not a settled, but a wandering people. 6. The Anakim, "long-necked ones." The name may refer either to their size, or their strength (which in Hebrew comes from a word similar to neck). They were descendants of Arba, and divided into three clans, named Sheshai, Ahiman and Talmai. (Josh. 14:15; 15:14.) Their principal home was at Hebron, caUed by them Kirjath-arba; but they also occupied a city near it, called Kirjath-sepher, or "book-town," a name which is suggestive of a national hterature. Unlike the other races, they seem to have maintained a foothold in the presence of the incoming Canaanite races, and their gigantic appearance struck terror to the Israelite spies during the wandering. (Num. 13.) But they were con- quered by Caleb (Josh. 14), and their remnant, driven from the mountains, mingled with the Philistines of the sea-coast plain. One family of this race remained as late as the days of David, that of Goliath and his brothers. (1 Sam. 17:4; 2 Sam. 21:15-22.) II. THE TRIBES OF THE PATRIARCHAL ERA. The chosen family came to Palestine about 1921 B. C, according to the common chronology, but probably from two to four hundred years earher. At this time these earhest races were already superseded in nearly aU the land by later tribes, of Hamitic origin, with which the patriarchs were often brought into contact. These tribes "were often called Canaanites, because the nation of that name was both the original stock and in possession of the richest and best portion of the land. We notice these tribes, as far as practicable, in the order of their location in the four great natural divisions of the country: the tribes of the maritime plain, those of the mountain region, those of the Jordan Valley, and those of the eastern table-land. 1. Beginning at the north, on the narrow plain by the Mediterranean Sea, we find the Zidonians, with their two great cities, Zidon the earlier, and Tyre the later. Perhaps the latter city was not yet founded in the patri- archal age. These people were descended from Canaan, the son of Ham, and were early famous as the traders of the Mediterranean world. They occupied a narrow strip of territory between Mount Lebanon and the sea, north of Mount Carmel. Their country was never pos- sessed by the Israehtes, and most of the time the rela- tions between the two races were peaceful. 2. Next in order of location we come to the Canaan- ites proper, or that branch of the descendants of Canaan which retained the family name. While all the tribes of Palestine are often called Canaanites, as descended from one stock, the name strictly belongs only to people who lived in two sections of the country. The word means "lowlanders," and was appUed particularly to those dwelling on the maritime plain, on both sides of Mount Carmel, the plain of Esdraelon and that of Sharon; and to those in the Jordan Valley. These together consti- tuted "the Canaanites on the east and on the west." (Josh. 11: 3.) They occupied the richest and most valua- ble portions of the land. The only city on the coast belonging to the Canaanites existing during the patri- archal age was Joppa, still standing. The Canaanite cities in the Jordan VaUey were the ' ' five cities of the plain," Sodom, Gomorrah, Admah, Zeboim and Zoar, of which all except the last were destroyed by the visitation of God. (Gen. 19.) Their location was in the plain on the north of the Dead Sea, and there is no reason to sujd- pose that they are covered by its waters. In the time immediately before the conquest we find Jericho has arisen in the place of the destroyed cities, and not far from their site, as the most important city of the Jordan Valley. 3. South of the Canaanites, on the maritime plain, were the Philistines. "Emigrants" is the meaning of the word, supporting the view that they came from Caphtor, or Crete, which is but little more than a surmise. They were related to the Egyptians, and hence were of Hamitic stock. They came to the land before the time of Abraham, drove out and subdued the earher Avim (Deut. 2 : 23), or Avites, and had frequent dealings with Abraham and Isaac. In the patriarchal age their princi- pal cities were Gaza and Gerar; but before the conquest they had moved northward, and were a powerful con- federacy of five cities : Gaza, Ashkelon, Ashdod, Gath and Ekron. (Josh. 13:3.) Their territory, if taken at all during the campaigns of Joshua, was soon recon- quered, and the Philistines were the most dangerous enemies of Israel during all the period of the Judges. In David's time they were subjected; but not until the Maccabean age were they fuUy conquered, and their land made a part of Israel. 4. We turn noAv to the tribes of the mountain region, beginning, as before, at the north. As these northern regions are not alluded to in patriarchal history, and PALESTINE BEFORE THE CONQUEST. 39 only very briefly named in the annals of the conquest, it is not easy to determine which of the tribes occupied them. But, from allusions in Josh. 1:4 and 11:3, and from frequent mention on the monuments of Egypt, we incline to the opinion that the Hittites were the posses- sors of this country. They have left their name in Hat- tin, the Caphar Hittai of the Talmud, near the Sea of Gahlee. Another branch, more frequently mentioned, were in the south, at and around Hebron (Gen. 23), per- haps extending as far south as Beersheba. (Gen. 27: 46.) With these people the relations of the patriarchs were ever peaceful, and of them Abraham purchased his fam- ily sepulchre. 5. The position of the Girgashites is uncertain, from the infrequent mention of them. But the slight indica- tions pomt to the region west of the Sea of Gahlee, where we locate them conjecturaUy. They may have been ab- sorbed by the sur- rounding tribes. 6. South of Mount Carmel, and extend- ing to what was aft- erward the border of Benjamin, we find the Hivites, hav- ing Shechem as their principal city in the time of Jacob. (Gen. 34:2.) Afterward, they occupied sev- eral towns immedi- ately north of Jeru- salem, four of which formed the "Gibe- onite league," and made a treaty of peace with Joshua. (Josh. 9:3-15.) They were a quiet people, averse to war, and submitting readily to foreign domination. Y. The Perizzites, "villagers," are always named in connection with the Canaanites. From the allusions in Gen. 34: 30, Josh. 17: 15, and other places, we locate them between the Hivites and the western Canaanites, in the northern portion of the Shefelah, or foot-hills, where villages would more readily cluster than among the mountains. They remained in the land as late as the time of the restoration from Babylonian captivity. (Ezra 9:1.) 8. The Jeljusites lived in the mountains around their city Jebus, afterward Jerusalem. They were of Ca- naanitish origin, a small but warUke tribe. Their king was slain by Joshua; but the city, though burned by the Israelites (Judges 1:8), was still held by its own people, and remained in their possession, a foreign fortress in the midst of the land, imtil finally taken by David, and made his capital. ' (2 Sam. 5.) South of the Jebusites were the southern branch of the Hittites, already re- ferred to. 9. One more nation of the Canaanite stock remains, perhaps the most powerful of aU, the Amorites, or "mountaineers." They occupied, originally, the wilder- ness between Hebron and the Dead Sea, having Hazezon- tamar (afterward En-gedi) as their capital; were smitten by Chedorlaomer, but aided Abraham in his pursuit and battle. (Gen. 14.) Afterward they pushed northward, crossed the Jordan, and possessed aU the eastern table- land north of the Dead Sea, dispossessing the Ammon- ites of its southern portion, and the Rephaim of its northern. This great country was the "land of the Amorites" at the time of the conquest, ruled by two kings, Sihon and Og. It is probable, that, during the patriarchal era, while Abraham and his family hved as wanderers in their Land of Promise, the lands east of the Jordan were occupied by their primeval inhabitants, the Rfephaim in the north. the Zuzim between the Jabbok and the Arnon, and the Emim in the south. III. THE NATIONS AT THE TIME or THE CONQUEST. What changes may have taken place among the tribes of Western Palestine during the four centuries while the Israehtes were in Egypt, is not known; but, as the land became more thickly settled, the strifes of the Canaanite tribes and their roving traits would result in many alterations of boundary lines. But east of the Jordan the changes may be more distinctly marked. 1. The Amorites, already named, probably conquered the eastern table-land, north of the Jabbok, dmring the period of the sojourn (^. e., the stay of the Israehtes in Egypt), and dispossessed its early inhabitants. Many of these, however, remained among the conquerors, and one of this race, Og, the King of Bashan, ruled over the northern Amorites when the Israelites entered the land, and was slain by them. 2. Two new tribes, closely related, made their appear- ance dm'ing this epoch, the Moabites and Ammonites. They were descended from Lot, the nephew of Abra- ham, and their origin is related in Gen. 19. They arose during the period of the sojourn, and conquered the primitive Emim and Zuzim (Deut. 2:19-2.^), probably 40 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. as far north as the Jabbok. But the Amorites on the north wrested their conquests from them and drove them back south of the Arnon, which was thenceforward their northern boundary. The Moabites were the settled por- tion of the tribe, dwelling ia cities; whUe the Ammonites were the predatory, wandering element, living mostly in the east, and without permanent dwelhng places. Dur- ing the period of the Judges they were among the oppres- sors of Israel (Judges 3 and 10), were defeated by Saul, (1 Sam. 11), and conquered by David. (2 Sam. 8:2.) IV. THE SURROUNDING NATIONS. The principal nations bordering upon the land of Ca- naan before the conquest were the following : 1. On the north were the Hivites, "that dwelt in Mount Lebanon, from Mount Baal-hermon unto the en- termg in of Hamath." (Judges 3:3.) This is supposed to have been the original home of the race, from which they journeyed to their seat in Central Palestine. StiU further north were the Arkites, the Sinites, the Arvadites and the Hamathites. 2. On the northeast lay the desert, and on the south- east roamed the Ammonites, already mentioned. 3. On the south were several tribes, not all of which can be located with certainty. In the west, south of the Philistine country, were the Amalekites, a people of unknown origin and predatory habits. South of Judah were the Kenites; and southeast of the Dead Sea, were, in early times, the Horim (already mentioned), succeeded during the time of the sojourn by the Edomites, a race descended from Esau, who wiU be described hereafter. (See explanations to map on page 44.) With regard to these early inhabitants of Palestine, the following facts may be noteworthy: 1. In respect to race, most of them belonged to the Hamitic stock; though the origin of the six earhest peoples remains unknown, and the two latest, the Moabites and Ammon- ites, were Semites, and closely related to Israel. 2. As to language, they probably spoke the Hebrew tongue, or one closely aUied to it. In Isa. 19:18, the Hebrew is evidently "the language of Canaan," i. e., of the Ca- naanites. Whether this language was the one originally spoken by Abraham's ancestors or not, s^"e have no means of knowing; but it is possible that it was gained, during the period of the journeyings, from the Canaan- ites. 3. In government, each village or tribe had its own ruler, who was caUed a "king"; but his authority was limited by the "elders," a body haviBg influence partly from birth, and partly by force of character of its members. 4. Their religion was widely different from that of the Hebrews, who, from the age of Abraham, worshiped one invisible, self-existent, spiritual God. The Canaanites deified nature imder various forms, es- pecially as Baal, the giver of life, and Ashtoreth (Greek, Astarte), the corresponding female divinity. Their rites of worship were abominable, cruel and hcentious. They sacrificed not only captured enemies, but their own chil- dren, to their idols, and performed acts of the grossest wickedness at their idolatrous service. 5. Their history is unwritten, save in its tragical close, the conquest of their land by the Israelites under Joshua, and the anni- hilation of many of their races. Still, many Uved as a separate people through all Jewish history; and some of the best scholars are of opinion that the native popula- tion of Palestine at the present time mainly belongs to this old Canaanite stock. OUTLINE FOR REVIEW. I. Earliest Inhabitcmta. Repliaim, Zuzim, Emim, Horim, Avim, Anakim. II. Tribes of the Patriarchal Era. 1. jMaritime Plaiu : Zidonians, Ca- naanites, Pliilistines. 3. Mountain Region ; Hittitea (north), Girgashites, Hivites, Perizzites, .Jebusitcs, Hittites (south), Amorites. 3. .lordan Valley: Canaanites. 4. Eastern Table-Land : Rephaim, Zuzim, Emim, III. Kations at the Time of tlie Conquest. East of Jordan : Amorites, Moabites, Ammonites. IV. Surrounding Nations. 1. North: Hivites, Arkites, Sinites, Arva- dites, Hamathites. 2. Southeast : Ammonites. 3. South : Amalekites, Kenites, Edomites. LANDS OF THE SOJOURN AND WANDERING. THE LAND OF EGYPT. I. Names. The present name, "Egypt," was given by the Greeks, and was never used by the. inhabitants in ancient times. On the monuments it is generally called KEM. In the Old Testament the most frequent name is "Mizraim," in plural form. The poetical books of the Bible contain the name "Eahab," "the proud, or inso- lent," and "Land of Ham." II. Boundaries and Dimensions. On the north, Egypt is bounded by the Mediterranean Sea; on the east, by Palestine, the Arabian Desert, and the Eed Sea; on the south, by Nubia; and on the west, by the great Afri- can Desert. Its hmits have been the same in nearly aU ages. In a geographical sense, it embraces 115,000 square miles; but of this more than nine-tenths consists of uninhabitable des- erts. The true Egypt, the home of its peo pie, is simply the VaUey of the Nile and the space between its mouths, an area of 9, (JOO square miles, a little larger than the State of New Hampshire. Deduct- ing from this the area covered by the Nile and its branches, the land of Egypt which may be occupied or cultivated includes about 5, 600 square miles, or less than the united area of Connecticut and Ehode Island. III. Divisions. There have always been two Egypts, Northern and Southern. Northern or Lower Egypt com- prises the Delta of the Nile, triangular in shape, a plain between the eastern or Pelusiac branch of the Nile and its western or Canopic branch. This is a vast garden, with sou the richest in the Old World, and the grain field of the Eoman empire. Southeast of the Pelusiac branch lay the Land of Goshen (now Esh Shurkiyeh), the home of the Israehtes during the Sojourn. Southern or Upper Egypt is a narrow valley, winding with the course of the Nile, varying in width from two to ten miles; a strip of fertile soil between two barren hills, beyond which the desert hes on either side. The two sections were always regarded as separate, and each was represented in the double crown worn by the kings. There was another division, made in very early times, into nomes, or provinces, each having its own ruler, and its own object of worship. Of these nomes there were from 36 to 50 at different times. IV. The Nile. This has been in every age the most important feature in the topography of the country, and the cause of its surpassing fertility. Its sources, long unknown, are in the great lakes of Central Africa, whence it flows in a northerly direction. The main stream, called the White Nile, receives in Nubia its prin- AJT EGYPTIAN TEMPLE. (41) cipal tributary, the Blue NUe, which rises in Abyssinia. During the last 1,500 miles of its course it is not in- creased by any other stream, and flows through a torrid desert. Yet, as it enters the Mediterranean, its current is stiU that of a mighty river. Its mouths are at present three in number, though formerly seven; and, from their resemblance on the map to the Greek letter a, that por- tion of Egypt is called the Delta. Its amiual overflow begins, in Lower Egypt, about the 25th of June, attains its height in three months, and remains stationary twelve days, at a height of about 36 feet above its ordinary level at Thebes, 25 feet at Cairo, and i feet at its mouth. This overflow is due to the rains in Central Africa, and as it brings down new soil, keeps the land always fertile. But for the Nile, Egypt would only be a part of the Great Desert. V. The People of Egypt were of the Hamitic stock, a race of high capacity, forming the earhest civilization known in history. They were reUgious, but worshiping 42 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. animals, and even the lowest forms of life; contemplat- ive and studious, attaining to considerable knowledge, though on narrow lines of research; patriotic, but not fond of war, and therefore rarely conquerors of other nations. Their language was "agglutinative monosyl- labic," with mingled Nigritic and Semitic characteristics. CuUivaTiJe Land in I^gypt . Yalley of mie and De-Jta - 5jOOO Square JSLiles, O/tOO Square Miles, lerritor-ial ISxtent of Jig}T>t. 115 ,000 Sq. Miles. AEEA OP EGYPT. Their government was most thoroughly organized, and took cognizance of even the minute matters of life. Their art was massive and sombre, imposing from its vastness, but not varied, and therefore giving but httle play to genius. The Egyptians were slender of frame, Approximate Scale, 518 miles to 1 inch. but strong. Their faces were oval and olive-colored; their hair long, crisp and jet-black. They are supposed to be represented at the present time by the Copts. VI. The History of Egypt begins at a time un^ dated, but soon after the flood. It is divided into three periods, those of the Old, Middle and New Empires. The Old Empire was founded by Menes, and had its capital at Memphis. During the fourth dynasty of this period the Pyramids were built. The Middle Empire arose at Thebes, and lasted until 1525 B. C. The Twelfth dy- nasty was most powerful during this epoch, conquering Ethiopia and Arabia. About 1900 B. C. the land was conquered by foreign princes, who ruled 400 years, and were known as the Hyksos, or Shepherd Kings. The New Empire arose in 1525 B. C, after the expulsion of the Hyksos, and lasted for a thousand years. Its great- est monarch was Eameses II., who has been supposed to be the "Pharaoh of the Oppression" (not of the Exodus), and iTiled as far east as Chaldea and Assyria. By others he is supposed to have reigned later, contemporary with Deborah. The land was conquered by the Persians, B. C. 527, and annexed to the Persian empire. VII. The principal Places were, in Lower Egypt, Memphis, the ancient capital; Hehopolis, called in the Bible On, near the eastern branch of the Delta; Eame- ses, m the Land of Goshen; Pelusium, at the eastern mouth of the Nile; and Alexandria, in later history the metropolis of Egypt, near the Canopic mouth of the Nile. In Upper Egypt, Thebes was the most important place, and long the capital. OUTLINE FOK REVIEW. 1. Names. Egypt, Kem, Mizraim, Rabab, Land of Ham. 2. Boundaries and Dimensions. North (Mediterranean Sea); East (Pal- estine, Arabia, Red Sea); South (Nubia); West (African Desert). Area, 115,000 square miles. Inhabitable, 9,600 square miles. Land, 5,600 square miles. 3. Diiyisdons. Lower (Delta); Upper (Valley). 4. Nile. White Nile, Blue Nile; Sources; Delta; Overflow. 5. People. Hamitic Origin; Civilization; Language; Art; Physical Traits. 6. History. Old Empire (Memphis, Pyramid.?); Middle Empire (Thebes, Dynasty XII., Hyksos); New Empire (Rameses II., Persians). THE WILDERNESS OF THE WANDERING. I. Situation. This region hes between Egypt and Edom, a great triangle, having for its three points the border of Lake Menzaleh, the southern extremity of the Dead Sea, and Ras Mohammed, the southern end of the peninsula. Its northern boundary is the Mediterranean Sea, the land of the Phihstines, and the Negeb, or South Country. Its southeastern hue is the depression of the Arabah, and the Gulf of Akaba, or .^lanitic Gulf. Its southwestern line is the Isthmus of Suez and the Gulf of Suez. From Egypt, in a hne due east, to the Dead Sea, is about 200 miles; from the Mediterranean, at the Wacly el Arish (" the Eiver of Egypt "), to Eas Moham- med, a line a httle east of south, is about 225 miles, thus making the entire area of the triangle about 22,500 LANDS OF THE SOJOURN AND WANDERING. 43 square miles, or less than the aggregate area of New Hampshire, Vermont and Massachusetts, though larger than any two of those States. II. Natural Features. This region has two general divisions, and three others closely connected with them. 1. The Table-Land. 2. The Sinaitic Mountains. 3. The narrow plain by the western arm of the Red Sea. 4. The Arabah, or valley between the ^lanitic Gulf and the Dead Sea. 5. The Negeb, or South Country. 1. The northern and central portion of the triangle is a sterile table-land of Umestone, from 2,000 to 2,500 feet high, and consisting of rolling plains with a graveUy surface; with few springs, and these mostly of impure water; and watered only by the streams of the Wady el Arish ("the River of Egypt"), a torrent which is dry changeably, though some consider the former the name of the group, and Sinai a single peak. There has been much discussion as to which is the "Mountain of the Law," from which the Ten Commandments were given. Three peaks have been most prominently presented by different explorers. Jehel Musa, "the Mountain of Moses," which is supported by local tradition, and by the authority of Ritter, Kurtz, Keil and Kalisch; Jehel Serbal, claimed by Lepsius; and Bds es Sufsafeh, sup- ported by Robinson, Dean Stanley, and the most of re- cent travelers. This is a granite cliff standing above the plain so boldly that one may walk up and lay a hand upon its waU, which rises 1,500 feet above the plain, and 6,500 feet above the sea. The plain in front of it is called er Rahah, and is 2,300 yards long and 900 yards RAS ES SnrSAFEH during most of the year. This was the Wilderness of Paran, "the great and terrible wilderness" (Deut. 1:19) in which the Israelites wandered for 38 years. It is now called et Tih, "the wandering," and is traversed from east to west by two caravan routes, marked by the bleached bones of camels that have perished by the way. On the north it slopes away to a plain of white sand reaching to the Mediterranean, which was generally called the Wilderness of Shur. On the other three sides it is bounded by a chain of mountains, 4,000 feet high, called Jehel et Tih. 2. Beyond the desert, and separated from it by the chain of mountains above named, and also by a narrow strip of sand south of the mountains, is the group of the Sinaitic Mountains. This group is triangular in form, and consists of ranges radiating from a centre. The names Hofeb and Sinai seem to have been used inter- (MOXJKT SINAI). wide, sufficiently large for the presence of all the Israel- ites before the mount, without including another plain on the northeast, branching from er Rahah, and called Wady esh Sheikh. 3. Between the movmtains and the western arm of the Red Sea lies a narrow plain, following the line of the coast. On the northwestern section it was called the Wilderness of Etham; opposite the Sinaitic group of mountains, the Wilderness of Sin. This lower portion is now called el Kaa. 4. From the head of the Gulf of Akaba (^lanitic Gulf) a gorge extends nearly northward to the Dead Sea, an extension of the Jordan Valley, the Arabah, called in the history the Wilderness of Zin. It hes between the mountain chain on the east of the Wilderness of Paran {et Tih) and Mount Seir, the home of the Edomites. The opinion held by many early writers, that the Jordan 54" Xon(?ittitIe from Greenwich. 35' no' 77 J' XoDfritu^le from "Wriislrington. 7 72 " 113' (44) LANDS OF THE SOJOURN AND WANDERINQ. 45 once flowed through this depression into the Red Sea, may be correct as regards a past geologic period, but not as an historical fact; for it is evident that no great change has taken place in this region within the limit of historical time. Opposite the traditional Mount Hor the bed of the valley is about 500 feet above the sea-level; and from this point it slopes northward to the Dead Sea, 1,300 feet below the sea-level, and southward to the Gulf of Akaba. 5. The Negeb, or South Country, has ahready been de- scribed. (See p. 32.) The southern section of this region belongs to the Wilderness of the Wandering, from Mount Halak northward. III. Inhabitants. The only inhabitants of this re- gion at the time of the Israehte Wandering were the Amalekites, who roamed throughout the desert of Paran. Their origin is uncertain; and they may have belonged to the same stock with the earhest inhabitants of Canaan, as they were a distinct tribe in the times of Abraham. (Gen. 14.) They were the bitter enemies of Israel during all the period of the Wandering, attacking their rear, and destroying detached companies of them on their march. (Deut. 25 : 18.) The only pitched battle with them took place at Rephidim, near Mount Sinai, when they were defeated by Israel; but they attacked the IsraeUtes again at Hormah, and inflicted serious injury. Long afterward their power was broken by Saul (1 Sam. 15), and their destruction was completed by David. (1 Sam. 27 and 30.) OUTLINE FOR REVIEW. I. Situation. Triangle (Menzaleh, Dead Sea, Ras Mohammed). Bound- aries. North (Mediterranean Sea, Philistines, Negeb); Southeast (Arabah, Akaba); Southwest (Isthmus and Gulf of Suez). 300 miles east and west; 235 north and south. II. Natural Features. Table-Land (Paran, Shur); Sinaitic Mountains (Horeb and Sinai); Plain (Etham, Sin); Arabah (Zin); Negeb (Mount Halak). III. Inhabitants. Amalekites (Rephidim, Hormah). THE LAND OF EDOM. I. Boundaries. The country of Edom, or of the Edomites, lay south of that of the Moabites, the boundary between them being the brook Zered {Wadij el Ahsy), which flows into the southern lagoon of the Dead Sea. On the east it extended to the great Arabian desert, in that section supposed to be the "land of the Temanites." On the south its border was the country of the Midianites, and the head of the Gulf of Akaba. The western boundary was the Arabah, or sunken ravine running northward between the Red Sea and the Dead Sea. There is, however, an opinion gaining ground, that ' ' the field of Edom " extended somewhat to the west of the Arabah, and south of Palestine. II. IVames. The earliest name of this country, and one often used throughout Bible history, was Mount Seir, "the rugged," from its rough, mountainous nature. This was the name of its earliest inhabitants, " the sons of Seir the Horite." (Gen. 36:20.) Afterward it was 6 possessed by the descendants of Esau, and called Edom, " red," from the "red pottage" for which Esau sold his birthright. Probably the red color of its sandstone mountains also aided to fix the name. In the New Tes- tament time the word received a Greek form, and became Idumea. Josephus called it GebaUene, "mountainous." At present it is divided into two sections, each having a difl'erent name; north of Petra being called Jebal, and south, esli Sherah. III. Natural Features. Edom is emphatically a land of mountains. On the west, along the side of the Arabah, is a line of low limestone hills. Back of these rise higher, igneous rocks, surmounted by variegated sandstone, of pecuhar color, 2,000 feet high. The east- ern side of the mountains slopes gently away into the Arabian desert. But, though rough, the land is rich, and the terraced hillsides have in all ages been bright with vegetation, and its people have been prosperous. So the blessing of Esau (Gen. 27:39, 40) has been ful- filled in a land of "the fatness of the earth, and of the dew of heaven." Its capital during the Old Testament period was Bozrah (now Busireh), near its northern border. Afterward, Sela, the Petra of remarkable rock hewn buildings, arose to prominence. Ezion-geber, at the head of the Gulf of Akaba, was its sea-port. IV. History. Mount Seir was first settled by the Horites, or Horim, hke the inhabitants of Palestine a people of unknown origin. During the later patriarchal age it was conquered and possessed by Esau, the brother of Jacob, and ever after occupied by his descendants, the Edomites. The refusal of this people to allow the Israehtes to jotu-ney through their territory compeUed them to make a long detour around Edom on the south and east, and enter Palestine by the land of the Moabites. During the period of the Judges the Edomites are not mentioned; but they were beaten by Saul, and thorough- ly conquered by David, after a severe struggle. At the division of the kingdom, B. C. 975, Edom was held by Judah. Its people rebelled in the time of Jehoram, the son of Jehoshaphat, and, although defeated by Judah, were able to maintain their independence. They joined the Chaldeans under Nebuchadnezzar in the destruction of Jerusalem, for which the later prophecies and psalms gave them bitter denunciations. About the time of the captivity, B. C. 587-636, the Edomites gained possession of most of the country soutli of Judah, extending even to the confines of Egypt. But they lost their own land, Mount Seir, which became the possession of the Naba- theans. These were a race, perhaps allied to the Ara- bians, who laid aside their nomad habits, and founded a kingdom, whose people grew rich by the caravan trade. The Edomites, or Idumeans, south of Palestine, were conquered by the Maccabean princes and incorporated with the Jews, B. C. 130, and the Nabathean kingdom was annexed to the Roman empire, A. D. 105. V. Peculiarities. The Edomites, though descended from the stock of Abraham, adopted the idolatry of the Canaanites, with Avhom they had intermarried. But 46 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL QEOGRAPHY. their most remarkable feature, as a nation, was that of dweUing in caves. The mountains of Idumea are of soft sandstone, easUy wrought, and are penetrated with caves and grottoes, which were used, not like those of other nations, for burial places, but for residence. The rock-hewn temples, palaces and homes of Petra, so well known to travelers, are magnificent in appearance. The custom probably arose from the fear of robbers, and from the ease with which the caves could be excavated in the sandstone rock. OUTLINE FOR REVIEW. 1. Boundaries. Moab; Desert; Midianites; Arabah. S. Names. Seir, Edom, Idumea, Geballene, Jebal and esh Sherah. 3. Natural Features. Mountains; Soil; Capitals (Bozrah, Petra). 4. History. Horites; Esau; Edomiles; Israelite Supremac}'; Chaldeans; Nabatheans; Maccabeans; Romans. 5. Peculiarities. Religion; Rock Houses. THE WANDERING IN THE WILDERNESS. There are great difficulties in fixing the location of the places and the order of events in the history of the forty years which intervened between the exodus, or "going out," from Egypt, and the entrance into the Promised Land (B. C. 1491-1451). These difficulties arise from various causes: the antiquity of the events, the frag- mentary character of the history, the extent of the country, our scanty knowledge of the region, and espe- cially the changes Avhich have taken place in the sea-coast during the 3,000 years past. While the general course of the journey can be easily defined, the pai'ticular local- ities are, in many instances, exceedingly uncertain. For the convenience of the student, we divide the entire journey from Egypt to Canaan into sections. I. From Rameses to the Red Sea. (Exod. 12-14; Num. 33:5-8.) The sojourn of the Israelites was passed in the Land of Goshen, between the Nile and the Isthmus of Suez. The court of the reigning Pharaoh during the time while Moses was negotiating for the departure of the Israehtes, was at Zoan, or Tanis (Psa. TS:12), the royal city of the Delta. Rameses, the place of meeting for the Israelites at the beginning of their journey, has been variously located at On, the ancient capital, at Bel- heis, and at Ah%i Kesheib. As the latter seems to suit best aU the circumstances, we have adopted it. Succoth, the second station, is, perhaps, Rejum el Kliail. Etham, the third, "on the edge of the wilderness," is unknown. Pi-hahiroth (station 4) may have been Bir Suweis, and Baal-zephon (Exod. 14:2) was perhaps Suez, between the mountain Jebel AtaJca and the sea. The Israelites crossed the sea at the nari'ow Strait of Suez, where the distance from shore to shore is about two-thirds of a mile. At that time the gulf probably extended several miles north of its j)resent position. The northeast wind drove out the waters, leaving a path across the gulf, with pools on either side, as a " wall " or defense to the crossing Israelites. II. From the Red Sea to Mount Sinai. (Exod. 15-19; Num. 33:8-15.) The general direction can be traced with certainty, but the precise places of encamp ment are only conjectural. It is probable that so vast a body of people, about two millions, must have occupied a large extent of territory, and the "stations" were the various headquarters of the camp. This section of the journey was mostly spent in the two narrow plains along the coast, the Wilderness (or desert) of Etham, and that of Sin. At Marah {Ain Hawarah) the bitter waters were healed; at Elim {Wady Ghurimdel) they were refreshed by the "twelve wells and three-score and ten palm trees." At the next station, No. 9, "the en- campment at the Red Sea," they saw for the last time the waters of the western gulf, and the land of Egypt beyond them. Here they turned eastward, and, passing the mountain barrier, entered the Wilderness of Sin. (This is to be distinguished from the Wilderness of Zin, or the Arabah, on the eastern side of the peninsula.) In this wild and barren country, food failed them, and the manna began to be supplied (Exod. 16), to last for forty years. Their general course was now eastward, through the wadies, or dry beds of winter torrents. At Rephi- dim (station 13) two events are recorded as occurring. The want of water led to a miraculous supply from the smitten rock (Exod. l'r:2-7); and the Israelites fought the first battle in their history, with the wandering Amalekites, who attacked the rear of the scattered host. Under Joshua, who here appears for the first time, they were defeated, and devoted to complete destruction. (Exod. 17:8-16; Deut. 25: is.) The next station was Mount Sinai, in front of which they encamped, probably on the plain er Rahali. Their journey thus far had oc- cupied two months and a half, and here they remained for a year. The principal events at Mount Sinai were : 1. The giving of the law. (Exod. 19-31.) 2. The worship of the golden calf, and its punishment. (Exod. 32.) 3. The building and conseci'ation of the Tabernacle. (Exod. 35-10.) 4. The numbering and organization of the people. (Num. 1-2.) III. From Mount Sinai to Kadesh-harnea. After a year spent at and around Mount Sinai, the camp was taken up, and the host, led by the Ark of the Cove- nant, entered once naore upon its march. The direction of the journey was northeast, and the route Avas probably through the Wady Soal. At Taberah (station 15), the "fire of the Lord" consumed some on the verge of the camj) who murmured against God's commands. (Num. 11: 1-3.) At Kibroth-hattaavah (station 16), (perhaps the same place with the preceding), a dishke of the manna and a lust for fiesh-meat seized the crowd of people, and for a month they fed upon quails, but were punished by a plague, which destroyed multitudes, and gave a name to the place, "the graves of lust." (Num. 11:4-35.) At Hazeroth (probably Ain Hudherah), Miriam instigated Aaron to a rebellion against Moses, but was smitten with leprosy, though healed at the prayer of Moses. (Num. 12:1-16.) The Israelites followed the mountain chain by the Red Sea, keeping upon the western side of the hills, and, jiassing through the edge of the Wilderness of LANDS OF THE SOJOURN AND WANDERING. 47 Paran and along the Arabah, followed up the Une of the "Mount of the Amorites" (which appears to have been a general name for the mountains in the southern por- tion of the Negeb, or South Country), until they came to Kadesh-barnea. The location of thij place is the great difficulty in the geography of the period. The name appears to be used with reference to a region, and more definitely referring to a place. Three localities have been claimed, aU on the border of the "Mount of the Amorites," or the South Country. The most south- erly location is that now known as Ain esh Shehabeh, on the Wady Jerafeh; the most westerly, at Ain Oadis, or Quadis, directly south of the land of Judah; the one far- thest to the north and east, at Ain el Weibeh, in the edge of the Arabah, south of the Dead Sea. The latter has been regarded by most explorers since Dr. Robinson, as the correct site, and therefore, in our map of the Journeys of the Israehtes, is so recognized. But the re- cent investigations of Dr. H. C. Trumbull, following the identification of Rev. J. Rowlands, have gone far to fix the true Kadesh at Ain Quadis. While it is yet too early to pronounce authoritative judgment upon the matter, in our opinion, Ain Quadis wiU hereafter be accepted as the correct location. We have therefore introduced a map of Kadesh-barnea, taken from the extensive work of Dr. Trumbull on the subject, and including an en- larged view of the region around Ain Quadis. The change in the location of Kadesh makes necessary a change in the location of Mount Hor, which Dr. Trum- bull fixes at Jebel Maderah, in the centre of the Negeb, or South Country. Twice the Israehtes were encamped at this place, which marked the beginning and end of the thirty-eight years' wandering in the Wilderness of Paran. From Kadesh the twelve spies were sent northward into the land of Canaan, and the adverse report of ten of them caused such terror and rebell- ion in the host, that God declared that they should not enter the Promised Land until all that generation should have passed away. (Num. 13, 14.) They were ordered to turn back into the wilderness, but disobeyed, and, against their leaders' advice, undertook to force a passage to Canaan, probably up the pass es Sufa. But the inhabitants of the mountain (Amorites, Canaanites, and Amalekites in aUiance) attacked them to their utter defeat at Hormah, and effectually barred their entrance to the land through the South Country, as the warlike PhiUstines had closed it against them by the way of the plain by the sea. (Exod. 13:17.) Discouraged and de- spairing, the host of Israel again turned their faces once more toward the terrible Wilderness of Paran. IV., v., VI. From Kadesh-barnea to Mount Hor, Ezion-geber, and Return. The period of the next thirty-eight years remains in shadow. Scarcely an event is' named which certainly belongs to this division, the longest by far in the journey. In the history at Num. .14: 46, there is a break in the record, and other topics are referred to until we find the people at Kadesh once more, at the end of the 38 years, in chapter 20; and the Ust of stations in Num. 33: lS-36, is only a barren cat- alogue of 18 places, in which not one is clearly recog- nized, and only two or three can be even guessed at. Some have thought that the entire period was spent in the Arabah, wandering up and down, as two of the sta- tions plainly belong there. But it is more probable that the people wandered over the borders between the Negeb (South Country) and the Wilderness of Paran. For con- venience we may subdivide this period of wandering into its three journeys. From Kadesh, through 12 unknown stations, to Moseroth, which is afterward named in the account of Aaron's death (Deut. 10:6), showing that it was near Mount Hor. This is indicated on the Map as Journey IV. Journey V. was from Mount Hor down the Arabah southward to Ezion-geber, at the head of the ^lanitic Gulf. Journey VI. was once more through the Arabah, northward to Kadesh-barnea, completing the period of the punishment for the rebeUion of 38 years before. Here three events took place. 1. The rock was a- S o ^ »> ?, S5 CO a- u § ^ CS '^ S s '^ cc «o J: ** kj DAN, 62, 700. ASHER, 41,500. VAPHTALI 53,400. CAMP OF DAN. TRIBE OF LEVI, MERARITES TABKRNACLE KOHATHITES Aaron MOSES Priests TBIBE OF LEVI. CAMP OF KEUBEN. GAD, 45,650. SIMEON, 69,300. REUBEN, 46,500. a > 5 c si O > K N en rr, § S CAMP OF ISRAEL. smitten by Moses, when God had bidden him speak to it, in order to bring foi-th' water; and, as a penalty, he was not permitted to enter Canaan. (Num. 20:1-13.) 2. The Israehtes asked of the Edomites (on whose western border they were encamped at Kadesh), the privilege of crossing their territory on their journey to Canaan, but their request was denied. 3. Soon after this, the king of the Canaanite city of Arad, in the Negeb, or South Country, 20 miles south of Hebron, hearing of Israel's approach by the same route as that of the spies, 38 years before, went out to meet the invading host. He was repulsed at the same place where Israel had suffered a defeat before, and which was thenceforth called Hormah, "destruction." (Num. 21:1-3.) VII., VIII. From Kadesh-barnea to Elath and Jordan. The Israelites were now ready to enter their Land of Promise. But, as the entrance by the south was found impracticable, and the Edomites would not permit them to cross their mountains, a long detour be- came necessary; so for a third time they took their 48 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. journey through the Arabah. This we have indicated on the map as No. VII. They paused before Mount Hor, while Aaron left them, to ascend the mountain and to die. The j)eak stiU bears his name, Jebel Haroun. So ac- corduig to most travelers; but Trumbull locates Mount Hor in the Negeb. At Ezion-geber and Elath (sta- tions 43 and 44), they saw once more the Red Sea, at its eastern arm. On this journey, too, but whether before or after passing the Red Sea, is uncertain, they were plagued by serpents, and "the brazen ser- pent" was lifted up by Moses. (Num. 21:4-9.) At last the southern point of Mount Seir was reached and passed, and now for the last time (Journey VIII.) the Israelites turned their faces northward. They traveled through the land of Teman, between Edom and the KADESH-BARNEA ANB TICINITT. (According to Dk. Tkumbull.) Arabian desert. At the brook Zered (Wady el Alisy), station 49, they entered the land of Moab, which they crossed in safety (Num. 21:11); and at the brook Anion they came into the country of Sihon, the king of the Amorites, who came against them, and was defeated and slain at Jahaz. (Num. 21:12-31.) The Amorites of Bashan on the north were ruled by the giant Og, a descendant of the ancient Rephaim. (See page 37.) His land was conquered and himself slain in a decisive battle at Edrei. From the heights of Abarim (station 6Y) they descended to the Jordan Valley, and encamped at their last station (No. 68) before entering the Land of Promise, on the eastern bank of the Jordan, opposite Jericho. Here occurred : 1. The episode of Balaam's prophecy. (Num. 22-24.) 2. The iniquity of Israel with the women of Moab, and the plague on the people as a result. (Num. 25:1-18.) 3. The numbering of Israel. (Num. 26.) 4. The campaigns against the Moabites and Midianites. (Num. 31.) 5. The allotment to the tribes of Reuben and Gad, and half the tribe of Manasseh. (Num. 32.) 6. The repetition of the law and the reca- pitulation of the journeys, in the book of Deuteronomy. 1. Last of all, the ascent of Moses up the height of Nebo, his prophetic view of the Promised Land, and his lonely death. (Deut. 34.) STATIONS OF THE ISRAELITES DURING THEIR JOURNEY FROM EGYPT TO CANAAN. I, From Rameses to the Red Sea. Station. 1. Rameses. . . . 2. SuccoUi. . . . 3. Etham 4. Pi-hahiroth. 5. Red Sea. . . . Idextifxcation. Abu Kesheib . . . Rejum el KhaU. Unknown Bir Suweis EXOD. 12: 37 12:37 13: 20 14: 2 14:22 II. From the Red Sea to Mount Sinai. Station, 6. Desert of Shur, or of Etham . 7. Marah 8. Blim 9. Red Sea 10. Desert of Sin 11. Dophkab 12. Alush 13. RepMdim 14. Sinai Identification. Shore of the Red Sea Ain Hawarali Wady Grhurundel . . . Wady Taiyibeh El Murkiyeh (?) Ain Markha(?) Uncertain Wady Feiran Plain er RiJhah ExOD. 15:22 15:23 15:27 16: 1 17: 1 19: 1 III. From Mount Sinai to Kadesh-barnea. Station. Identification'. Num. Num. Deut. 15. Taberah Wady Saal (?) Erweis el Ebeirig. . . . Ain Hudhei-ah Jebel Magrah (?).... 11: 3 11:34 11:35 33:16 33: 17 9- 22 16 Kibroth-hatlaavali 17 Hazeroth 18. Mount of the Amorites 1- 19 19. Kadesh-b T\re . ii«=^ s^ '^ Xehtlhl Belh-horon and Vtcinily CONQUEST ^ -Ac(lio CANAAN. ^ f- ^ V :'''■"■"" '"':;;A^^ leflLKeiufTlJ \i^ } o M""!" orTaii Toppa I U £r Kedvon - r -. > X J " llil.ron JieeifiLeba ;r Hormah K^" 3 Kabbath AmniouClIam) iTitUrj- tr JIM'S,," 50 ' Longitude from Wasliington. 7 12 30' 30 ^ EXPLiANATIO'SS . V, ZPorilons of Tdlesiine conquered . . ■ ■ \ 1 J^oHione remaining tineonquered . . . [ [ Canaanile-iowns unconquerad.in Hed . Jiattle'fields designated 7uj vi Treaty-Cities =^SS"- ^Canaanite Hugal Cities . ■ *^^ 37 = Statute Miles RAND,M= NALLY * CO.,EKGR'S, CHICAGO. 773 (50) THE CONQUEST OF CANAAN. After the forty years of the Wandering came the seven years of the Conquest. Yet it is true, that in the complete sense the conquest began before the Israehtes crossed the Jordan under Joshua, and was not finished until long after the period of the Judges. As Dean Stanley says : "The conquest began from the passage of the brook Zered, under Moses; it was not finally closed till the capture of Jerusalem by David But in a more hmited sense it may be confined to the period during which the territory afterward known by the name of Palestine, was definitively occupied as their own by the Is- raelites." The map on page 36 shows us the territorial divis- ions of the land be- fore the conquest; the one which we are now studying presents the cam- paigns by which it ' was "won. These may be divided into three sections. 1. Theconque of the territory on the > of the Jordan, in three cam paigns, during the rule of Moses 2. The conquest of that on the of the Jordan, under the leadership of Joshua, in three campaigns. 3. A series of supplementary conquests, completing the work of subjugation. I. THE CONQUEST OF EASTERN PALESTINE. This region was occupied, at the time of the arrival of the Israelites, by the Moabites between the brooks Zered and Anion, and by the Amorites north of the Anion. The latter people were divided into two king- doms. The land of Gilead was ruled by King Sihon, whose capital was at Heshbon; and the table-land of Bashaii by Og, a remnant of the old race of the Eephaim. Tributary to Sihon, and on the border of the Arabian desert, were the Midianites (Josh. 13:21); and near the Moabites were their nomadic kinsmen, the Ammonites. 1. The Conquest of Oilead. (Num. 21:21-31.) The Amorites, under Sihon, had wrested from the Moab- ites the land between the Arnoii and the Jabbok, a short time before the coming of Israel. Moses sent messen- gers, requesting the privilege of journeying through their land; but they refused to permit the passage of such a vast host, and came out to meet the Israelites in battle at Jahaz, near their border, at the brook Anion. They were defeated, and their whole land was conquered, including their own territory north of the Jabbok, as well as their Moabite possessions south of it. Thus the Isiaehtes obtained, as their first foothold, the iich legion of the eastern table-land, from the Arnon to the Hieromax. 2 The Conquest of Bashan. (Num. \ 21:32-35.) The success of the war with one nation of the Amorites '^T.C*J encouraged the Israehtes to cross the Hieromax and undertake the conquest of the rich pasture fields of Bashan, the kingdom of Og, whose capital was at the ancient city of his race, Ashteroth Karnaim. There is some evidence to indicate that the leader in this cam- paign was Nobah, of the tribe of Manasseh. (Num. 32:42.) A decisive battle was fought at Edrei, at the entrance to the Ledja, or mountainous district; and Og was slain, and his kingdom possessed by Israel. Its western portion, including Kenath and its vicinity, was given to Nobah, who named the region after himself. (Num. 32:42; Judges 8:11.) 3. The Conquest of Midian. (Num. 25 and 31.) While the Israelites were encamped on the plain of Jor- dan, opposite Jericho, their last station, called Shittim (Num. 25 : 1), a league was formed by the Moabites and Midianites to resist their advance. Balaam, the Mesopo- tamiaii seer, was summoned to aid them by his curses (51) 52 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. against Israel; but his words were turned to blessing. (Num. 22-2i.) Fearing the result of open war, the allied nations now undertook to corrupt Israel by their friendship and the seductions of their women; and they succeeded to such an extent that multitudes of the peo- ple perished by a plague which feU upon the nation as a penalty. The Moabites were punished by exclusion for ten generations from the privileges of Israel (Deut. 23: 3, 4), and by the loss of that portion of their territory already taken from the Amorites. The Midianites, evi- dently the guiltier nation, were doomed to utter destruc- tion. The campaign against them was regarded as a sacred war, and Phinehas the priest took command of the army. The entire people were laid under the ban, and the portion of them east of the Jordan were thor- oughly annihilated. This was, however, only a small section of the great tribe of Midian, whose principal home was on the eastern shore of the Eed Sea, south of the Edomites; and their former home near Moab was again repopulated, and, some centuries afterward, gave new trouble to Israel. The entire country east of the Jordan and north of the brook Arnon was thus conquered by the Israelites before the death of Moses. It was assigned to the tribes of Eeuben and Gad, and half the tribe of Manasseh, as their home, upon condition that their warriors should accompany the rest of the tribes in the conquest of Western Palestine. (Num. 32.) Their boundaries will be noticed in connection with the map of Israel, as divided among the Twelve Tribes. II. THE CONQUEST OF WESTERN PALESTINE. This was undertaken by Joshua after the death of Moses, and, as far as can be ascertained from the record, was accomplished in three campaigns. The war began with the passage of the Jordan, B. C. 1451, and, so far as active hostilities were concerned, was finished in seven years. But the great mass of the native population re- mained upon the soil, to plague the Chosen People by the influence of their wickedness, so that the conquest was never thoroughly completed. Indeed, some writers think that the inhabitants of Palestine at the present time belong mainly to the old Canaanite stock, which has perpetuated itself under aU the changes of government. 1. The Conquest of Central Palestine. (Josh. 3-8.) According to the account in the book of Joshua, this was a brief campaign; but the Samaritan records relate a series of supplementary sieges and battles, which would indicate that the war may have been longer than appears. Still, there are evidences that the Hivites and Perizzites, who occupied most of this district, were peaceful peoples, readily yielding to the conquerors, so that the resistance was less stubborn than in other sec- tions. ' The war began with the passage of the Jordan, an event ever kept in mind as the entrance of the people upon their own land. They pitched their camp at Gil- gal, in the Jordan Valley, and fortified the place as a permanent headquarters during the entire period of conquest. (Josh. 5.) Jericho was first taken, by super- natural aid, and devoted to God as the first fruits of con- quest. (Josh. 6.) An act of trespass against God by Achan, caused a defeat at Ai (near Bethel), the next place attacked; but the sin was punished, and, by a stratagem and ambush, Ai was taken. They then marched northward to Shechem, an ancient Hivite city, of which the last previous account is its destruction by the sons of Jacob. (Gen. 34.) It may not have been rebuilt, as we find at this time the Hivites occupying a number of towns at a distance from it (Gibeon and others, Josh. 9); or it may have submitted to the over- whelming power of Israel. In the Vale of Shechem, between the mountains Ebal and Gerizim, aU the Israel- ites were assembled, the law was read in their hearing, and memorial stones were erected. After this, the Hi- vites of four villages, of which Gibeon was the most important, by means of a deception made a treaty of peace with the IsraeUtes, and obtained a pledge of pro- tection; being the only nation in aU the land formally spared from destruction. Their deceit was soon discov- ered; but the word of Israel was kept, though the people of the four villages were reduced to the condition of "servants of the sanctuary," i. e., employed in the me- nial duties of the Tabernacle. The central portion of the land was now possessed by Israel, from Jericho and Gibeon northward to the Carmel range of mountains, and the army returned to the fortified camp at Gilgal. (Josh. 9.) 2. The Conquest of Southern Palestine. (Josh. 10.) The conquest had thus far been easy; mainly be- cause there was no union among the native tribes, but each city and viUage was ruled by its own "king," or sheikh, and all were jealous of one another, so that they were readily conquered in detail. Warned by the fate of Jericho and Ai, and alarmed at the defection of Gib- eon, the kings of five cities formed a league to resist the invading host. The head of the confederation was Adoni-zedek, the king of Jerusalem, and associated with him were the rulers of Hebron, Jarmuth, Lachish and Eglon, and perhaps other subordinate chiefs. They began by an attack on the city of Gibeon, as a tributary of Israel. Joshua at once called forth his warriors, left the camp at Gilgal, made a swift night march through the mountain passes, and came suddenly upon the enemy near Beth-horon. Here was fought perhaps the most important battle in all human history, and one at which "the sun and moon" might well "stand still," since the religious destiny of all the world was at stake in its result. In this one battle the conquest of Canaan was made certain, though it was not fully accomplished until long afterward. The flying host were pursued to Makkedah, on the border of the plain, where the five kings were captured and slain. Then in succession, the strongholds of Libnah, Lachish, Eglon, Hebron, and, last of all, Debir, were taken by storm. From the list of the kings captured (Josh. 12:9-24), it would appear THE CONQUEST OF CANAAN. 63 that Joshua carried his conquests through the South Country, as far as Arad and Hormah, places where the Israelites had suffered defeat during the period of the wandering (Num. 21:1-3); though these kings may have been captured at Hebron or Debir. But, though aU may not have been ravaged by the Israelites, all was certainly conquered, from Jerusalem to the great desert on the south. The conquest was afterward made com- plete by the aged Caleb, who with his nephew Othniel took possession of the very cities of which the name had filled the Israehtes with terror a generation before. (Num.13.) 3. The Conquest of Northern Palestine. (Josh. 11.) This region was also occupied by a number of f/'^-. iLzlon Gaber/ PALESTINE AS PROMISED AND POSSESSED. M Had Sea t CO., ENGfl'6, CHICAGO. Approximate Scale, 91 miles to 1 inch. independent chiefs, of whom the most powerful was Jabin, the king of Hazor, a title which afterward reap- pears in the history. (Judges 4, 2.) They ruled over small tribes of various races, from Mount Hermon to Mount Carmel, especially on the Plain of Esdraelon. The king of Hazor called together the associated tribes, and their camp was pitched near Lake Merom. Joshua made one of his characteristic swift marches, up the Jordan Valley, attacked them suddenly, and utterly defeated and scattered them. He burned the many war chariots, and so cut the sinews of their horses as to make them useless; since these animals were never used by the Israelites. After the battle he marched through 6 the northern regions, capturing the cities and slaying then* rulers, a number of whom are mentioned in the catalogue of Josh. 12:9-24. This campaign closed the active operations, so that ' ' the land rested from war " (Josh. 11:23); but for many years the strife was feebly continued, and it was not entirely finished until the reign of David. III. SUPPLEMENTARY CONQUESTS. Although the struggle of the conquest was over, yet in most of the land the task of expulsion or destruction was yet to be accomplished, and in many places was never entirely wrought. The entire section of the mari- time plain remained in the hands of the Philistines; in almost every tribe were fortresses, which long resisted the Israelites, and formed centres of rebellion, and some- times of oppression. And many of the cities taken by Joshua were soon reoccupied by their original inhabit- ants, and once more fortified. The book of the Judges relates briefly three campaigns after the conquest. 1. The Campaign of the Judaites and Sime- onites. (Judges 1:1-8.) This was undertaken against Adoni-bezek, the king of Bezek, a place in or near the tribe of Judah, not positively identified. Adoni-bezek was a petty chieftain, who had cruelly mutilated no less than 70 local chiefs whom he had taken in battle. He was surprised by the aUied forces of Judah and Simeon, and ten thousand of his warriors were slain. He was taken prisoner, and treated as he had treated other cap- tive kings; his thumbs and great toes being cut off, thus making him helpless. After this, the allied tribes marched down upon the maritime plain, and took the Philistine cities of Gaza, Ashkelon and Ekron. But their conquests were not permanent ; they withdrew to the mountains, and the Philistines were soon in possession of their cities, which long stood as a menace to Israel. Another campaign was directed against the cities of the Negeb, or South Country, and resulted in the destruction of Zephath and Hormah, both south of Hebron. 2. The Campaign of Caleb and Othniel. Caleb was the oldest man in Israel, having accompanied Josh- ua and the other spies, thirty-eight years before the entrance of Israel into the Promised Land. (Num. 13-14.) For his faithfulness when so many were over- come with terror, he received a promise of inheritance in the land. At least 45 years afterward, Hebron, in the south of Judah, was allotted to him. It had been taken by Joshua (Josh. 10: 36, 37), but afterward reoccu- pied by the Anakim (see page 38), and the Amorites, its original possessors. Caleb led an army against it, once more won the city, and made it his own. He promised his daughter, Achsah, to the warrior who should take Debir, or Kirjath-sepher, south of Hebron, which had also been reoccupied by the enemy. His younger brother (perhaps nephew) Othniel, won the city and his bride. (Josh. 14:1-15; 15:13-19; Judges 1:10-15.) This cam- paign was probably about the same time with the one naiTated above, and may have been in connection with it. MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. 3. The Danite Campaign. (Judges IS.) The tribe of Dan found themselves unable to overcome their Phi- listine neighbors, and were straitened for room in their narrow possessions. They sent out a body of men to search for a new home. These spies traversed the coun- try as far to the north as Laish, or Leshem, a Phoenician city, near one of the sources of the Jordan. The Danite spies returned to their people at Zorah and Eshtaol, and made their report. A part of the tribe agreed to migrate to this northern region. Their first encampment on the journey, near Kirjath-jearim, in Judah, long bore the name of "the camp of Dan." At a village in Mount Ephraim they plundered Micah of his idols and carried away their priest, who was a degenerate grandson of Moses the prophet. At Laish they fell suddenly upon the defenseless Phoenicians, destroyed their city, and buUt in its place one which they caUed Dan. It was the north- ern landmark of the land, as Beersheba was its southern, giving rise to the term "from Dan to Beersheba." Dan remained an idol sanctuary, and a place of corrupting influence during all the after history of Israel. Upon the map are noted : 1. The six campaigns of the conquest, three on each side of the Jordan. The pre- cise route of travel cannot be identified, but the general direction is shown by a red line. The ' ' supplementary conquests " are not indicated, in order to avoid confusion, but can be easily traced. 2. The impoi'tant battle-fields are indicated by flags. These were at (1) Jahaz, (2) Edrei, (3) the land of Midian, (4) Jericho, (5) Ai, (6) Beth-horon, (7) Hazor. Besides these were many cities captured by Joshua during his campaign in Southern Canaan. 3. The royal cities captured by Moses and Joshua are each indicated on the map by a crown. These were, on the east of Jordan : Heshbon, the capital of Sihon's kingdom, and Ashtaroth, the capital of Og's kingdom; and on the west of Jordan, 31 cities, whose kings were taken and slain by Joshua. (Josh. 12:9-24.) The places identified are the only ones marked upon the map. 4. The four cities of the Hivite league, which alone made a treaty with Israel-, are shown by clasped hands, the token of peace. 5. At the close of the con- quest a large part of the country was left in the posses- sion of the native races. This region is indicated by the yellow color. 6. Many towns remained in the hands of the Canaanite and Philistine races. Some were taken by Israel, but afterward reoccupied by their original inhabitants; others held out against the Israelites, and were a constant source of danger, both by their opposi- tion, and stiU more by their friendship. The ceasing of the war before the native races were either utterly exterminated or driven away, was a mistaken mercy, which cost Israel centuries of strife, the infection from their idolatry, and the corrupt influence of their morals. The sparing of the Canaanites imperiled and well nigh thwarted the destiny of Israel as the depositary of relig- ious truth for aU the world. OUTLINE FOR REVIEW. I. Conquest of Enstern Palestine. 1. Gilead. (Amorites, Sihon, Jahaz.) 3. Bashan. (Amorites, Og, Edrei; Nol)ali, Kenalli.) 3. Midian. (Ptiin- ehas.) II. Conquest of Western, Palestine. 1. Central. (Gilgal, Jericho, Ai, Shechem, Gibeon.) 2. Southern, chish, Eglon, Hebron, Debir.) 3, III. Supplementary Conquests. Bezeli; Gaza, Ashlielon, Eliron; Zephath, Hormah.) 3, (Hebron, Debir.) 3. Dan. (Laish.) (Beth-horon, ]\lakkedali, Libnah, La- Northern. (Hazor.) 1. Judali and Simeon. (Adoni-bezek, Caleb and Olhniel. PALESTINE AMONG THE TWELVE TRIBES. The division of the land among the Twelve Tribes took place in three stages. 1. After the conquest of Eastern Palestine, during the lifetime of Moses, the two tribes of Reuben and Gad and half the tribe of Manasseh received their portion, on condition that their warriors should aid their kinsmen in the war for the rest of the land. (Num. 32.) 2. After the campaigns in Western Palestine (see last map and explanations), the two lead- ing tribes of Judah and Ephraim and the remaining upon the general position, but not upon the precise boundary lines. We follow the map of Dr. James Strong, in McClintock and Strong's Cyclopedia. I. The Tribe of Reuben (Num. 32:1-3S; Josh. 13: 15-23) had the river Anion for its southern border, this river separating it from Moab. It was bounded on the east by the Syrian desert, and on the west by the Dead Sea and the lower end of the Jordan. Its northern line began at Beth-jeshimoth, and extended northeasterly to VIEW IN TITB EASTERN TABL half of Manasseh received their in- heritance, and took possession of it, as far as conquered: Judah in the south, Ephraim a small but choice portion in the centre, and Manasseh immediately north of it. (Josh. 15-17.) 3. The remaining seven tribes delayed long in obtaining their portions in the land, but at last, after a rebuke from the aged Joshua for their slowness, made the divi- sion by lot, and entered upon their inheritance. (Josh. 18, 19.) The cities of refuge, and those for the priests and Levites, were last of all appointed, late in the life of Joshua, and then "the land had rest from war," and Israel entered upon its history in its own land. It is not easy to fix the tribal boundary hnes, since some tribes possessed cities within the domain of other tribes, and the boundaries, if not entirely indeterminate, varied greatly in different ages. Geographers are agi-eed (55 uiMi l.'.ihh.ilb Arnmon. ±LS tcrilLuiy v^uii&iSted of a low region by the sea and the river, a precip- itous mountain range, and a rolling plateau eastward, well adapted for pasture. Among its promi- nent localities were : Heshbon, the capital of the Amorite king, Sihon; Dibon, where recently the Moabite stone was discovered; Mount Nebo, where Moses died; Bezer, a city of refuge; Aroer, Ataroth, Medeba, Kiriathaim and Kedemoth. II. The Tribe of Gad (Num. 32:34-36; Josh. 13; 21:-2S) was located north of Reuben. Its boundary on the west was the river Jordan, from the Sea of Chin- nereth (Galilee) almost to its mouth. Its eastern border was the desert, from Rabbath Amnion to Mahanaini, from which point its line ran northwest to the Sea of Chinnereth. Like the land of Reuben, its territory em- braced portions of the Jordan Valley ; the eastern mount- 56 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. ains, divided by the torrent Jabbok; and the table-land, a rich and weU- watered district. The part in the Jordan Valley was, however, never possessed by the Israelites, but remained in the hands of the native Canaanites. In the vaUey, its cities were Beth-nimrah and Succoth. Among the mountains the places were : Jazer, near the border of Reuben; Ramoth-gilead, a famous fortress, often the scene of war; Penuel, the place of Jacob's wresthng with the angel (Gen. 32:24-32); Jabesh-gilead, whose warriors rescued the bodies of Saul and Jonathan (1 Sam. 31:11-13); Mahanaim, a place of refuge both for the son of Saul, and afterward for David (2 Sam. 2:8; 2 Sam. IT : 24) ; and Gadara, a foreign city, on the north- ern frontier. III. The Half Tribe of Manasseli, East (Num. 32:39-42; Josh. 13:29-31), occupied the northern portion of Eastern Palestine, generally known in the Old Testa- 3ranasseli, (OEast) 2,500 Sq.Jjr. (TarRy J>eaert. ) JuSali, 1,400 Sq. 91. ( Exclusive o/Thilintia anilJ)esertT>!/J^etuI Sea ) 1,300 Sd. Miles. Simeon, 1,000 Su.H/l. (.Partly Desert ) nianasseli, CWest) 8O0 Sq.M. ]*aplitall, 800 Sfl.M. Tleuben, 700 Sa.nr. COMPARATIVE SIZE Epliraiin, 600 S.M. OP T-RRRTTDRY OF TTTT^ TRTP.F.S J>an, 300 S«.M. Tssavlinr, 400 Sa.M. Ze1>ulon. soo Sii.m. SOO Scj.-n. :Betij8iiiIa, SOO Sci.ir. -^ — — — ^ J ment as Bashan, larger than the portion assigned to any one tribe. It extended from Mahanaim northward to Mount Hermon, and from the river Jordan and its two northern lakes eastward to the desert. Though some of this land is a desert, yet most of it is fertile, and even now it is called "the granary of Palestine." It consists of undulating plains between two masses of mountains; the one on the east, now known as el Leclja, and the other on the side of the Jordan Valley. On its western hills were Aphek, and Golan, a city of refuge; near its centre were Ashtaroth, the former capital of Og, who reigned over Bashan before the conquest, and Edrei. Kenath, taken by Nobah, was at the foot of el Ledja, east of the line of the map. Its people never conquered the Geshurites on the east, and were separated from their brethren by the Canaanites in the Jordan Valley (see map on page 50), so that they were not closely iden- tified with the history of Israel, and were the first to be carried away captive. (2 Kings 10: 32, 33.) IV. The Tribe of Simeon (Josh. 19:1-9) received a portion of the land previously given to Judah. Its location was on the extreme south, and its boundaries were indeterminate, being indicated only by the hst of eighteen towns belonging to it. It was the strip of graz- ing land between the mountains and the desert of the wandering, where Abraham and Isaac spent most of their lives. Its most important place was the historic Beersheba; but it included also Gerar, on the Philistine border; Arad, whose king twice resisted the Israehtes' progress during the wandering; Hormah, in the South Country; and Ziklag, at one time the home of David. Nothing is known of this tribe's history. From its frontier position it probably lost its individuahty, a part of its people becoming merged with the wandering races of the desert, and a part with its more powerful neigh- bor, Judah. Most of its cities were held by the Philis- tines until the reign of David. V. The Tribe of Judah (Josh. 15:1-63) occupied the most valuable portion of the land, and for three centuries was the rival of Ephraim in the leadership of the nation. Its boundary Une on the north is described with great minuteness, but was changed after the build- ing of the Temple to include a part of the city of Jeru- salem. It ran fronr the northern end of the Dead Sea, south of Jerusalem, in a direction generaUy east, though with many turnings, from the Jordan to the Mediter- ranean. The region embraced five sections. 1. The Philistine plain, by the sea, never conquered. 2. The Shefelah, or low hiUs, a boundary disputed with the Phihstines. 3. The "hill country," the home of the tribe. 4. The Negeb, or South Country, extending from Hebron southward. 5. The wild, uninhabitable Jeshi- mon, called in later history "the wilderness of Judaea," on the western shore of the Dead Sea. Omitting the Phihstine cities by the Mediterranean, its most important cities were : Hebron, the inheritance of Caleb; Debir, the conquest of Othniel; Bethlehem, the birthplace of David, and, in after ages, of his greater Son; Maon, Carmel; En-gedi, a haunt of David during his exile; Lachish and Libnah, on the Shefelah; and Kirjath-jearim, at one time the abode of the ark. VI. The Tribe of Benjamin (Josh. 18:11-28) was located between Judah and Ephi-aim, having the Jordan on the east, and Dan on the west. It was a smaU coun- try, 25 miles long by 12 wide, yet rich in natural advan- tages; and many events of Bible history took place within its borders. It included 26 cities, of which the most important were: Gilgal, the mihtary capital during the conquest; Jericho, the first town taken on the west of the Jordan; Jerusalem, long held by the Jebusites, but from the time of David the capital of the coun- try; Bethel, connected with many events; Ramah, the home of Samuel; Gibeah, the residence of King Saul; Michmash, Gibeon and Mizpeh, the places of famous battles. No portion of the land contains more of Jew- PALESTINE AMONG THE TWELVE TEIBES. 5'? ish history than Benjamin, the smallest of all the tribes of Israel. VII. The Tribe of Dan (Josh. 19:40-48; Judges 18) was situated between Benjamin and the sea, and, though apparently large, was in reality very small, since nearly all its territory was held by the original inhabitants, the Canaanites. Its southernmost town was Timnath, a small village not on the map, but two miles west of Beth- shemesh; its northern hmit was a brook just north of Joppa. The original inhabitants proved too strong for the Danites, who were compelled to maintain a sort of forti- fied camp in and between the villages of Zorah and Esh- taol, called "the camp of Dan." (Judges 13:25.) Apart of the tribe migrated northAvard, as related in the interest- ing account in Judges 17, IS; and, by a surprise, seized the Phoenician village of Laish, or Leshem, in the far north of Palestine, changed its name to Dan, and made it a new rallying centre for the tribe. This place, vsdth Beersheba on the south, was named, in the expression "from Dan to Beersheba," as one of the hmits of the land. It re- mained for centuries the place of an idolatrous worship, perpetuated under aU the changes of government, down to the final captivity of the land. VIII. The Tribe of Ephraini (Josh. 16) was located on the north of Benjamin and Dan, and extended from the Jordan to the Mediterranean, in the centre of the country. But inasmuch as the Canaanites were able to resist the power of the Ephraimites on both sides of the mountain, toward the river Jordan and toward the sea, the haughty tribe deemed its possession too small for its needs, and asked a larger space of Joshua. They were answered in a half -jesting, half-rebukmg manner by the leader, and urged to drive out the enemy and make for themselves more room, a counsel which they followed only in part. (Josh. 17:11-18; Judges 1:22-26.) The principal places in "Mount Ephraim" (as the district of this tribe was generally called) were: Shechem, between the twin mountains of Ebal and Gerizim; Shiloh, the place of the ark, and the rehgious centre of the land; Beth-horon, the field where the decisive victory of the conquest was won; Timnath, the burial place of Joshua; and Samaria, built during the kingdom as the capital of the Ten Tribes. IX. The Half Tribe of Manasseh, West (Josh. 17), was located north of Ephraim, and extended from the Jordan to the Mediterranean. Its boundary followed the northern slope of Mount Carmel, except by the sea, where the mountain was given to Asher. The lowlands on the Jordan, the Plain of Esdraelon, and the Mediter- ranean, were held by the Canaanites, in the cities of Dor, Megiddo, Taanach and Beth-shean, a chain of fortresses which gave control of the larger portion of the province, so that the Manassites were restricted to the mountains, where they occupied Geba, Dothan and Jarmuth. ^X. The Tribe of Issachar (Josh. 19:17-23) was allotted the Plain of Esdraelon (which it. was never able to possess), and the mountains of Tabor and Little Her- mon ("Hill of Moreh"), extendmg to the Jordan south of the Sea of Chinnereth (Galilee). Both the plain and the Jordan Valley were held by the Canaanites, but the tribe occupied the mountains. Its cities were En-gan- nim, Shunem, Haphraim, Daberath, and Beth-shemesh. The towns of Cana, Nain and Nazareth, in New Testa- ment history, were located in this tribe. XL The Tribe of Asher (Josh. 19:24-31) lay along the sea-coast, and extended from Mount Carmel to Zi- don. Nearly aU its cities were controlled by the Canaan- ites and Phoenicians, and the people soon entered into friendly relations with them, and lost their power. A part of the tribe, however, occupied the mountain range, and retained their relationship with the rest of the Israehtes. XII. The Tribe of Zebulon (Josh. 19:10-16) occu- pied a triangle between Mount Carmel, the Sea of Chin- nereth (afterward the Sea of Galilee), and the village of Aijalon; having as its base the mountain border north COJrPARATIVE POPULATION OP THE TWELVE TEIBES AT THE ENTRANCE INTO CANAAN. of the Plain of Esdraelon, and its western line the mountain chain following the Mediterranean. As this belonged to the mountain region, it was controlled mainly by the Israelites, though the Canaanites held two towns, Kitron and Nahalol. (Judges 1:30.) Its principal places were: Gath-hepher, the home of the prophet Jonah; Bethlehem (to be distmguished from the town of the same name in Judah) ; and, in later times, most of the cities of Galilee visited by our Lord. XIII. The Tribe of Naphtali (Josh. 19:32-39) was the farthest to the north in aU Israel. It occupied a sec- tion running north and south, between the Jordan and the Sea of Chinnereth on one side, and the Phoenician border on the other. Its central city was Kedesh, a city of refuge. Other towns were Hazor, Abel-beth-maa- chah, Beth-rehob (the extreme point visited by the spies. (58) PALESTINE AMONG THE TWELVE TRIBES. 59 Num. 13:21) and Beth-shemesh. Dan (see on Tribe of Dan) was also in the limits of this tribe. XIV. The Tribe of Levi was the priestly caste, and received no separate province in the land, but was allot- ted certain cities throughout the tribes. These cities were given up to the Levites, either wholly or in part; though it is evident that they were not the only places occupied by the priests, and that others besides the Le- vites dwelt in them. These "Levitical cities" were divided into two classes : those for the priests proper, or descendants of Aaron, thirteen in number, and all in the tribes of Judah, Simeon and Benjamin (a remarkable arrangement, since the altar and the Tabernacle were in the tribe of Ephraim) ; and those for the Levites, or sub- .ordinate priests, thirty-five in number, divided among the other tribes. Thus there were in aU forty-eight Levitical cities. These were so arranged that in each tribe four cities were assigned to the priests, except in Judah (which had more), and Simeon and Naphtali, the frontier tribes, which had less. As far as they have been identified and located, they are indicated upon the map : the priests' cities by the tiara, or head-dress, worn by the priests; the Levites' cities by a trumpet, as they formed the choral bands in the worship of the Temple. Six of these cities were assigned as "cities of refuge" for the innocent man-slayer. (Josh. 20.) Three cities were chosen on each side of the Jordan; in the south, the centre and the north of the land. These were : Bezer, in Eeuben; Rauioth-gilead, in Gad; Golan, in Manasseh, East; Hebron, in Judah; Shechem, in Eph- raim; and Kedesh, in Naphtali. Each of these is indi- cated on the map by a tower. OUTLINE FOR TEACHING AND REVIEW. SUGGESTIONS FOR TEACHING. Draw a rough map of Palestine, omitting mountains and all other lines except the river and the seas. Do not attempt to make it accurate. In presence of llie class, draw the boundary lines of the tribes, not attempting an accurate copy, but roughly indicating them. With each tribe indicate the most important places by their initial letters. Review all the places before beginning another tribe, and occasionally go back to the beginning and review all the work done. Let the class, on slate or paper, also draw the map, and locate the places. At the close, call upon the scholars to give the location and name the places of the tribes. REVIEW. I. Beuben. Heshbon, Dibon, Mount Nebo, Bezer, Aroer, Ataroth, Medeba, Kiriathaim, Kedemoth. II. Gad. Beth-nimrah, Succoth, Jazer, Ramoth-gilead, Penuel, Jabesh- gilead, Mahanaim, Gadara. III. Manasseh, East. Aphek, Golan, Ashtaroth, Edrei, Kenath. IV. Simeon. Beersheba, Gerar, Arad, Hormah, Ziklag. V. Judah (5 sections). Hebron, Debir, Bethlehem, Maon, Carmel, En-gedi, Lachish, Libnah, Kiriath-jearim. VI. Benjamin. G. gal, Jericho, Jerusalem, Bethel, Ramah, Gibeah, Michmash, Gibeon, Mizjreh. VII. Dan. Zorah, Eshtaol, Dan. VIII. Ephraim. Shechem, Shiloh, Beth-horon, Timnath, Samaria. IX. Manasseh, West. Dor, Megiddo, Taanach, Beth-shean, Gcba, Dothan, Jarmuth. X. Issachar. En-gannim, Slmnem, Haphraim, Daberath, Beth-shemesh, Cana, Nain, Nazareth (in New Testament History). XI. Asher. XII. Zehulon. Gath-hepher, Bethlehem. XIII. Naphtali. Kedesh, Hazor, Abel-beth-maachah, Beth-rehob, Beth shemesh. XIV. Levi. Forty-eight Levitical cities in all. Six of these were cities of refuge, as follows: Bezer, Ramoth-gilead, Golan, Hebron, Shechem, Kedesh 30 X ng I 30'. liOngitufle from "Washington. 112^ 301 113' 30' (60) PALESTINE UNDER THE JUDGES. The map on page 60 is intended to illustrate the history of Palestine from the division of the land (about 1444 B. C.) to the accession of David (B. C. 1015). This period may be noticed under three topics. 1. The move- ments among the tribes supplementary to the conquest. 2. The oppressions and the Judges. 3. The reign of the first king, Saul. (See The Kingdom of Saul, page 64.) I. SUPPLEMENTARY TO THE CONQUEST. 1. The Conquests of Judah and Simeon. (Judges 1.) These vs^ere made by the two southern tribes in al- liance, and were accompanied by decisive victories at Bezek, He- bron, Debir and Zephath (after- ward known as Honnah, "de- struction"). These places are marked with flags upon the map. Jerusalem, Gaza, Ashkelon aiid Ekron were also attacked and taken ; but the conquest was not permanent, since these places were soon reoccupied by the na- tive races. 2. The Danite Migration, related in Judges 17, 18, took place about the same time. The tribe of Dan was crowded by the Philistines into two towns, Zorah and Eshtaol. A part of the warriors went upon an ex pedition northward, and finding Laish, at one of the sources of the Jordan, undefended, slew its Zidonian inhabitants, and made it their home and a sanctuary of idols, under a new name, Dan. This formed the northern outpost of the land of Israel. 3. The Civil War. (Judges 19-21.) This was caused by a crime among the people of one city, Gibeah, whose part was taken by the entire tribe, according to the Ori- ental view of honor among members of a clan. It led to a war between Benjamin and the rest of the tribes, at the end of which, by the battle of Gibeah, the one tribe was almost annihilated. II. THE OPPRESSIONS AND THE JUDGES. From the times of Joshua to those of Saul, the Israel- ites were ruled by men raised up to meet the needs of the hour, not by succession or appointment, but by per- sonal character and influence. Most of them ruled over a hmited region, and more than one doubtless was in authority at the same time, in different parts of the land They were called forth by a series of oppressions, 7 (61 which were sometimes invasions by foreign tribes, and sometimes the uprising of the native peoples against their Israelite conquerors, reversing the relation for a time. The judges were, in most instances, men vdio led the Israelites in throwing off the yoke of these foi'eign races. The oppressions are generally reckoned as seven, though the third was rather an invasion than an oppres- sion; and the judges, as fifteen in number, though sev- eral were not judges, in the strict sense of the word. 1. The Mesopotamian Oppression (Judges 3: 1-11) was the first, occurring soon after the death of Joshua. MOUNT TABOB. It resulted from the conquests of a king named Chushan- rishathaim, who reigned in Mesopotamia. From the two facts, that at this period the kings of Edom had Ara- mean names (Gen. 36), and that the dehverer of Israel was Othniel, of the tribe of Judah, the first judge, it has been concluded that the region of this oppression was the territory of that tribe, in the southern portion of Palestine. 2. The Moabite Oppression. (Judges 3:12-30.) The Moabites lived south of the torrent Arnon, on the east of the Dead Sea. In alliance with the wandering Ammonites, further eastward, and the Amalekites of the desert, under their king, Eglon, they took possession of Jericho (which stood as an unwalled town), and made it the centre of rule o-^^er the central portion of the land, ) 62 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. chiefly Benjamin and Judah. Ehud, the second judge, assassinated Eglon, and then called upon his countrymen to assemble at Moimt Ephraim. A decisive battle was fought at the "Fords of Moab "'(where the Israehfces had crossed the Jordan on their first entrance to the land), resulting in the defeat of the Moabites and the freedom of Israel. 3. The Early Philistine Oppression (Judges 3:31) was perhaps no more than a raid of these people upon the mountain region of Judah. It was repelled by Shamgar, the third judge, whose army of farmers, hastily gathered, had no other weapons than their for- midable ox-goads. The precise place of the victory is unknown, but it was on the frontier between Judah and Philistia. 4. The Canaanite Oppression (Judges 4, 5) was an uprising of the native people against the Israelite con- querors. They changed the relations of the two races, by becoming the dominant people in aU the region north of the Carmel range of mountains. Their capital was at Hazor, and their chief military post at Harosheth, near the Plain of Esdraelon. A woman, Deborah, living between Ramah and Bethel, was then recognized as the fourth judge. She called upon Barak, of Naphtah, who aided her in gathering a little army, chiefly from the tribes of Issachar, Zebulon and Naphtali. They met at Mount Tabor, from which they poured down upon the Canaanites, who were encamped upon the plain. In the route that followed, the Israelites were aided by a sud- den storm, and a rise in the torrent Kishon, which swept away many of their enemies. The power of the Ca- naanites was broken, and thenceforward the race made no attempt to regain its independence. 5. The Midianite Oppression (Judges 6-8) was the most severe, thus far, in the history of the judges. The Midianites, a migratory tribe on the east of Pal- estine, joined with the Amalekite Bedouins in an inva- sion which overran all the central portion of the land, plundering the inhabitants, and destroying the fruits of the field. So low were the Israehtes reduced, that they were compelled to hide their crops, and themselves also, in the caves of the mountains. The deliverer of Israel at this period was Gideon, the fifth judge. At God's call he summoned his countrymen, and gathered an army on Mount Gilboa, while their enemies were en- camped at the foot of the HiU Moreh (Little Hermon), an innumerable host. With three hundred chosen men Gideon made a night attack upon the Midianite host. They were defeated, and fled down the ravine to the Jordan Valley, past Beth-shean, Abel-meholah and Tab- bath. Beth-barah, where they were intercepted by the men of Ephraim, was not the same with the Bethab- ara of the New Testament, but probably in the Jordan Valley, north of the Jabbok. At Succoth, near the junction of the Jabbok and the Jordan, and at Penuel, in the ,valley of the Jabbok, the pursuing Israelites under Gideon were inhospitably treated hj the inhabitants, but avenged themselves on their return. The remains of the routed Midianite army were found by Gideon at Karkor, a place not precisely known. He made a cir- cuit, attacked them on the east, and utterly destroyed them. After this victory Gideon bore rule over Israel from his home in Ophrah, until his death. After the death of Gideon arose his son Abimelech, the sixth judge, " the bramble king, " who reigned over a small district around Shechem. (Judges f».) He was not one of the divinely chosen dehverers, and strictly should not be reckoned in the list of judges. He was slain ignobly at Thebez, north of Shechem. The sev- enth judge was Tola, who ruled from Shamir, in Mount Ephraim. (Judges 10: 1, y.) The eighth was Jair, whose home was at Camon, in Mount Gilead, east of the Jor- dan. (Judges 10:3-5.) 6. The Ammonite Oppression (Judges 10:6-18; 11 : 1-40) was perhaps contemporaneous with the early part of the one named after it, the Philistine. It embraced the land of the tribes on the east of the Jor- dan, and lasted eighteen years. The Israelites rallied at Mizpeh of Gilead (the place where Jacob and Laban made their covenant, Gen. 31 : 49), and called to the com- mand Jephthah, the ninth judge, who was living as a freebooter in the land of Tob, north of Gilead. He marched against the Ammonites, and fought them at Aroer, on the border of the torrent Arnon. He drove thein in flight northward, and wasted their territory as far as Minnith, near Heshbon. On his return took place the fulfillment of his vow upon his daughter (Judges 11:40); and a civil strife with the haughty tribe of Ephraim (Judges 12:1-6), which attacked Gilead, but was beaten and put to fiight. At the fords of Jordan many thousand Ephraimites were slain in attempting to cross. Probably this was the same place referred to already as Beth-barah. (Judges 7: 34.) After Jephthah, the tenth judge was Ibzan of Beth- lehem, north of Mount Carmel; the eleventh, Elon of Aijalon, in the tribe of Zebulon; the twelfth, Abdon of Pirathon, in Ephraim. (Judges 12:8-1.5.) 1. The Philistine Oppression (Judges 13-16) began about the same time with the Ammonite, but lasted far longer. During all the judgeships of Eli, the thirteenth judge, of Samson the fourteenth, of Samuel the fifteenth and last, and the forty years of Saul's reign, Israel remained more or less under Philistine domina- tion. In the reign of Saul we read of Philistine gar- risons throughout the land, as at Bethel (1 Sam. 10:3-5) and at Geba (1 Sam. 13:3), and not until all Israel was consolidated under the strong sceptre of David, was the Philistine yoke entirely thrown off. Eli, the thirteenth judge, was also high-priest, and ruled from Shiloh, the place of the ark. The histoiy relates only the events at the close of his judgeship, when, by the loss of the ark at Ebenezer, and the death of Eli, on the same day, the Israelites were reduced to the lowest condition of trouble. The exploits of Samson were all personal, and in a narrow district. He led no army, bt^t wrought brave PALESTINE UNDEE THE JUDGES. 63 deeds siuglehanded, in the "camp of Dan" and the country of the Philistines. Had he added the adminis- trative powers of a Samuel to his courage and strength, the triumphs of David would have been anticipated by a century. He was born at Zorah, in the tribe of Dan (Judges 13:2), and won victories at Timnath (Judges 15:1-8); at Lehi ("the jaw," from the weapon used), a place whose precise location is uncertain (Judges 15: 9-20); and in his death, at Gaza. (Judges 16.) Samuel, the fifteenth judge, was born at Ramah (also called Ramathaim-zophim (1 Sam. 1 : 1), and ruled from the same place during his period of government, from the loss of the ark to the Anointing of Saul. The great event of his rule was the victory at Ebenezer (1 Sam. T), which gave a name to the place of the former defeat. Other places connected with this period are Kirjath-jearim, where the ark was long kept; Mizpeh, the place where the active rule of Samuel both began and ended; Bethel and Gilgal, where also he exercised the functions of judge; and Beersheba, in the south of Judah, where his sons ruled for a time as deputies in his name. Upon the map the names of the towns which re- mained during this period under the control of the native races, are printed in red. Some of these were Philistine, others Canaanite. Those on the maritime plain, west of Judah and Benjamin, were mainly Phihs- tine, as Gaza, Ashkelon, Ashdod, Ekron and Gath. Those in the interior, as Aijalon and Jebus; around the Plain of Esdraelon, as Harosheth, Megiddo, Taanach and Hadad-rimmon; and in the Jordan Valley, as Beth- shean and Jericho, were under the control of the Ca- naanite races. The names of the fifteen judges are printed in green upon the map, opposite the places where they bore rule. Each is indicated by a shield. Some of the locations are uncertain; but the places cannot be far from those assigned upon the map. The names and locations are: I. Othniel, tribe of Judah. 2. Ehud, tribe of Benjamin. 3. Shamgar, tribe of Judah. 4. Deborah, between Ra- mah and Bethel, in Ephraim. 5. Gideon, Ophrah, in Manasseh, West. 6. Abimelech, ' ' the bramble king, " at Shechem, in Ephraim. 1. Tola, in Shamir, of Manasseh, East. 8. Jair, in Manasseh, East. 9. Jephthah, in the tribe of Gad. 10. Ibzan, in Bethlehem, north of Mount Carmel. 11. Elon, at Aijalon, of Zebulon. 12. Abdon, at Pirathon, in Ephraim. 13. Eh, at Shiloh, in Ephraim. 14. Samson, at Zorah, in Dan. 15. Samuel, at Ramah, in Benjamin. The battles of this period are indicated upon the map by flags, and are as follows : 1. Bezek. 2. Hebron. 3. Debir. 4. Zephath. AU these in the campaign of Judah and Simeon. (Judges 1.) 5. Laish (Dan), m the north, the Danite conquest. (Judges IS.) 6. Gibeah, the extermination of Benjamin. (Judges 20.) T. Fords of Moab, Ehud's victory over the Moabites. (Judges 3.) 8. Mount Tabor, Deborah's victory over the Canaanites. (Judges 4.) 9. The Hill Moreh (Little Hermon), Gide- on's victory over the Midianites. (Judges 7.) 10. Kar- kor, the capture of the chiefs of Midian. (Judges 8.) II. Shechem, Abimelech's conquest. (Judges 9.) 12. Thebez, Abimelech's death. (Judges 9.) 13. Aroer, Jephthah's victory over the Ammonites. (Judges 11.) 14. Beth-barah, Jephthah's victory over Epliraim. (Judges 12.) 15. Timnath. 16. Lehi. 17. Gaza, Sam- son's three slaughters of the Philistines. (Judges 11—16.) 18. Ebenezer, the loss of the ark. (1 Sam. 4.) 19. Eben- ezer, the victory of Samuel. (1 Sam. 7.) OUTLINE FOR REVIEW. I. Supplementary to Conquest. 1. Judah and Simeon. Bezek, Hebron, Debir, Zephath, 3. Danite Migration. Zorah, Eshtaol; Laish (Dan). 3. Civil War. Benjamin, Gibeah. II. OPPKEiSSIOKS AND JUDGES. 1. Mesopotamian. (South.) Othniel, 1st .Judge. 3. Moabite. (Central.) Jericho. Ehud, 3d Judge; Fords of Moab. 3. Early Philistine. (South.) Shamgar, 3d Judge. 4. Canaanite. (North.) Hazor, Harosheth. Mount Tabor; Deborah, 4th Judge, Kamah. 5. Midianite. (Central and North.) Hill Moreh, Karkor; Gideon, ."Jlh Judge, Ophrah. Abimelech, 6th Judge; Shechem, Thebez. Tola, 7th Judge, Shamir. Jair, 8th Judge, Camon. 6. Ammonite. (East.) Aroer; Jephthah, 9th Judge; "Fords of Jor- dan." Ibzan, 10th Judge, Bethlehem. Elon, 11th Judge, Aijalon. Abdon, 13th Judge, Pirathon. 7. Philistim. (South and Central.) EK, 13th .Judge, Shiloh; Ebenezer. Samson, 14lh Judge; Timnath, Lehi, Gaza. Samuel, 15th Judge, Ramah; Ebenezer. Battles of the Period. 1. Bezek. 3. Hebron. 3. Debir. 4. Zephath. 5. Laish (Dan). 6. Gibeah. 7. Fords of Jloab. 8. Mount Tabor. 9. Hill Moreh. 10. Karkor. 11. Shechem. 13. Thebez. 13. Aroer. 14. Fords of Jordan (Beth-barah?). 15. Timnath. 16. Lehi. 17. Gaza. 18. 19. Ebenezer. THE KINGDOM OF SAUL. During the last century of the Judges, there was a growing tendency toward a more settled form of govern- ment; and the wise rule of Samuel inspired a still stronger desire for a better organization of the state. The rival tribes of Ephraim and Judah were conciliated by the choice of a king from the weak tribe of Benja- min, equally dependent upon both; and Saul, an obscure farmer of Gibeah, was called to the throne. The events of his reign are here related only so far as is necessary to present the locahties referred to, which may be grouped under the following heads : 1. His Appoint- ment. 2. His Wars. 3. His Pursuit of David. 4. His Death. I. Saul's Appointment as King. (1 Sam. 9-12.) This is connected with four places. Eamah, the resi- dence of Samuel (probably Neby Samivil, 3^ miles nearly north of Jerusalem), where Saul was privately crowned; Mizpeh, an unknown place, near by, and also north of Jerusalem, where he was introduced to the people as king; Gibeah {TuJeil el FuJ, -i miles north of Jerusalem), his home and capital; and GUgal, in the Jordan VaUey, where he was formally recognized as king, after his victory at Jabesh-gilead. The places named in the ac- count of Saul's search for his father's stray asses, which led him to Samuel, are not known with certainty; but Shalisha may be Sirisia, 13 miles north of Lydda, and Zuph may be another name for Zophim, or Eamah, of which the name in full was Eamathaim-zophim. II. The Wars of Saul. (1 Sam. 11-18.) These were as foUows: 1. The Ammonite War. (1 Sam. 11.) The Ammonites were a roving, predatory, cruel people, ancient enemies of Israel, living east of the Moabites. Under their king, Nahash, they invaded the territory east of the Jordan, and besieged Jabesh-gilead {ed Deir). Word came to Saul, who instantly summoned the warriors of Israel. They met at Bezek (not the same with the Bezek of Judges 1 : 4, but probably the ruin Ibzik, a little north of Tirzah), marched against the Ammonites, and, under Saul's vigorous leadership, utterly discomfited them. The reUef of Jabesh-gilead, Saul's first victory, greatly strengthened his authority as king, over the tribes. 2. The First Philistine War. (1 Sam. 13, 14.) At the time of Saul's accession, the Philistine outposts held Geba, Bethel, and other places in the mountain region. Saul undertook to free the land, and summoned the Israehtes, who came trembhngly, being thoroughly cowed under their oppressors. Saul's son Jonathan struck* the first blow, by attacking the Philistines at Geba {Jeba), near Gibeah, Saul's capital; and soon fol- lowed it up by a g]'cat victory at Michmash, across the valley from Geba. The Israelites now gained courage, and pursued the Phihstines, even to their own borders. Nevertheless, the Phihstines continued to hold their for- tresses in Israel through all the reign of Saul, and wars were constant between the two races. Three other wars of Saul are named in a single verse (1 Sam. 14:4:7), without mention of particular events. These are as follows: 3. Tlie Moahite War. These people lived south of the brook Arnon, and east of the Dead Sea. The war with them may have taken place in connection with the Ammonite campaign, already referred to. No battle- fields are named, so that the places of the war cannot be given. It resulted in the defeat of the Moabites, but not in their subjection to Israel. 4. The Edomite War perhaps occurred at the same time, and may have been caused by an aUiance of Edom Moab and Amnion against Israel, as all these tribes lived near each other, the Edomites south of the Dead Sea. Probably after the victory at Jabesh-gilead, Saul pur- sued the fiying Ammonites, ravaged their territory, and then entered the lands of Moab and of Edom. 5. The Syrian War. This was against "the kings of Zobah." (1 Sam. 14:47.) Zobah was situated near Damascus, northeast of Palestine, and was the head of a kingdom until subjected in the reign of David. It is likely that Saul's campaign was a defensive one, pro- tecting his border against a Syrian uiroad, but no places or particulars are named. 6. Tlie Amalekite War. (1 Sam. 14:48; 15:1-3.5.) This marked the turning point in Saul's career; for, though a signal victory, it was the occasion of his alienation from Samuel, the priests and the prophetic order, and the beginning of his decUne. The Amalekites were wild Bedouins of the desert, whose presence made the southern border unsafe, and against whom an ancient ban had been pronounced. They were to be utterly destroyed, not merely conquered or despoiled. Saul assembled his army at Telaim, on the southern border (probably el Kuseir, between Beersheba and the Dead Sea), and marched into the land of the Amalekites, destroyed their principal city, laid waste their country, and brought away their king a prisoner. But the com- mand had been, not to plunder, but to destroy; as the safety of Israel (and, we may add, the salvation of the world through Israel) was endangered by these nomad hordes; and Saul, after leading his host with their plun- der over the mountains of Judah, met Samuel at Gilgal, and received a reljuke for his disobedience, and the warning of his own rejection as the theocratic king. 7. The Second Philistine War. (1 Sam. 17, IS.) War (66) r MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. was the normal condition between the IsraeUtes and the PhiUstines, and there were doubtless many battles and campaigns of which no mention is made. But this was notable for the first appearance of David, the destined king, who had been privately anointed by Samuel at Bethlehem. The Philistines were encamped at a place called Ephes-dammim, or Shochoh, and the Israehtes across the Valley of Elah, where between the two hosts David met the gigantic Goliath of Gath, and kiUed him, in a deed of mingled skiU and courage. As a result the Philistines fled, and were pursued by Israel even to the gates of Ekron and Gath. David Avas now brought prominently into notice, and became one of Saul's house- hold at Gibeah, though soon an object of suspicion by the jealous king. III. Savil's Pursuit of David (1 Sam. 19-28) is the principal subject of the history during the close of his reign. We have indicated upon the map, by a red line, the wanderings of David during this period, as nearly as the locahties have been identified, and have marked each place by a number. 1. At Qibeak, the capital, David was more than once threatened with death, until at last he fled from Saul's wrath to Ramah. 2. At Ramah, David was with Samuel and the "sons of the prophets," in a neighborhood called Naioth, "past- ures," or "dwellings." Here Saul came to slay him, but was overcome by the ardent worship of the pro- phetic band, and, forgetting his errand, joined in their devotions, while David escaped once more to Gibeah. (iSam. 19:lS-2i.) 3. At Gibeah, David found a place of hiding for a few days, and then met his friend Jonathan, in the farewell interview, when ' ' the arrows " were shot as tokens. (1 Sam. 20.) -i. David's first stopping place, in his permanent exile, was at Nob, where stood the Tabernacle. Here he re- ceived food, and took the sword of Goliath, which he carried as his weapon during his wanderings. This act of hospitality afterward cost the high-priest and many of his order their lives, at the hand of Saul. (1 Sam. 21:1-9; 22:6-23.) Nob was probably about two miles north of Jerusalem. 5. From Nob, David made his way down the mount- ains to Gath, at that time the head of the Phihstine league. Here he was suspected by the Phihstines, and compelled to escape by a stratagem. (1 Sam. 21: 10-15.) 6. He found a hiding place in the Cave of AduUam. This was in the Shefelah, or low country, perhaps at Beit-jibrin, where immense caverns are found. Here a force of men gathered around him, and his aged parents and brothers joined him, probably from a well-grounded fear, that Saul, who about this time slaughtered the priests for an act of kindness to David, would not scruple to kiU the members of his family. (1 Sam. 22: 1, 2.) 7. To find a safe refuge for his parents, David left Judah, and went into the land of Moab. Here he placed his parents in the care of the king of Moab, while David and his men took up their abode at Mizpeh of Moab, in a place called "the hold." This may have been at Kerak. (iSam. 22:3-6.) 8. By the advice of the prophet Gad, who probably had been one of his companions at Samuel's "school of the prophets," in Ramah, David led his little army back to the land of Judah, and made his headquarters in the Forest of Hareth (perhaps Kharas, in the mountains near Hebron). Here he received news of the massacre of the priests, and was joined by Abiathar, bearing the ephod of the high-priest. (1 Sam. 22: 5, 20-23.) 9. Next, he led his men to Keilah {Kilah, in fhe mountains northwest of Hebron), to repel an attack of the Philistines. But, learning that the ungrateful people were about to betray him to Saul, he removed in haste to the wilderness between Hebron and the Dead Sea, called Jeshimon, "waste." (1 Sam. 23:1-13.) 10. In this wilderness David remained for a time, at Ziph {Tell Zif, south of Hebron). Here he met his friend Jonathan for the last time. His followers scat- tered, and David was alone, except for the presence of a few faithful companions. The Ziphites were willing to betray him to Saul, and he was again compelled to flee. (ISam. 23:11-24.) 11. His next hiding place was a mountain in the wil- derness of Maon, T miles south of Hebron. Here he was again in great danger from Saul, but was saved by an opportune foray of the Phihstines, which called the king and his troops away. (1 Sam. 25:21-28.) 12. From Ziph he took refuge in the almost inaccess- ible mountains of En-gecU (Ain-jedy), overlooking the Dead Sea. Here David showed his generosity in sparing Saul, when it was in his power to slay him. (1 Sam. 21.) 13. About the time of Samuel's death, David returned into the south of Judah, to the neighborhood of Maon, 7 miles south of Hebron. (See above, Nos. 10, 11. The likeness of the account in the two visits, has suggested that but one event may be related in both.) Here the narrow-minded Nabal was saved from David's wrath by the wisdom and generosity of his wife, Abigail, who, after Nabal's death, became David's wife. (1 Sam. 25.) About this time, and while David was in or near this locality, occurred David's act of mercy in sparing Saul's life a second time, when by moonUght he penetrated to the very centre of Saul's camp. (1 Sam. 26.) 11. Despairing of safety in Saul's realm during his reign, David finally took refuge in Gath {Tell es Safieh), on the Shefelah, the capital of the Philistines. Here he was more kindly received than before (see No. 5), as his relations with Saul were better understood, and he was able to obtain from Achish, the king of Gath the grant of a city as his home. (1 Sam. 27: 1-4.) 15. The place allotted to David, was Ziklag, on the south of Judah, which was at that time recognized as a possession of the Philistines. Its location is unknown, but we have foUow^ed Conder in placing it at Zuheilikah, 11 miles south of east from Gaza. Here David remained during the closing years of Saul's reign. He accom- THE KiJN(ii30M OF BAUL. 67 panied the Philistines as far as Aphek, in Mount Ephraim, but was sent back, from a fear lest he might desert to the Israehtes. Eeturning, he found his home plundered by a roving band of Amalekites, pursued them, rescued his family and possessions, and also took . a great quantity of booty, which he judiciously used in making presents to the leading people of various places in Judah, after the death of Saul. (1 Sam. 2Y, 29, 30.) These places are located upon the map as far as they are known. 16. From Ziklag David went up into the mountain region at Hebron, soon after the death of Saul. Here he was made king, first of the tribe of Judah, and after- ward of all Israel. (2 Sam. 2: 1-3.) IV. Saul's Death. This took place B. 0. 1055, when Saul had reigned 40 years. We have noticed two wars with the Philistines as prominent in the history of Saul's reign. We caU the last campaign of Saul the third Philistine war, as no others are related, though their existence may be inferred. This marked the flood tide of Philistine power; for it left them at Saul's death in command not only of the Plain of Esdraelon and the Jordan Valley, but of all the centre of the country. Their armies met at Aphek, m the tribe of Benjamin (their old rallying place, 1 Sam. 4:1), and thence marched northward to the Plain of Esdraelon, at the foot of Mount Gilboa, on which the Isl'aelites were encamped. Saul, full of fear, went around the Philis- tine camp to the village of Endor, where he sought the counsel of a "woman having a familiar spirit," and met the spirit of Samuel, which gave him warning that on the morrow he should die. The battle was fought on the next day. Saul and three of his sons, including the princely Jonathan, were slain; and Israel experienced the heaviest defeat thus far in its history. All the mid- dle section of the land of Palestine was conquered by the Philistines, cutting the tribes in sunder in each direction, from north to south and from east to west. At such a low ebb were the fortunes of the Chosen People, when David ascended the throne. Saul's body was fastened up on the waU of the Canaanite city of Beth-shean, but was rescued by the warriors of Jabesh-gilead, in gi-ate- ful remembrance of Saul's brave deed in behalf of their city, early in his reign. (1 Sam. 31.) Upon the map the following are indicated : 1. The portions of the land under Philistine and Canaanite con- trol are given in yellow, while the territory governed by Saul is shown in pink. The mountain region was held by Israel, and the lowlands, both by the sea and the Jordan, by the Philistines. 2. The names of Philistine cities are printed in red. Some of these were their own hereditary possessions; others (as Aphek, Geba and Bethel) were fortresses in the mountain region, garri- soned to hold Israel in subjection. 3. The battle-fields and wars of Saul are indicated by flags, and numbered. (1.) Jabesh-gilead, over the Ammonites. (1 Sam. 11.) (2.) Michmash, over the Philistines. (1 Sam. ll.j (3.) In Moab, at some unknown place. (1 Sam. 14:47.) (4.) In Edom, at a place also unknown. (1 Sam. 14:47.) (5.) Over the Syrians of Zobah. (1 Sam. 14:47.) This we have indicated as taking place in the half tribe of Manasseh, East; but its precise location is unknown. (6.) "A city of Amalek," place unknown. (1 Sam. 15: 5.) (7.) Valley of Elah, over the Philistines. (1 Sam. 17:2.) (8.) Mount Gilboa. (1 Sam. 31.) 4. The various places named in Saul's pursuit of David are shown upon the map, with their most probable identiflcations. These places are : (1.) Gibeah. (2.) Eamah. (3.) Gibeah. (4.) Nob. (5.) Gath. (6.) AduUam. (T.) Mizpeh of Moab. (8.) Hareth. (9.) Keilah. (10.) Ziph. (11.) Maon. (12.) En-gedi. (13.) Maon. (14.) Gath. (15.) Ziklag. (16.) Hebron. OUTLINE FOR REVIEW. I. Saul's Appointment. Ramah, Gibeah, Gilgal, Shalisha, Zuph. II. Wars of Saul. 1. Ammonite. (Jabesh-gilead, Bezek.) 2. First Philistine. (Geba, jNIichmash.) 3. Moabite. 4. Edomite. 5. Syrian. 0. Amalekite. (Telaim, Gilgal.) 7. Second Philistine. (Valley of Elah.) III. Pursuit of David. 1, Gibeah. 3. Ramah. 3. Gibeah. 4. Nob. 5. Gath. 6. Adullam. 7. Mizpeh of Moab. 8 Hareth. 9. Keilah. 10. Ziph. 11. :Maon, 12. En-gedi. 1:1 Maon. 14, Gath. 15, Ziklag. 16, Hebron. IV. Saul's Death. Aphek, Gilboa, Beth-shean, Jabesh-gilead. THE EMPIRE OF DAVID AND SOLOMON. The greatness of David may be shown by a compari- son of our last map with the present one, keeping in mind the difference of scale between them. David suc- ceeded to the throne of Israel when it represented about 6,000 square miles of territory, more or less, under con- trol; he left to h^.s successor, Solomon, an empire em- bracing an area of 60,000 square miles. See the comparative diagram on page TO. The map now before us being upon a scale greatly reduced from that of Saul's kingdom, it will be impossible to represent upon it all the ^ localities mentioned in . , ^j^y the history of David and Solomon. Those in the neighborhood of Jerusa- lem will be found on the map of the Environs of Jerusalem, page 83. and those of minor impor- tance in the land of Isra- el may be found on the map of Palestine Among the Tribes, page 58. We present the events and locaUties under the following outline : 1. David's Reign over Ju- dah. 2. The Union of Palestine. 3. David's Foreign Conquests. 4. David's Calamities. 5. The Closing Events. 6. The Reign of Solomon. I. ' David's Reign over Judah. (2 Sam. 1-4.) After the death of Saul, David went from Ziklag to Hebron, and was there accepted as king over the tribe of Judah. His reign lasted for seven years, from 10.55 to 104h B. C. During a part of this time, Ishbosheth, the only remaining son of Saul, was also nominally reigning over a large part of the land, the real power being held by Abner, Saul's general, and the ablest man of his time. War naturally arose, and many battles were doubtless fought, of which but one, at Gib- eon, is related. At last, Abner and Ishbosheth were both murdered, though not by David's desire nor with his approbation; and, with one consent, David was accepted as king over all the Twelve Tribes. 8 ( II. The Union of Palestine. (2 Sam. 5-7.) David was now ruler over the mountain region only, as Saul had been before him, and in various places were garri- sons of the Philistines, and cities held by the Canaanite races. He began by a siege of Jehus, or Jebusi, a for- tress of the Jebusites, on the border of Judah and Ben- jamin. Though deemed impregnable by the natives, it was taken by storm, and, under its new name, Jerusalem, became the capital of the kingdom. The Phihstines had been ^^- friendly with David in the past, and were per- haps recognized as the "lords paramount " dur- ing his reign over Ju- dah; but now they were jealous of his growing power, and, as of old, entered the mountain region with their armies. But in David they met an enemy of a different character from either Samson or Saul. Two ' battles were fought, both near Jerusalem, at a place called "the VaUey [or plain] of the Reph- aim"; and in each the Phihstines were utterly routed. David followed up his advantage, after the second victory, by marching down upon the Shefelah and the plain. He took Gath (called Metheg-ammah, "the bridle of the me- tropohs," in 2 Sam. 8:1), and subjugated the en- tire Philistine confed- eracy so completely that thenceforward they ceased to trouble Israel for centuries. The land was now united, and David turned his attention to the rehgious reformation of the people, brought the' ark from Baale, or Kirjath- jearim, to Jerusalem, planned for the Temple to be built by his successor, and organized the worship on a mag- nificent scale. (2 Sam. 6, 7.) III. David's Foreign Conquests. These were not TOWER OF DAVID. 70 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. COMPARATIVE AREA OF PALESTINE AT DIFFERENT PERIODS. Joshua! B.C. 1443, XLjOOO Sq.M. Saul, B.C. 1095, 6,000 Sq.M. Solomon, B.C. 1000, eOjOOO Sq. M. Ten Tribes B. C. 976, 9/,00 Sq.M. '. klaccabeei B. 0. 100, JucLah B. C. 915, 3A00 q.M. 11,000 Sq.M. Herod the Great , B.C. 6, 12,000 Sq.M, altogether inspired by ambition, but were necessary for the safety of Israel, and to keep its people from the con- tamination of the idolatry of the surrounding nations. These conquests are indicated by flags on the map, though the precise locations of the battles are not known in ah cases. The lands conquered by David were as fol- lows: 1. Modb. (2 Sam. 8:2.) It is stated by Josephus, that the cruel treatment of the Moabites (though fully m accord with the customs of Oriental war in that day) was in revenge for the slaughter of David's parents by the king of Moab, an event not mentioned in the Bible. 2. Zobah (2 Sam. 8:3, 4), at that time the principal state between Damascus and the Euphrates. 3. Damascus (2 Sam. 8:5-12), in aUiance with Zobah, and the largest city in Syria. 4. Edom (2 Sam. 8:13, 14), south of the Dead Sea. The word "Syrians," in verse 13, should undoubtedly be "Edomites." The battle was fought at the "vaUey of salt," an unknown place, but probably near Sela, or Petra, the capital of Edom. 5. Ammon. (2 Sam. 10-13.) This was the longest of David's wars, and was waged not against the Ammonites only, but against the allied forces of several small Syrian kingdoms, as Zobah (already conquered, but not subju- gated), Maachah, Eehob and Tob, districts on the north and east of Israel. Three great battles were fought; the first near Medeba; the second at Helam, an imcertain locahty (if it be the name of a place, which is questioned, as the word means "host," or "army"); and the third, the siege and capture of Eabbah, the capital of the Ammonites, which ended the war. During this war occurred the crime of David with Bathsheba, and the murder of Uriah. (2 Sam. 11.) This completed the series of conquests, and made the throne of David su- preme from the Eed Sea to the Euphrates. One fact which made these conquests possible, was, that the tribes around Israel were not united into strong nations, as afterward in the cases of Syria and Assyria, but were independent principalities, easily overcome in turn by the trained warriors of David. As a result of these wars the kingdom of David, which he transmitted to his son Solomon, was the largest in the Oriental world at that time. The Assyrian empire had not arisen, the great kings of Egypt had passed away, and the East was broken up into small principali- ties, among which Israel easily rose to power. rv. The Calamities of David's Reign. (2 Sam. 12-20, 24.) Three great troubles befell David and his kingdom as the result of his sms. 1. The first and great- est was the Rebellion of Absalom. We can only mention the places re- ferred to in the history, not relate its events. Geshur, where Absalom was in exile, was a small kingdom under the rule of Absalom's maternal grandfather. Tekoa, whence came the "wise woman," was near Bethlehem. The places near Jerusalem named in David's flight, may be seen on the map of the Environs of Jeru- salem, page 83. David's resting place was at Ma- hanaim, east of the Jor- dan, and south of the Hi- eromax. Absalom was defeated and killed at THE EMPIRE OF DAVID AND SOLOMON. "the wood of Ephraim," a locality not in the tribe of that name, but east of the Jordan, perhaps where the Ephraimites sustained a great defeat from Jephthah. (Judges 12.) 2. The second calamity was the Rebellion of Sheba, following soon after Absalom's, and arising from the same disaffection. It was ended at Abel-beth-maa- chah, in the extreme north, by the death of Sheba. (2 Sam. 20.) 3. The third calamity was the Pestilence, after the numbering of the people, an enumeration with a view either to heavy levies of assessment, or to foreign con- quest; either of which was contrary to the spirit of the Hebrew constitution. (2 Sam. 24.) The places named win be found upon the map, except the inexphcable Tahtim-hodshi, which may mean "the land newly inhab- ited," but whose location is unknown. The sacrifice of David at Araunah's threshing-floor gave the location to the great altar of the Temple, probably the rude rock which now rises from the floor of the Mosque of Omar, in Jerusalem. V. The Close of David's Reign (1 Kings 1, 2; 1 Chron. 22-29) was occupied in the organization of his empire, and in preparation for the building of the Tem- ple. There are but few localities named with this period, and they may be easily found upon the maps, those near Jerusalem being upon the map of its Environs. VI. Tlie Keign of Solomon was a period of peace, with few incidents to mark its even tenor. Its principal event was the buflding of the Temple. We insert here a plan of Solomon's Temple, largely conjectural, as neither of the descriptions is sufficiently exact for a complete knowledge. The Temple, as it afterward stood in the time of Christ, may be found described on page 139. Upon the map are noted most of the battle-fields, which may be enumerated aa foUows : 1. At Gibeon, COURT GENTILES. COURT OF THE :Eniaiill Gale GENTILES. ^^^.IV■w..■^^^.^..^T^.^.^^^^^^^..W^,^^^w,| V & C0.,ENGn'e,CHiCA90. PLAIT OT' Solomon's temple. the victory over Abner and the adherents of Ishbosheth. 2. At Jerusalem, its capture from the Jebusites. 3, 4. Near Jerusalem, not indicated upon the map; two deci- sive victories over the Phihstines. 6. Gath, the capture of the Philistine capital. 6. The victory over the Moab- ites, probably near Ar. 1. The conquest of Zobah, north of Damascus. 8. The conquest of Damascus and its dependent places. 9. The conquest of Edom, near Sela. 10. The victory at Medeba, over the Ammonites. 11. The victory at Helam, near the Euphrates, over the Syrian aUies of the Ammonites. 12. The siege and cap- ture of Rabbah. 13. The defeat of Absalom's army in the wood of Ephraim, east of the Jordan. OUTLINE FOR TEACHING AND REVIEW. I. Draw a rough map of the country from the Red Sea to the Euphra- tes, as in the map of the kingdom of David and Solomon, and locate upon it the land of Israel proper, showing the dominion of Saul. II. Draw the botmdary line to show the kingdom of David at Hebron, and that of Ishbosheth at Mahanaim; mention and locate the battle of Gibeon. III. Show in order the conquests of David, writing upon the board the names of the lands conquered in order, and indicating the battles by flags. IV. Show the dimensions of David's kingdom, by another map of the Oriental World in the time of David. Locate and drill upon the leading lands and capitals. V. Give an account of the calamities in David's reign, show the flight of David, and locate the battle with Absalom. (73) ANCIENT JERUSALEM. I. Names. The city of Jerusalem has been known by a different name during each of the niost important periods of its varied history. 1. In the patriarchal age it was the seat of Melchizedek's priestly kingdom, and was known as Salem, properly pronounced Shalem. (Gen. 14:18; Psa. Y6:2.) 2. During the Jebusite period it was known as Jebus. (Judges 19:10.) Probably at this time the full name was Jebus-shalem. 3. After the capture by David it received the name Jerusalem, prop- erly Jeru-shalaim. The earli- est instance of this name is in Judges 1:7, 8, where it may have been used by anticipa- tion; or there may have been a change, for euphony, from Jebus-shalem to Jeru-slialem. The word means "possession of peace." The Greek form of this word is Hierosolyma. 4. It is called by the prophets by the poetical name of Ariel, "the lion of God." (Isa. 29:1.) 5. More than once in the Bible it is called "the holy city." (Matt. 4:5; 27:53.) 6. After its destruction by Titus, it was rebuilt by the emperor ^lius Hadrianus, A. D. 135, and named ^lia, or, in full, ^lia Capitolixa, a name that it held until the eighth century A. D., when the ancient name Jerusalem again be- came pi'evalent. 7. It is now known to the Arabs as El Khuds, "the holy." II. Location. The city of Jerusalem stands in latitude 31° 46' 45" north, and longitude 35° 13' 25" east of Green- wich, the observations being taken from the dome of the Church of the Holy Sepulchre. This may have been outside the ancient wall, but was certainly near it. The city is 32 miles from the Mediterranean, 18 from the Dead Sea, 20 from Hebron, and 36 from Samaria; and its general elevation is about 2,500 feet above the level of the ocean. III. Geologic Formation. "The vicinity of Jeru- salem consists of st]'ata of the Eocene and chalk forma- DAVID S TOMB. tions, having a general dip down the watershed of about 10° east-southeast. The action of denudation has left patches of the various strata; but, generally speaking, the oldest are on the west. The upper part of the Oli- vet chain consists of a soft white limestone, with fossils and flint bands belonging to the Upper Chalk; beneath this are,— first,' a hard silicious chalk with flint bands; second, a soft white limestone, much used in the ancient buildings of the city; third, a hard chalk, often pink and white in color, and then known as Santa Croce marble. The underlying beds belonging to the period of the Greensand are not visible, the lowest strata in the Kedron precipices belonging to the Lower Chalk epoch. " {Encyclo. Britan.) IV. Valleys. The pecuUar natural features of Jerusalem, and much of its history, ai'e due to the arrangement of its three valleys. These unite near the southeastern corner of the city. 1. The Valley of the Ke- dron, called also ' ' the Valley of Jehoshaphat " (pei'haps referred to in Joel 3:2, 12); and "the king's dale" (Gen. 14:17; 2 Sam. 18:18). This lies on the east of the city, between Mount Moriah and the Mount of Olives. During the summer it is dry; but in the rainy season it is the bed of a brook, from which it receives its name. 2. The Valley of the Tyropoeon (a word supposed to mean ' 'cheese- mongers," though the meaning and derivation are questioned) branches from the Kedron Val- ley at the southern end of Mount Moriah, and extends in a northwesterly direction. The principal ravine curves in crescent form around Mount Zion, but a shallower and less noticeable branch extends further to the north. This valley is now almost obliterated by the accumulation of debris, but its ancient course has been established by recent soundings. 3. The Valley of Hinnom, called also, "the valley of the son of Hinnom" (Josh. 15:8), forms the western and southern border of the city, and unites with the Kedron A^aUey near its junction with the (73) 74 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. Tyropoeon. Its lower portion, near the Kedron, was called Tophet, or "place of fire" (Jer. T:31), and Ge- henna (Ge-Hinnom). It was at one time the seat of idolatrous worship to Molech, and afterward became a cesspoolj and place where the offal of the city was burned. Gihon (1 Kings 1: 33) is located by most in the upper portion of this vaUey; but, by Conder and a few others,- in the lower portion of the Kedron VaUey, at the spring en Eogel. V. Mountains. Jerusalem is and has ever been emphatically a place of mountains; as it stood anciently upon four distinct hiUs, with others around its waUs on every side. The names of these hiUs are weU known, but the identification of them is neither easy nor unani- mous among investigators. We name the locations as given by the largest number of leading scholars. 1. Mount Zion is the largest and highest of the four hills within the city. It lies on the southwestern sec- tion, between the Valleys of the Tyropoeon on the east and north, and Hinnom on the south and west. Its crown is 2, 640 feet high. Upon it, probably, stood the Jebusite fortress which so long defied the Israehtes, but was finally taken by David. 2. Ac7'a is a httle east of north from Zion, and is an irregularly shaped eminence, now 2,490 feet high, but anciently higher, as its crest was cut down by the Mac- cabean princes, in order to bring it nearer to the level of the Temple-hiU. It is surrounded upon the south, east and north by the two arms of the Tyropoeon Valley. On this may have stood the castle, or Millo. (2 Sam. 5:9.) 3. On the eastern side of the city is Mount Moriali, the place once occupied by the Temple, and now by the Dome of the Eock, mistakenly called the Mosque of Omar. It hes between the two valleys of the Kedron on the east and the Tyropoeon on the west, and is 2,432 feet high. Its southern end is a steep dechvity, called Ophel (in Josephus, Ophlas), running southward to the junction of the valleys. 4. Bezetha is a httle west of north from Mount Moriah, and separated from it by a shght depression. It hes be- tween the Kedron VaUey and the northern branch of the Tyropoeon. Only in the later age of New Testament history was it within the walls of the city. Its height is a httle over 2, 500 feet. These four mountains are ah that are named as within the ancient walls. Calvary was not a mountain, but merely a place outside the city where the crucifixion of Jesus took place; so that it is not to be counted in the list. But we must notice, in addition, the most impor- tant of the "mountains round about Jerusalem." 6. The Mount of Olives lies east of the Kedron VaUey, and is a range of hiUs having several summits, which are a httle under 3,000 feet in height. (1.) The northern peak, caUed Scopus, hes northeast of the waU, and is supposed to be the point from which Titus obtained his first view of the doomed city. (2.) The second is caUed Viri GalilcBi, "men of GalUee," from a tradition that the angels, at the time of Christ's ascension, appeared upon it. (Acts 1:11.) (3.) The central summit is the Mount of Asce7ision, 2,665 feet high, and directly east of the Temple. It is probable that the true place of the ascen- sion is to be found on the eastern slope of this hiU, near Bethany, and not in sight of Jerusalem. (4.) The next peak southward is called "The Prophets," from a tradi- tion that some of the prophets were buried upon its side near the Kedron. (5.) The southern peak is caUed the Mount of Offense, from the idol worship which Solomon estabUshed upon it. (1 Kings 11 :T.) 6. South of the VaUey of Hinnom, and directly oppo- site to Mount Zion,»is an eminence known as the HiU of Evil Counsel, where Judas is said to have bargained for the betrayal of his Lord. Upon the slope of this hiU is the traditional Aceldama, "the field of blood." (Matt. 27:7, 8.) VI. Walls. Of these, three are named by the early historians and mentioned in the Bible. 1. The first waU was built by David and Solomon, and surrounded what was known as ' ' the city of David. " It included Zion, Moriah, Ophel, and the southern portion of the Tyro- poeon Valley. The fines of this waU may stiU be traced and the ancient foundations shown in various places. 2. The second waU, including Acra, extended in a curved line from the tower Antonia, north of the Temple, to a point not yet marked with certainty, on the northern border of Mount Zion. The location of Calvary and the place of the Saviour's burial depend upon the question, whether this waU ran outside or inside of the place where now stands the Church of the Holy Sepulchre. For, as these were "outside the gate," if the waU include the traditional locahties, they are wrongly located, and the true places must be sought elsewhere, perhaps near the so-caUed Grotto of Jeremiah, north of the city. Opinions are equaUy divided, and future excavations alone will decide the question. 3. The third waU was not built untU after the time of Christ, but was begun by Herod Agrippa, and was completed not long before the Eoman siege. This section was caUed "the new city," and included Mount Bezetha, and the region north and northwest of Moimt Zion. Only a small portion of the waU can be located with certainty. VII. History of Jerusalem. This may be briefly noticed under seven periods. 1. The Patriarchal Period (B. C. 2000-1500). The earhest mention of Jerusalem is that in Gen. 14:18, which, taken with Psa. 76:2, seems to indicate the place, though the identity is questioned by some scholars. In the time of Abraham, B. C. 1918, according to the com- mon chronology, Jerusalem was the seat of a kingdom under the priest Melchizedek, who received homage and tithes, as God's representative, from the patriarch. At that time it was a centre, not only of pohtical power, but of a reUgious worship which was recognized by Abraham as divine and spiritual. 2. The Jebusite Period (B. C. 1500-1048). The next reference to Jerusalem (and the earliest certain account) is at the time of the conquest, B. C. 1451. At that ANCIENT JERUSALEM. 75 - period it was held by the Jebusites, a race of Canaanite origiQ, small in numbers, but of indomitable courage and resolution, since they were able to hold their city for four centuries against aU the power of Israel. Their king, Adoni-zedek (Josh. 10: 1), may have been a descend- ant of the pious Melchi-zedek, as the names are similar; but the ancient purity of the people's worship had been lost in the idolatry of the surrounding races. The httle city of Jebus, as it was then called, formed a confedera- tion with the other clans of the south to resist Joshua's invading host. But in the decisive battle of Beth-horon the Canaanites were routed, their five kings were slain (among them the king of Jerusalem), and the aUiance was broken up. For the present, Jerusalem was not attacked, but its territory was assigned to the tribe of Benjamin. (Josh. 18:28.) Soon after the death of Josh- ua, however, it was besieged by the united tribes of Judah and Simeon, as dangerous to the northern frontier of the former. From Judges 1:8, and the history of Josephus, we learn that the lower city (perhaps on Acra) was taken and burned; but the fortress was found im- pregnable "by reason of its walls and also of the nature of the place." (Josephus.) The city was soon rebuilt (Judges 19: 11), and remained in Jebusite hands through aU the age of the Judges and the reign of Saul. 3. The Boyal Period (B. C. 1048-58'i'). With the ac- cession of David a new era began in Israel, and every part of the kingdom soon felt the strong hand of its new master. He was not one to brook a foreign fortress in the centre of his realm, and in the first year of his reign over united Israel he marched against it, and demanded its surrender. Trusting to their strong situation, the Jebusites refused, and, as an insult, placed "the bUnd and the lame " on its walls in mockery of his attempt. But, under the vahant Joab, the height was scaled, the fortress was taken, and Jerusalem was thenceforth "the city of David." (2 Sam. 5.) David made it his capital, brought thither the ark of the covenant, and surrounded it with a new wall. Solomon enriched it with treasures, and with its greatest glory, the Temple on Mount Mo- riah. After the division it remained the capital of Judah, though close to the border of the Ten Tribes. It was taken without resistance from Rehoboam, by Shi- shak, the king of Egypt, and robbed of its wealth, 970 B. C. In the reign of Jehoshaphat it was restored to something like its former prosperity; but under his son Jehoram, B. C. 887, it was taken by a sudden attack of the Phihstines and Arabians, and again plundered. Un- der Athahah it became a shrine of abominable Baal wor- ship, but was reformed by Jehoiada in the earlier days of the reign of Joash. Joash, however, in his later years allowed the people to relapse into idolatry, with the usual result; for, about B. C. 838, the powerful Hazael, king of Syria, overran the Shefelah, defeated the Judaites, and was only kept from entering the city by a gift of its treasures. Amaziah, the next -king, elated by his victory, offered battle at Beth-shemesh to Joash, king of Israel, then the most powerful state between Egypt and Assyria. He was defeated; and, as a result, Jerusalem was entered by the Israehtes, its wall was thrown down, and it was again plundered. The city suffered during the wicked reign of Ahaz, but was re- stored and divinely protected from its Assyrian besiegers in the good reign of Hezekiah. After the death of Josiah it was entered by the Egyptians under Necho ; but its final destruction was wrought by Nebuchadnezzar, of the Babylonian empire. Twice he visited it with a heavy band, setting up one king after another; and, when his vassal Zedekiah again rebelled, he besieged it for more than a year, with some intermissions, and at last, in B. C. 587, made a breach in its walls and took it by storm. Then, for the first time, the city was absolutely a,5.50 2,490 -^ ^ zi: T ar" ^|>, O : A C H ^ 2,530 / k « ^ . 2,570 'S p» -^^ 2,462 2,490 :E SI T V r 2,436 ^ o 2,440 >^ ^ t V W" 3,433. K} .S ^ 2,540 '$' ^ 1 ^ bi o % H V Si Ay / ^ a H 5S s o ^ \ 4r HAMD.H.NALLY 4 CO., CHICAGO NATimAL PEATTIRBS OF JERUSALEM. destroyed, and made a heap of ruins, while its people were carried into captivity. 4. The Period of Restoration (B. C. 587-70 A. D.). After lying desolate for 50 years, the city was again occupied under Zerubbabel, by the decree of Cyrus, B. C. 636. For nearly a century it remained unwaUed and was thinly inhabited, until its wall was rebuilt by Nehemiah, B. C. 445. Thenceforward it grew rapidly, and soon be- came again the metropohs as weU as the capital of the Jewish state. Alexander the Great visited it, B. C. 332, and gave the Jews certain privileges in his empire. The city j^as taken by Ptolemy Soter, king of Egypt, B. C. 320,"bfecause the Jews would not fight on the Sabbath. In B. C. 203 it was taken by Antiochus, the king of Syria, and, after a revolt, again by his son, Antiochus Epiphanes, in B. C. 170 and B. C. 168. The latter capt- ure was followed by a bitter persecution of the Jewish t(l MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. religion, in which thousands of hves were sacriliced. But a dehverer arose, in the family of the priest Matta- thias, whose son, Judas Maccabeus, rescued the city and restored the worship in the Temple. Under the Macca- bean princes Jerusalem was generally prosperous, though with occasional reverses. The Romans first besieged and took the city under Pompey, B. C. 65. Herod the Great beautified the city, erected many buildings, and rebuilt the Temple throughout. But the most terrible of all scenes in Jerusalem's annals, were those which took place in the revolt of the Jews against the Roman em- pire, and the destruction of the city by Titus, A. D. TO. For years it was the arena of riot, of the bloody strife of factions, and of massacre, which scarcely ceased dur- ing the final siege. At last the city and Temple were taken by Titus, demolished and burned, and for a second time Jerusalem was left an utter desolation. 5. The Roman Period (A. D. 70-637). For fifty years after its destruction Jerusalem is not mentioned, and probably remained uninhabited. But, after the attempt of the false Messiah Bar-cocheba to rebuild the city and Temple, and restore the independence of the Jews, — an attempt which was only quelled by calling f oi*th all the power of the empire, — the emperor Hadrian resolved to establish a heathen city upon its site. He named it -^lia Capitolina, built on Moriah a temple to Jupiter, and allowed no Jews to enter the walls, a prohibition which remained until the empire became Christian. Constantine, the first Christian emperor, restored the an- cient name; and his mother, Helena, made a pilgrimage to the city, A. D. 326, which now began to be regarded as a sacred place by Christians. At this time the first Church of the Holy Sepulchre was built, over the place where Helena discovered the tomb of Jesus. The empe- ror Julian, A. D. 362, out of hatred to the Christians, undertook to rebuild the Temple, and make it once more a Jewish centre; but was defeated in his plans by earth- quakes and the leaping forth of subterranean fii'es, as is related by Ammianus Marcellinus, himself a heathen, the friend and companion in arms of the emperor. He states: "Horrible balls of fire, breaking out near the foundations, with frequent and reiterated attacks, ren- dered the place from time to time inaccessible to the scorched and blasted workmen; and, the victorious element continuing in this, obstinately and resolutely bent, as it were, to drive them to a distance, the under- taking was abandoned." In 529 A. D. the emperor Justinian founded a church upon the site where now is the Mosque el Aksa, and a tide of pilgrims, increasing with each generation, began to pour upon the holy places. In 614 A. D. the city was taken by the Persian king, Chosroes II., the churches were destroyed, and multi- tudes of priests and monks were slain; but li years after- ward it was retaken by the emperor Heraclius, and held, though but for a short time, by the Christians. 6. The Medioival Period (A. D. 637-1517). In 637 Palestine and Jerusalem passed under the dominion of the Moslems, then ruled by the Caliph Omar; but the holy places were respected, and the Christians were allowed to retain their churches. Under the Fatimite caliphs of Cairo the Christians were persecuted, and the Church of the Holy Sepulchre was several times de- stroyed and rebuilt. The pilgrims from Europj brought trade and tribute, so that the city flourished, in spite of frequent pillagings and captures by various Arab and Turkish hordes. On July 15, 1099, it was taken by the Crusaders, after a tenible assault, and for S8 years was the seat of a Christian kingdom. Saladin reconquered it in 1187; and various changes in its government and several sieges followed, until 1517, when it finally passed under the rule of the Turks, who have since been its masters. 7. The Modern Period, ixom. A. D. 1517 until the present, has witnessed comparatively few changes in the city's condition. The present wall was built by the sultan Suleiman in 1542. In 1832 it Avas seized by Mo- hammed Ali, Pasha of Egypt, but was again restored to the sultan, through the interference of the European powers. It is now a city of a population variously estimated at from twelve to thirty thousand. OUTLINE FOR TEACHING AND REVIEW. Have two lilackboards (or a large one), and use one for the outline of the lesson, the other for the map. I. Teach the JVame.i. Salem, Jebus, Jerusalem, Ariel, .ffilia (!apitolina, El Khuds. II. Location. 1. Latitude. 2. Longitude. 3. Distances. 4. Elevation. III. Oeologic Formation. IV. Valleys. Draw a rough map showing the valleys, and name them. Indicating them l)y initial letters on the map. 1. Kedron. 2. Tyropnpnn. 3. Hinnom. V. Mountains. Describe cacli, and indicate l)y initial letter. 1. Zinn. 3. Acra. 3. Moriah. 4. Bezelha. 5. Olives. Peaks; (1.) Scopus. .(2.) "Viri Galila?i." (3.) Ascension. (4.) Prophets. (5.) Offense. (6.) Evil Coimsel. VI. Vails. Draw them on the board, describe and name. First. (David.) Second, Third. (Agrippa.) VII. History. 1. Patriarchal. (Melchizcdek.) 3. Jcbusite. (Adoni-zedek.) 3. Royal. (David, Jehoshaphat, etc ) 4. Restoration. (Zcrubbabel, Alex- ander, Ptolemy, Antiochus, .ludas Maccabeus, Pompey, Herod, Titus.) 5. Roman. (Bar-cocheba, Hadrian, Constantine, Julian, Justinian, Chosroes.) 6. Media;val, (Omar, Crusaders, Saladin.) 7. Modern. (Suleiman, Mo- hammed Ali, etc.) J '<>•: \ ->> li'ky JCerm esh-SkeiJc iPj J :ll.---. ^>!. ^V*' Tt ' A 1] cmnle lloj,,,,,,- ?^-'^^ ^^'-m- \ "^ ^ \C CONSULATE ^ /O-ar'Qen 'XV Tr J- _:upj XaMifK' '■Slafk'b Tou■er'^■' i ■iSlUy 31}rfjq,iry EI l:cj ,.^ ^ REFERENCES.-., Christian Quarter. Wjfllu//l 1 Cree* Convent of St.'SicltalaB. J't '''w*^ 2. ia(m &7.o(.l IforHoya and. GirU ).^ — —V 3, Qrcek Convent anSJfoapicc ofSt.'Micli^el."' i. Great Oreek Concent. r; 5. Greek Convent ofthe'^l.rgin, W 6. Coptic Convent of St. George. — 7. Convent af the Greek Catholics. \ A 8. llesulenee cf the ^^nglican Bvshop . -J, 0. Jnatitution of the J^rueeian Dcaconceaca. 10. Gate of Gennath (so called). 11, :Bath of tlie J'atriarrli.. 13. Jami eT-' Omary. 13. Greek Convent of Gefhsemane. 14. Greek Convent of .AbrdJtam. .^^s 15. Greek Convent. ^= 18. Zatin Convent- ^^- 17. Coptic Convent. 'S^-= 18. CreeTt Convent of St.Johnlluthymiut. ^:=^ 19. OM Towers at the Danntsctts Onie, "^5^: Mohammedan Quarter. ^.y 20. 3/08gwfl o/(Ae ^iiij;'"^ o/t/tfl CrMcen(. ,^ r- + 21. i;c<-t.^onw.>4rc7i. „ . ,. ^ ,^^ ' 22. Convent of the Boman CaWwIw JmKiitaw5=^j 23."H%o«'e .drcA^" -: 24. Jeica irai^iTi^ Place. O ^^ 3 y 25."S''friTl«OJl'S jij-c7[. " fc, -^ H^i': 26 Zarife'Sip7'ni'dim Synayugue. tq ^ rj / ; 27. jlsAA-CTMUsim Synagouuc. ^ ^ ^IJ| 28. Synagogue oj the JKaraite Jews. o S ^- | 29. Sephardim Synagrxjue and Sclwol . ^ -_- | 31. 1- Sfpliardim kynagogus9. 32. J _ 33. ^s7iScn(mm Synagogue {Jlu9t 3i. Zarge .Asfikenazim Synagogue 35, 3C, 37. Sephardim Synagogtie 38. 3Iogrebin Synagogue. 30. 3[6yre1\n SclnJol. 40, 41. &;;ftart/ini ^fftooZa. Traditionary Spots on the Via Dolorosa f ^^, :Birkct a. Where -Smion toolc uji b. 7fouae of Lazarut. L-. House of Diven. d. J/ousco/iyMeT-unica. e. Judgment Gate. )en an Jj ^ jfT-tud /Cer,eterg H' "£-)J(7 „„ 0/ — ^mer dn Gem ^Sngluh Scliodl^ 1. Croltlcn Gate f-Balt ed-'Dd?(arli/th 1*^ .-tpl o1>t* •yT„„Ti,trsi.M ; \ Zi^cJiariafi ^/''' '.^■c^^ M\LI-AGE Op ' -SI LOAM C Kcfr Sllwan ) ■>J.' JEWISH E M E T E R y (lie 'id', JaTie,-^ ^■i-\ AitcietU ToDiJtn ,','.=— I'l- '^■i MODERN JERUSALEM. .sv^^'^" ^ii,MiK'^«\il,\ii;, M Scale ofI'eetejj7j|-^ 500 RAND MC NALLY A CO.,ENGH'S CHICAGO. '' ■ /„ : U^ (81) AiuitUotTi / ''^ ' ^ •' ""' ) ■'1 i ^-\"' Gibeah A^Tiata — ^.^tEmeth, Almon .' > \Y ru'iii \ ■■■' TiiUll el-Fil 'f^-^-^ -' ^JmU OiUndWini/ / V- '_KIrjiiUi-Jeariiii,-;=^f^?^^TT^ 7; JCiri/eiel-EnairoV'fiy^'" =:=-i3^-^ . ■^■j.r-jAAnnenl Bridge )\\ ■; J) ^^t J^~-') •' V^tX-T-r^ // \t»\ ^-J-'r ' ft^'X ^auuiinim ? (83) THE ENVIRONS OF JERUSALEM. The city of Jerusalem occupies a prominent place, not only in the history but also in the topography of the Holy Land. It is one of the most elevated sites in a land whose important places were among the mount- ains. There are many peaks higher than Mount Zion, on which the city stands; but few cities in Palestine are built upon a site so lofty. This fact explains many of the allusions in the Psalms. "Beautiful for situa- tion," " I wiU look unto the hills," etc. There are six roads leading to Jerusalem from different parts of the land. Starting from the city by each one of these roads, let us notice the important places upon either side of it. I. The Northern Boad. This starts from the Damas- cus Gate, and leads almost due north through the centre of the mountain region, to- ward Shechem and Damascus, passing more of the historic localities than any other. It must be remembered that ex- plorers are not agreed upon the identification of aU the places; and our space permits us only to give conclusions without naming reasons or authorities for the opinion in aU cases. 1. About a mile north of Jerusalem, on the west of the path, we find Mizpeh (accord- ing to Grove, Stanley and Bonar), the place of assembly for Israel during the time of the Judges. The name means ' ' watch tower. " Here Samuel gathered the people for refor- mation, and won his great victory over the Phihstines (1 Sam. 7); here Saul was received as king, and began his reign (1 Sam. 11); here Gedaliah, the governor of the Jews under Nebu- chadnezzar, was murdered (Jer. 41:2); here Titus, the Roman conqueror, took his first view of the doomed city. It was then called Scopus. 2. A mile further, and on the west of the path, is Noh {el Isawiyeh), though some think this the same as Miz- peh. At this place the Tabernacle was kept during the reign of Saul; David visited the high-priest and received the sword of Goliath; and the priest and 70 of his DBFILE BETWEEN JERUSALEM AND JERICHO associates were slain by command of Saul. (1 Sam. 21:1-9; 22:9-19.) 3. Gibeah {Tuleil el Fid, "hUl of beans," lies on the east of the road, 2^ miles from the city. The place is fii'st mentioned in the painful story of the Levite (Judges 19); but its principal interest is in the fact that it was the home and court of King Saul. "It is now dreary and desolate, with scarce any ruins save a con- fused mass of stones, which form a sort of cairn on the top. " — Tristravi. 4. Anathoth (Anata), the birthplace of the prophet Jeremiah, and a priestly city, is 3 miles northeast of Jeru- salem, upon a path branching out of the main road. It is now a village of about 20 houses. 5. Some locate Bamah, the home of Samuel, at Er Bam, on the east of the road; but others favor the place at Neby Saniwil, to be noticed below. 6. Michmash, the scene of Jonathan's daring exploit, hes on a hiU adjoining a ravine, 7 miles northeast of the city; and a mile away, in plain sight, lies Geba, the camping place of Saul's army at the time of the battle. (1 Sam. 13.) It is now called Mukmas. 7. Ai — the place where Joshua's army was repulsed by the Canaanites, on account of the crime of Achan (Josh. 7), and which, after his pun- ishment, was taken and de- stroyed by the Israehtes — is 9 miles from the city; a deso- late heap, known as el Tell. 8. Beeroth (wells), now el Bireh, 10 raUes north, was one of the Gibeonite cities which made peace with Israel. (Josh. 9: 17.) According to tradition, this is the place where Joseph and Mary, returning from Jerusalem, first missed the boy Jesus (Luke 2 : 44) ; and it is now the halting place of caravans going north. 9. Bethel, "the house of God" {now Beitin), 10 miles north, is a place of many Scriptural associations. Here Abraham pitched his tent and built his altar, on his entrance upon the Land of Promise (Gen 12:8); here Jacob lay down to rest and saw the glorious vision of (83) 84 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. the heavenly ladder (Gen. 28:11-22), and on his return from Syria again consecrated the place to God's service. (Gen. 35:6-15.) During the period of the Ten Tribes it was a sanctuary of idols, but also the seat of a pro- phetic school. (1 Kings 12: 29-33; 2 Kings 2: 2, 3.) It is now an uninhabited ruin. 10. East of Bethel, and 11 miles north of Jerusalem, is the rock Rimmon (now Rummon), where the remnant of the tribe of Benjamin found a refuge after the civil war. (Judges 20, 21.) 11. Two miles north of Rimmon is the site of Ophrah, m the New Testament Ephraim, the retreat of Jesus after the raising of Lazarus. (John 11 : 54. ) It is in a wilderness, on the edge of the Jordan VaUey, and out- side the hne of travel; now caUed et Taiyibeh. II. The Eastern Road from Jerusalem leads through a barren region of crags and ravines, almost without inhabitants, except the robbers who have haunted it since the days when "a certain man went down from Jerusalem to Jericho, and feU among thieves. " (Luke 10:30.) The road is a contmual descent, from a height of 2,700 feet above the sea to 1,300 feet below it, in 20 miles. The only place passed on the route is Bethany (now el Azariyeli), the home of Mary and Martha, the place where Lazarus was raised from death, and near which Jesus ascended. (Luke 24:50.) It is on the eastern slope of the Mount of OUves, and about a mile and a quarter from Jerusalem. Beyond this place the road grows more steep, descending toward the Jordan VaUey. III. The Southern Road, leading along the crest of the hiU country toward Hebron, also passes few places of historical interest. 1. Just south of the city is the Plain of the Rephaim, where, after the capture of Jerusalem, David twice met and vanquished the Philistines. (2 Sam. 5: 18-25.) The name may be a reminiscence of the most ancient people who inhabited the mountain region of Palestine, before the Amorites were in the land. 2. Four miles from the city the traveler passes RacheVs Tomb. This may represent the place where Jacob, while journeying southward, lost his beloved wife Eachel, the mother of Joseph and Benjamin. (Gen. 35: 16-20.) The monument now standing is of compara- tively recent date; but it may occupy the site of one more ancient. 3. Six miles southeast of the city we come to Beth- lehem, a small tov^rn, yet having the deepest interest as the birthplace of David, and of David's greatest descend- ant, the Saviour of the world. It hes upon the side and summit of a steep hiU, and contains now about 2,000 inhabitants. Many places connected with the birth of Jesus are shown; but there is no authority for their pre- cise location except tradition. In a cave near this village Jerome wrote most of his translation of the Bible, the Vulgate version, recognized as the standard Bible by the Roman Catholic Church. 4. A httle beyond Bethlehem is the head of the Valley of Elah, in which, but at a distance to the west, David fought with Goliath, and gained his earliest honors before Israel. (1 Sam. 17.) 5. There are no more places of interest to the Bible reader until we reach Hebron, 18 miles from Jerusalem. This is one of the most ancient towns in the world, occupied before the time of Abraham; the burial place of the Patriarchs, the capital of David's kingdom of Judah, and the place where Absalom's rebeUion was begun. It is stiU a large town, inhabited by intolerant Moham- medans, who closely guard the sanctity of the mosque which cov- ers the graves of Abra- ham, Isaac and Jacob. It is now called el Klialil, "the Friend," i. e., Abraham, "the friend of God." 6. The region be- tween Hebron and the Dead Sea is wild and desolate, with but few inhabitants. It was called Jeshimon, "the waste," and is the "the wilderness of Ju- during his exile, and SOLOMON S POOLS. place generally recognized as daea," where David wandered where Christ was tempted. IV. The Southwestern Road is that "that goeth down from Jerusalem unto Gaza, which is desert. " (Acts 8: 26.) It passes through ravines and among mountains, descending through successive plateaus, from the mount- ain region to the Shefelah, or low hills, and thence to the plain by the Mediterranean. It is "desert," in the sense that no towns he along the route. The fountain where Phihp baptized the Ethiopian treasurer is shown at Ain Haniyeh, 4 miles southwest of Jerusalem; but it has only tradition in support of its claim. V. The Western Road leads to Joppa, descending from the mountains to the sea. 1. Four miles from Jerusalem it passes Emmaus {Ku- loniyeh), the place to which the two disciples were walk- ing when they were joined by the risen Christ. (Luke 24:13.) The place, however, is disputed. Dr. Thom- son locates it at Kuriet el Enab, further from Jerusalem; and others at el Kubeibeh, 7 miles northwest of the city. THE ENVIRONS OF JEEUSALEM. 85 2. Kirjath-jearim, or Baalah, is 1 miles from Jerusa- lem, at Kuriet el Enah, named above. Here the Ark of the Covenant was brought from Beth-shemesh, after its return from the Phihstines, and remained until it was removed by David to Jerusalem. (1 Sam. 6:21; 2 Sam. 6:2.) It is now a small village, with ruins and a church. VI. The Northwestern Road branches from the Northern Eoad just beyond G-ibeah, and winds down the mountains to the sea-shore at Joppa. Among its places of interest are the following: 1. Ramah, the bnthplace, home and burial place of the prophet Samuel, is perhaps at the hill known by his name, Neby Samwil, 4 miles northwest of Jerusalem, though the location is not agreed upon by aU scholars. (ISam. 1:1; 7:17; 25:1.) 2. Oiheon is at el Jib, a hill 6 miles from Jerusalem. This was the head of the Hivite league of cities which made peace with Israel and were spared by Joshua at the time of the conquest (Josh. 9:17); which led to the battle of Beth-horon, the decisive event of the war. Here a skirmish took place between the soldiers of David and of Abner (while David was reigning over Judah), and Asahel, the brother of Joab, was kUled. (2 Sam. 2:12-24.) At this place the Tabernacle was standing during David's reign, while the ark was at Zion; here was "the great high place" where Solomon offered sacrifice at the opening of his reign; and here Solomon had a vision, and made his choice of wisdom. (1 Kings 3:4-14.) 3. Five miles beyond Gibeon is Beth-horon, celebrated as the place where was fought the great battle of the conquest, which, measured by its results, was the most important battle in the history of the world, since upon it was staked the world's reUgion. If ever the sun might stand still, it was then, when earth's destiny was in the balance. (Josh. 10:9-14.) The "upper Beth- horon " is at Beit ur el Foka, and the lower at Beit ur et Tahta, two miles beyond it. In this brief view we have compassed the most impor- tant places upon the map within 15 mUes around the city of Jerusalem. OUTLINE FOR TEACHING AND REVIEW. SUGGESTIONS FOR TEACHING. 1. Locate upon the blackboard Jerusalem as a centre, and in presence of the class draw the general direction of the roads leading from it. It is scarcely necessary to draw the valleys and mountains, as they are but rarely referred to by name. The teacher may mark the line of the road in French chalk or common slate-pencil upon the blackboard, in advance of the les- son, making a faint line, which can be followed with the crayon after- ward. 3. Then take each road in order, going out from Jerusalem, and indicate the places near it, stating the events of Bible History in connection with each place. 3. It would be a good plan to write on slips of paper the references to texts, distribute them among the class, and have each text read by a student as its event is named. REVIEW. I. Northern Boad. 1. Mizpeh. (Saul's coronation.) 2. Nob. (Slaugh- ter of priests.) 3. Gibeah. (Saul's court.) 4. Anathoth. (Jeremiah.) 5. Ramah. (?) (Samuel.) 6. Michmash. (Jonathan's exploit.) 7. Ai. (Achan.) 8. Beeroth. (Gibeonites; Jesus lost in Temple.) 9. Bethel. (Jacob's ladder.) 10. Rimmon. (Benjamin.) 11. Ephraim. (Christ's retirement.) II. Eastern Eoad. 1. Bethany. (Lazarus.) 3. Steep descent. 3. Jericho. III. Southern Boad. 1. Plain of Rephaim. (David's victory.) 3. Rachel's Tomb. 3. Bethlehem. (David, Jesus.) 4. Valley of Elali. (David and Goliath.) 5. Hebron. (Abraham's sepulchre.) 6. Jeshimon (Wilderness). IV. Southwestern Boad. " Jerusalem to Gaza. " (Philip.) V. Western Boad. 1. Emmaus. (Risen Christ.) 2. Kirjath-jearim. (Removal of ark.) VI. Northwestern Boad. 1. Ramah. (Samuel.) 2. Gibeon. (Solo- mon's choice.) 3. Beth-horon. (Joshua's victory.) XouglluTle from 7 7/ "WaililniftoD (86) THE DIVISION OF SOLOMON^S EMPIRE. On the death of Solomon, B. 0. QYS, the empire which had been won by the sword and consolidated by the statesmanship of David, fell asunder, and five Idngdoms took the place of one. These were: 1. The portion of Solomon's empire north of Mount Hermon and extending to the Euphrates revolted, and formed the Kingdom of Syria, having Damascus for its capital. This kingdom, at first small, soon rose to power, and at its height, under Hazael, was the leading nation in Asia, west of the Euphrates. It feU, about B. C. 750, under the power of Assyria. 2. South of Syria was the Kingdom of Israel, or the Ten Tribes, fovmded by Jeroboam, B. C. 975, soon after the death of Solomon. This included by far the larger portion of Palestine Proper, having 9,400 square miles, while the rival kingdom of Judah had but 3,400. uncertain. The Shefelah, or low hills, and the sea-coast, were probably controlled by the Philistines, though nom- inally belonging to Judah. This kingdom remained loyal to the house of David during aU its history, and was ruled by twenty-one kings, aU of one family. It was destroyed by Nebuchadnezzar, B. C. 587. 4. Moab lay east of the Dead Sea, between the brooks Arnon and Zered. It was nominally subject to Israel (the northern kingdom); but, from the indications of the history and of the Moabite Stone (a monument of Mesha, the king of Moab, erected in the time of Ehsha the prophet), it may be inferred that it had its own govern- ment, and only occasionally paid tribute to the Ten Tribes. Strong kings, like Omri, Ahab and Jeroboam II., may have held power over it; but during most of the time it was practically independent. I'lars Ijefure Christ. 9^-5 9"0 KINGSof ISRAEL KINGS of JUDAH PROPHETS Jeroboam Iddo I Ah'ii ab 950 "Bail! ,sha Asa i^zarlah Omrl Ahab 90O 890 ■lehosh^ aphat EUiah M caiah /ahaztp l 8B0 850 8^0 ^echaria'i 830 880 810 Jehoash 2 790 Uzziah or Azariah 780 >> 1- jAmos 7io 590 s sS ?0 560 780 770 .^' rjZACHARIAH UzziaiL tST Jotham Pekah 740 ] 730 HotBea HezekiaF 760 5^1 690 'r^ Manasseh 6fi0 650 640 630 Josiah Zephantah \ Zedeki Ssi R |06l57i»/i I I zehiel Daniel CHRONOLOGICAL CHART OP KINSS OF ISRAEL AND JTJDAH. It received the allegiance of aU the tribes on the east of the Jordan. The boundary line between the two king- doms ran south of Jericho, Bethel and Joppa. This Kne was, however, very variable, being moved northward or southward, according to the relative power of the king- doms. Over this kingdom reigned nineteen kings, repre- senting several dynasties, with intervals of anarchy and frequent change. Its capital was at first Shechem, then Tirzah, until Omri, the founder of the third dynasty, chose a permanent location at Samaeia, which soon be- came to Israel aU that Jerusalem was to Judah, and in time gave its name to the entire province. Its two religious sanctuaries were at Dan on the north, and at Bethel on the south, where the national worship to Jehovah, was maintained under the form of a calf or young ox. 3. The Kingdom of Judah included the tribe of that name, a portion of Benjamin, and perhaps of Sim- eon also, though the southern boundary was always (87) 5. Edom, south of the Dead Sea, had been conquered by David, and remained subject during the reign of Solomon. After the disruption it held to Judah about the same relation that Moab held to Israel, dependent and tributary, but not annexed as a part of the realm. There was a king of Edom during the reign of Jehosh- aphat (2 Kings 3:9), but evidently subject to Judah. The Edomites finally gained their independence during the reign of Jehoram, the son of Jehoshaphat (2 Kings 8:16-22), despite a defeat which they suffered at Zair (probably Seir, or Sela). Like all the kingdoms aroimd it, this kingdom fell under the rule of Nebuchadnezzar. These five provinces or kingdoms are represented upon the map according to their general boundaries during most of the time from the age of Solomon to that of Nebuchadnezzar, when aU. the East was united under one mighty sceptre. Historically, the epoch requires the consideration of several periods, as follows: 1. The Period of Division (B. C. 975-884), during 88 MANCJAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. which three kingdoms — Syria, Israel and Judah — strove for supremacy. This extends from the reign of Jeroboam to that of Jehu in the north; and from Eeho- boam to Joash in Judah. During the first half -century of this period, wars were constant between Israel and Judah. During the latter half-century the growing power of Syria compelled an alliance between the rival kingdoms, and nearly aU the battles were between Israel /3^^-nY I M i,4^ .^c ^x^ ^ ^1 v^ ♦yjf w sion of Judah by the Ethiopians under Zerah, and the victory of Asa at Mareshah. (2 Chron. 14.) (5.) The introduction of the worship of Baal into Israel, by Ahab, and with it the appearance of the prophet Elijah. (1 Kings 16-19.) (6.) The wars with Syria, with the victory of Israel at Aphek, and the defeat at Eamoth- gilead. (1 Kings 20-22.) (Y.) The invasion of Judah, in the reign of Jehoshaphat, by the aUied forces of Ammon, Moab and Edom, and their slaughter at Berachah. (2 Chron. 20.) (8.) The allied war of Israel and Judah with Moab, and the battle of Kir-haraseth, commemo- rated by the Moabite Stone, recently discovered. (2 Kings 3.) (9.) The revolt of Edom from Judah, in the MOABITE STOSTE. and Syria. The leading events of this period were: (1.) The accession of Eehoboam, followed by the disruption of the kingdom, and the breaking up of Solomon's empire. (2.) The invasion of Judah by Shishak, king of Egypt, and the loss of aU the treasures of David and Solomon (2 Chron. 12), which permanently crippled the kingdom. (3.) The wars of Jeroboam with Judah, culminating in the battle of Zemaraim, near Bethel, a signal defeat for Israel. (2 Chron. 13.) (4.) The inva- Approximate Scale, 106 miles to 1 inch. reign of Jehoram. Jehoram gained a victory at Zair (probably Sela, or Petra), but could not retain suprem- acy over the Edomites. 2. The Syrian Period, B. C. 884^840, began with revolutions in the same year in Damascus, Samaria and Jerusalem; by which Hazael mounted the throne of Syria, Jehu of Israel, and Athaliah, the queen-mother, usurped the throne of Judah. Hazael established a powerful kingdom. (2 Kings 8:'r-15.) He conquered aU of Israel east of the Jordan (2 Kings 10:32, 33), re- duced Israel under Jehoahaz to a condition of vassalage (2 Kings 13:1-8), took Gath from Judah, and was only withheld from besieging Jerusalem by the payment of a heavy tribute. (2 Kings 12: lY, 18; 2 Chron. 24:23, THE DIVISION OF SOLOMON'S EMPIEE. 89 24.) We insert an outline map of his kingdom and conquests. The principal events of this period were as follows : (1.) The accession of Hazael in Syria, Jehu in Israel, and Athaliah in Judah, B. C. 884. (2.) The destruction of Baal worship in Israel. (2 Kings 10.) (3.) The conquests of Hazael on the east of Jordan. (2 Kings 10:32, 33.) (4.) The slaughter of Athahah, and accession of Jehoash in Judah. (2 Kmgs 11.) (5.) The repairs of the Temple by Jehoiada. (2 Kings 12.) (6.) The prophecies of Jonah and Joel. (T.) The subjection of Israel under Hazael. (8.) Hazael's campaign against Judah, and capture of Gath. (9.) The death of Hazael, B. C. 840. 3. The Restoration of Israel, B. 0. 840-780. The Syrian conqueror, Hazael, left as his successor a weak prince, Ben-hadad III., who was unable to hold his dominions against the abDity of the third king of the house of Jehu in Israel, Jehoash, or Joash, and his greater son, Jeroboam II. Under these two able rulers the kingdom of the Ten Tribes arose to its culmination, the territory lost was regained, nearly all Syria was con- quered, Judah was made tributary, and Samaria gave laws to a large part of Solomon's empire. This period was marked as the era of two great prophets, Jonah and Joel; and, from its brilliant but brief prosperity, has been caUed "the Indian Summer of Israel." At the open- ing of this epoch, Amaziah reigned in Judah. He won a victory in Edom, but, venturing to attack Israel, was routed at Beth-shemesh; and, for the only time in Judah's history, the army of the Ten Tribes entered Jerusalem as victors. (2 Kings 14.) Uzziah, his successor, was more successful, and held his kingdom in security both against Israel and the enemies on the south. The outhne map represents the kingdoms during the reign of Jeroboam II., about B. C. 800. 4. The Fall of Israel, B. C. 780-721. The decHne of Israel after the reign of Jeroboam II. was rapid. A succession of usurpers seized the throne, the foreign conquests melted away, and anarchy prevailed. The cause of these sudden changes was the growth of the Assyrian power under a succession of warhke kings, who made Nineveh the capital of the Eastern world. Syria feU before their arms, and Israel soon followed. In the reign of Menahem, Israel became tributary to Assyria; and in that of Pekah, B. C. 745, the portion of Israel on the north, including the tribe of Naphtali, was carried into captivity by Tiglath-pileser. (2 Kings 15 : 29.) In the reign of Hoshea, Samaria itself was taken (B. 0. 721) by Sargon (having been besieged by Shalmaneser); and the Ten Tribes were finally carried into captivity to Halah and Habor. (2 Kings 17.) This period belongs to the map of the Assyrian Empire. 5. The Fall of Judah, B. C. 721-587. The kmgdom of Judah lasted more than a hundred years after that of Israel, though most of the time as a subject-nation to the "great king" of Assyria, to whom Ahaz and most of the kings of Judah after him paid tribute. The most important events of this period were : (1.) The reforms 10 of King Hezekiah, and the dehverance of Jerusalem from the Assyi'ians under Sennacherib. (2 Ohron. 30-32.) (2.) The captivity of King Manasseh among the Assyr- ians, and his return. (2 Chron. 33.) (3.) The attempt at reformation by King Josiah, and his death at the bat- tle of Megiddo. (2 Chron. 34, 35.) (4.) The rise of the power of Babylon, and Nebuchadnezzar's first invasion of Judah, in the reign of Jehoiakim, B. C. 606. From this date Judah was subject to Babylon, and the "sev- enty years' captivity" began. (5.) The rebellion of Zed- ekiah, the last king, against Nebuchadnezzar, the siege of Jerusalem, the destruction of the kingdom, and the final carrying of Judah into captiAdty to Babylon, B. C. 587. Approximate Scale, 106 miles to 1 inch. We notice the most important wars, sieges and battles of this period, indicated upon the map of the Division of Solomon's Empire, by flags. 1. The battle of Zemaraim, near Bethel, fought be- tween Jeroboam and Abijah, the second king of Judah, B. 0. 959, and resulting in the defeat of Israel, and the ruin of Jeroboam's plans of ambition. (2 Chron. 13.) 2. The battle of Mareshah, in Judah, on the border of the mountain region, in which King Asa defeated Zerah, the Ethiopian king of Egypt, and an immense host, B. C. 943. (2 Chron. 14.) 3. The siege of Samaria, by Ben-hadad, king of Syria, in the reign of Ahab, who was able to repel the 90 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. invaders. (1 Kings 20.) We notice, that from this time, for a centnry, the principal wars of Israel are with Syria. 4. The victory at Aphek, won by Ahab over Ben- hadad and the Syrians. Ahab, however, allowed the fruits of the victory to be lost, when he might have made it decisive in its results. (1 Kuigs 20: 26-43.) 5. The battle of Ramoth-gilead, in which the Syrians, under Ben-hadad, were victoi-ious over aUied Israel and Judah, and Ahab was slain. (1 Kings 22.) 6. The slaughter of the aUied Moabites, Ammonites and Edomites, at Beracliah, "the vaUey of blessing," in the reign of Jehoshaphat, king of Judah. (2 Chron. 20.) 7. The war of Israel, Judah and Edom, against the Moabites, in which a great battle took place at Kir- haraseth, in the land of Moab, when the king of Moab offered his own son as a sacrifice in presence of the con- tending armies. (2 Kings 3.) This was during the reign of Jehoshaphat in Judah, and of Jehoram in Israel. 8. A second siege of Samaria, by the Syrians, under Ben-hadad, m the reign of Jehoram; and a miraculous deliverance. (2 Kmgs, 6, 7.) 9. A battle at Zair (probably Sela, or Petra), in Edom, in which Jehoram was surrounded by the revolting Edomites, and won a victory, yet could not prevent the Edomites from gaining their liberty. (2 Kings 8: 21, 22.) 10. The capture of Gath, by the Syrians, under Haz- ael, in the reign of Jehoash, king of Judah. (2 Kings 12: lY.) 11. The victory of King Jehoash, of Israel, over the Syrians, at Aphek, foretold by Ehsha. (2 Kings 13: ir-25.) 12. The battle of Beth-shemesh, a victory of Israel over Judah, resulting in an Israehte army entering Jeru- salem, in the reign of Amaziah. (2 Kings 14.) 13. The final capture of Samaria by the Assyrians, and the extinction of the kingdom of the Ten Tribes. (2 Kings 17:1-6.) 14. The battle of Megiddo, in which King Josiah, of Judah, lost his life while resisting the invasion of Pharaoh-necho, the kuig of Egypt. (2 Kings 23:29.) 15. Two battles at Carckemish, near the Euphrates, in the first of which, Pharaoh-necho, of Egypt, was vic- torious (B. C. 608) over the Assyrians, and in the second (B. C. 606) was thoroughly defeated by Nebuchadnezzar, and compelled to rehnquish aU his conquests in Asia. (2 Chron. 35:20.) 16. The destruction of Jervisalem by Nebuchadnez- zar, and the extinction of the kingdom of Judah. (2 Kings 25.) OUTLINE FOR TEACHING. 1. Draw on the blackboard the map of Solomon's Empire, as already given, showing its boundaries, and placing on it the city of Jerusalem, the river Jordan, etc. 3. Divide the map into the Jive kingdams of Syria, Israel, Judah, Moab and Edom, and show their capitals and political relations. 3. Drill the class upon the leading events of the five historical periods named in the above description, placing upon the map the localities named in the history. 4. Name the haitles of the periods, and state the circumstances of each battle, placing them upon the map in their historical order. 5. Through all the work let the class draw their own maps, following that upon the board, and at the close carefully review all the work. This subject might require several lessons in a normal class. THE GREAT ORIENTAL EMPIRES. The history of the Bible is so interwoven with that of the East, that a view of its great emphes is necessary. All the lands between the Persian Gulf and the Mediter- ranean were united at different periods imder one government, and formed an empii-e which was con- stantly changing according to the power or weakness of its dominant state ; for in the Oriental world there never has existed anything hke a confederation of states on an equahty. At different periods Ur, Babylon or Nineveh conquered all the surrounding lands; or at other periods a single race, as the Medes and Persians, obtained supremacy. The empire thus arose and fell, to be suc- ceeded by a similar empire with another centre. Durhig the Old Testament history, between the days of Abra- ham and of Ezra, more than 1,500 years, four suc- cessive empires appeared in the East. These were: I. The Early Chaldean Empire. B. C. 2300-1270. II. The Assyrian Em- pire. B. C. 1270-625. III. The Babylonian Empire. B. C. 625-536. IV. The Persian Em- pire. B. 0. 536-330. I. The Early Chalde- an Empire was founded about 2300 B. C, at Ur, south of the Euphrates. It was at its height in the times of Abraham, under Chedor- laomer, of whose dominions a map is given on page 34. Very little is known of this empire, though it lasted vsdth varying fortunes for a thousand years. It was of Elamite origin, and included the four cities of Ur, Erech, Accad (a city whose site is uncertain), and Babylon. The latter city was its latest capital. II. The Assyrian Empire arose north of the Chal- dean, at Asshur, 60 miles south of Nineveh, now caUed Kileh Sherghat. The city had been founded long before, but first arose to power in the 14th century B. C, or soon after the Israehtes settled in Canaan, when, under Tiglath-adar of Assyria, Babylon was captured, and the Chaldean empire became the Assyrian. Afterward Nim- rud, 20 miles south of Nineveh, became the capital. Not until 702 was Nineveh made by Sennacherib the royal residence. It soon, however, surpassed the earlier capitals in size and magnificence, and became one of the largest cities of the East. Nineveh at this time included four cities, surrounded by one wall, and forming a par- allelogram, as shown on the plan on page 96. The (91 greatest kings of this empire were: Shahnaneser, who made war on Samaria, and erected the "Black Obe- hsk," which now stands in the British Museum, and by its inscriptions furnishes the best record of the king- dom down to its own age ; Sargon, who completed the conquest of Samaria, and otherwise added to the empire; Sennacherib, who enlarged and beautified Nine- veh, warred from Babylon to Egypt, and extorted tribute from Hezekiah, king of Judah; and Esar-had- don, son of the preceding, who saw the empire at its height, embracing, besides Assyria, Armenia, Media, Babylonia, Elam, Mesopo- tamia, Syria, Israel, Ju- dah, an/ n Iv^ y / »n &ji „«>3:ss- :b l a c tijm iS'* U»{' ^^ S'V-. 4 ii. '^ "'era j %^ ""lis / OC ^ ^ ^f . ';? y^ rn bi roiv> 'fi" '^ *^ 3 :^ 4\IJ/ -BADVLOS *>J^ m, THE ^^I|"n^ A J!!_% Vr \ l^E^s^AN Empire. ^^' 102 Loiigltude 101 4o troir , Statute Miles. ^ SSt% 100 200 300 400 (m~ V * ■ " ■ .-rf ■■ .f/ M %,ll,l. iii J^i-^am %^LiU ZarP „o?: :K»«'"\ iP, «25 k 1 7 72 Wash lii^'ton. 7/7 -^ I A N \a E A ^<: 742 747 Cyrus took the city of Babylon. His dominions were the Great, they embraced all the lands from the Indus to now larger than those of the old Assyrian empire; and the Nile. The map represents the empire of Persia at under his successors the conquests of Persia were this period, with the twenty satrapies, or provinces, into pushed both eastward and westward, until, under Darius which it was divided by Darius. This empire lasted for 20 XooEitiiae 2 THE GEEAT OEIENTAL EMPIEES. 95 200 years, until its conquest by Alexander the Great, B. C. 330, when the sceptre of the East passed into European hands, and Greece gave law to Asia. In the extent of its territory, in the strength of its dominion, and in the consolidation of its conquests, Persia was far greater than either Assyria or Babylon. It will be observed that the scale of all the maps of the Assyrian, Babylonian and Persian Empires, is the same, so that their relative proportions may be seen. The map of the Persian Empire represents the pohtical state of the Oriental world at the conclusion of the Old Testament period. When Ezra and Nehemiah were at Jerusalem, and Haggai and Malachi were the prophets of Judah, all the -- lands were under the domin ^ ion of Persia, and were gov erned from "Shushan the palace," or Susa. DIVISION OF ALEXAN- DER'S EMPIRE, B. C. 250. The closing portion of Old Testament history, from the edict of Cyrus the Great, B C. 536, permitting the captive Jews to return to Palestine, is known as the Period of Eestoration. From that time until the end of the JeAvii history, the land was under foreign rule. The Period of Res- toration, from the return from captiv- ity to the birth of Christ, may be di- vided as follows : 1. The Persian Supremacy, B. C. 536-330. During the 200 years of the Persian empire the Jews were kindly treated by their sovereigns, and permitted to regulate their own affairs. Under Darius the Great, who reigned B. C. 521-486, the sec- ond Temple was completed. Under Xerxes, the next monarch, called in the Bible, Ahasuerus, occurred the romantic events of Esther's deliverance. Under his successor, Artaxerxes Longimanus, B. C. 465-425, the Jewish state was reformed by Ezra, and the walls of Jerusalem were buUt by Nehemiah. Soon after this occurred the separation of the Samaritans, and a rival temple was built on Mount Gerizim. 2. The Macedonian Supremacy, B. C. 330-321, though brief, brought to pass vast results. Alexander the Great, in a briUiant series of battles, subjugated the entire Persian empire, and became the master of the Oriental world. He dealt kindly with the Jews, not- withstanding their loyalty to the Persian throne, and permitted them to enjoy freedom of worship and of government. We do not give a map of Alexander's empire, as its boundaries in Asia varied but little from those of Persia, and it has no direct relation to Bible history. Soon after Alexander's death, his generals formed a compact for the government of his empire; but it was soon broken, and out of his conquests four kingdoms arose, of which the most important were those of Seleucus in Asia, and of Ptolemy in Africa. In the first division, B. C. 323, Palestine became a part of Syria. 3. The Egyptian Supremacy, B. C. 321-198. Pales ^ tine was taken from Syria by ^^i Ptolemy Soter, the ruler of Egypt ; and his successors, s the Greek kings of Egypt, J aU named Ptolemy, held the — Holy Land for 120 years. During this time the Jews were governed, under the king of Egypt, by their high- priests. The most important event of this epoch was the Septuagint translation of the Old Testament, made at Al- exandria about 285 B. C. The map of the Division of Alexander's Empire repre- sents the Oriental world at this period, after the lands had settled down into some- thing hke order under stable governments. Omitting the minor states and free cities, the kingdoms of that epoch were as fol- lows: 1. The, kingdom of the Se- leucidce, sometimes known as Syria, was founded by Seleucus, B. C. 312. It included the largest portion of Alex- ander's conquests, embracing most of Asia BABYLON. Minor, and those provinces of the Bible world known as Syria, Mesopotamia, Babylonia, Persia Proper, Southern Media, and far beyond them eastward to the Indus. Throughout its history of 250 years, it remained a Greek govei-nment, though in Asia, and introduced the Greek language and literature to all the lands of the Orient. 2. The kingdom of the Ptolemies included Egypt, Libya, Palestine, Phoenicia, and the southern provinces of Asia Minor. It was ruled by a succession of Greek monarchs, descended from Ptolemy Soter, and, vsdth changing boundaries, endured until the death of its last queen, the famous Cleopatra, when it became a part of the Roman empire. 3. There were other kingdoms in Asia at this time, 96 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. appearing upon the map. Pontus and Cappadocia inter- vened between the two sections of the empire of the Seleucidse. Southwest of the Caspian, and near the sea, Media Atropatene had gained its independence, and on the southeast Parthia was rising to power; while beyond, on the east, was Bactriana. Other lands of less impor- tance might also be named ; but these are all that are necessary to the reader of the history. ■During this epoch of 125 years, Palestine remained under the control of Egypt. 4. The Syrian Supremacy, B. C. 198-166. By the battle of Mount Panium, Antiochus of the Seleucid line wrested Palestine from Egypt. The Syrian domination, though short, brought to the Jews greater trials than any previous period in their history. Jerusalem was twice taken and sacked, the Temple was desecrated and closed, the Jewish religion was forbidden, and those who remained steadfast to it were subjected to a cruel perse- cution. The trials named in Heb. 11: 35-37, belonged to this period, when every attempt was made by Antiochus Epiphanes to destroy the worship of Jehovah, and intro- duce Greek customs and religion among the Jewish people. But the very violence of the tyranny reacted, and led to a complete dehverance and a more thorough devotion. 5. The Maccabean Independence, B. C. 166-40. A priest named Mattathias raised the banner of revolt; and, after his death, his five sons in succession led the efforts of the Jews for freedom. The greatest of them, though all were heroes, was Judas, called Maccabeus, "the hammer." In B. C. 165 he took possession of Jeru- salem; and, after his death, his brother Simon won the recognition of the freedom of Palestine. Other Macca- bean princes extended the boundaries of the land over Edom, Samaria and Gahlee. Under a succession of these rulers, also called Asmonean kings, Palestine was virtually independent, though nominally subordinate to either Syria or Egypt. 6. The Roman Supremacy, B. C. 40 -A. D. TO, Perhaps this period should begin with B. C. 63, when the Roman general Pompey entered Jerusalem, and the Romans began to exercise a controlling influence. But the representatives of the Maccabean line were allowed to reign until B. C. 40, when they were set aside, and Herod the Great, an Idumean (Edomite), was made king by the Romans. It was in the closing portion of his reign that Jesus Christ was born. The last YO years of the Roman period belong to New Testament history, and will be considered in connection with the maps of that period. THE ROMAN EMPIRE The last of the Old World empires was that having its capital on the seven hills of Eome. Like most of the others, it was the dominion of a single city; but, unlike others, it represented the conquests, not of a single conquering king, as Nebuchadnezzar or Cyrus, but of a self-governing and conquering people ; and, unhko its predecessors, it was not a loose aggregation of states, ready to fall apart as soon as the hand that fettered them was removed, but an empire, carefully welded together, building up in every land its own civilization, and developing a national unity which held its possessions together for a thousand years. At the close of the Old Tes- tament period, the Persian em- pire stood in aU its power. Four hundred years later, at the opening of the New Testament epoch, the Per- sian empire had given place to that of Alex- ander; that had broken up in- to many frag- ments; and most of these in turn had been united under the eagles of Eome. The world's capi- tal had moved westward, and the Mediterra- nean was now a Eoman lake. The principal provinces of this empire, omit- ting minor sub- divisions, were : I. European Provinces. 1. Italy. 2. Hispania, now known as Spain, subdivided into three provinces. 3. Gallia, now France, including also parts of Germany and the Netherlands, embracing five provinces. 4. The Danubian provinces of Ehaetia, Noricum, Pannonia and THE COLOSSEUM AT ROME Moesia, to which Dacia was afterward added by the emperor Trajan. 5. The Grecian provinces of Thracia, Macedonia, Achaia and lUyricum. II. The Insular Provinces were: 1. Britannia. 2. Si- cilia. 3. Sardin- ia and Corsica, united. 4. Cy- prus. The oth- er islands were attached, eith- er to these, or to governments upon the main- land. III. The Asi- atic Prov- inces were : 1. Asia, a term re- ferring only to the western end of Asia Minor. 2. Pontus and Bithynia, unit- ed. 3. Galatia. 4. Pamphylia and Lycia. 5. Cilicia. 6. Syria, of which Pales- tine was a part. To these were added, after the New Testament period, Arme- nia, ' Mesopota- M ' I I I but they were soon lUol uU lilb blilpllb. IV. The African Prdvinces were: 1. JEgyptus, or Egypt. 2. Cyrenaica, called, in Acts 2:10, "parts of Libya about Cyrene." 3. Africa, the district around Carthage. 4. Mauritania, now Morocco. This empire was the most thoroughly organized and the longest in duration of any in ancient history. It lasted until Eome fell under the attacks of barbari- ans from the North, A. D. 476. Even after this, the eastern division of the empire remained with almost unbroken power for centuries, anc| was not finally extinguished until 1453, the close of liie Middle Ages. "■' I; ';i?^'5S;23i=r33< 11 (97) (98) THE GEE AT OEIENTAL EMPIEES AND THE EOMAN EMPIEE. 99 OUTLINE FOR TEACHING AND REVIEW. THE ANCIENT EMPIRES. It is desirable lo let the class see the comparative area and location of the Four Oriental Empires; hence they should be presented upon the same map. Each of thane may form a separate lesson. I. Tlie Early Childean Empire. 1. Draw in the centre of the black- board the outlines of the map of Chedorlaomer's Empire, on page 34, reserving space enough around it to embrace all the lands of the maps on page 92. 2. Draw the four important rivers : the Tigris, Euphrates, Jordan and Nile. 3. Show the boundaries of Chedorlaomer's empire, and its prin- cipal places : Babylon, Ur, Nineveh, Haran, Damascus, Hebron. 4. State briefly the Iiistoiy of the empire. 5. Review the lesson, and let the class state all the information given. N. B. The outlines may be drawn in advance with slate pencil or soap- stone, and then traced with chalk in the presence of the class. Also, the initial letters only of places or rivers should be written, as a hint to the memory ; afterward the initial letters should be erased, and the class be called upon to name the places as located by the pointer. II. TTw Assyrian Empire. 1. After erasing the boundaries of the first empire, leaving the general outline of sea-coast and lands the same, show the location of the conquering province, Assyria, and its capital, Nineveh. 3. Draw the boundaries of the Assyrian empire, explain them to the class, and have them repeated in concert. 3. Locate and name the subject prov- inces : Armenia, Media, Mesopotamia, Susiana, Babylonia, Syria, Palestine. 4. Name its most important kings : Tiglatli-adar, Shalmaneser, Sargon, Sen- nacherib, Esar-liaddon, Asahur-bani-pal. With each king should be named the events associated with his reign. 5. Review the outline as before. III. The Babylonian Empire. This may be given upon the same map as the two preceding. 1. Show the location and relations of the four king- doms: Babylonia, Media, Lydia, Cilida. 2. Give an account of Babylon, and its fall. IV. The Persian Envpire. Leaving the coast-line of the former maps on the board, add to it the lines in all points of the compass requisite to show the boundaries of Persia. The provinces, or satrapies, need not be speci- fied (unless detailed knowledge is desired), for they do not relate to Bible history. Name the leading monarchs, Cyrus, Darius, Xerxes, Artaxerxes Longimanus, and give an account of the fall of the empire. V. The Empire of Alexander. 1. This may be shown in outline; and its history be given. 2. The division of the empire and its leading king- doms should be mentioned. VI. The Boman Empire. This will require a new map. Draw in out- line the lands around the Mediterranean Sea, and enumerate the provinces : European, Asiatic, African. Lnn'-il„,|P rmm Oifrn.vu'h 33 30 30' ^Lnnsiljlc from IVislilnglon. 7/2 (100) NEW TESTAMENT PALESTINE. The political geography of Palestine, during the seventy years of New Testament history, is somewhat compli- cated, from the two facts, that new provinces are named in the annals, and also that the government was changed from regal to provincial, and from provincial to regal, of tener than once in a generation. I. THE PROVINCES OF PALESTINE. These were, on the west of the Jordan, Judsea, Sama- ria and Galilee; and on the east, Peraea, and a group of minor principalities, popularly, but not accurately, called Decapolis. They are indicated upon the map of the Kingdom of Herod the Great. 1. Judsea was the largest province in Palestine. It embraced the territory anciently belonging to the four tribes, Judah, Benjamin, Dan and Simeon. On the east its boundary was the Dead Sea; on the south, the des- ert; on the west, the Mediterranean. The northern hue, separating it from Samaria, is less def- initely known; but we have adopted the boundary as given by Conder in "A Handbook to the Bible," where the evidences in its favor are shown. The southern por- tion was properly Idumea, or western Edom. The Philistine plain, and the Negeb, or ' ' South Country," were both known as Daroma. 2. Samaria was the central province, between Judsea and the Carmel range of mountains. Its share of the plain by the sea was known as Sarona (Sharon), and was occupied almost entirely by Gentiles; while its mountain region was held by the Samaritans, a people of mingled origin, partly descended from the remnant of the Ten Tribes after the captivity, and partly from heathen peo- ples deported to the territory, of which an account is contained in 2 Kings 17. They separated from (or rather, were disfellowshiped by) the Jews in the times of Nehe- miah, and built a temple on Mount Gerizim, B. C. 400. A small remnant still remain in the ancient city of Shechem, and maintain their ancient worship. 3. G-alilee was the northern province, extending from Mount Carmel to Lebanon, and from the Sea of Tiberias to the Mediterranean and Phoenicia. Its people were Jews, and profoundly attached to the law, but less super- stitious than those of Jerusalem. In this province most of the ministry of Jesus Christ was accomphshed. 4. Peraea extended from the Jordan and the Dead Sea on the west, to the Syrian desert on the east, and from the river Arnon on the south to the town of PeUa on the north; nearly corresponding to the location of the tribes of Eeuben and Gad. The word means ' ' beyond " ; and the country was sometimes called (Mark 10 : 1) CAPERNAUM AND THU SEA OP GALILEE (101) "Judsea by the farther side of Jor- dan." It was inhabited during the New Testament period by Jews, among whom were established many villages of Gentiles. 5. The remaining province has no correct geographical name. It is sometimes called Decapolis; but the term is not pre- cise, and strictly refers to ten cities, not all of which were in the province. It embraced no less than five sections, as may be seen upon the map. (1.) Gaulanitis, the ancient Golan, now Jaulan, east of the Jordan, Tiberias, and Lake Merom, which was then called Sam- achonitis. (2.) Auranitis, now Hauran, the flat country of Bashan. (3.) Trachonitis, "rugged," the mountain- ous district of Bashan, now known as el Ledja. (4.) Iturea, now called Jedur, between Mount Hermon and the Ledja, on the north. (.5.) Batanea, an Aramaic form of the Hebrew word Bashan, south of the Hieromax. Decapolis was "the land of the ten cities." These were ten confederated Gentile cities standing in Pales- tine; and, though surrounded by a Jewish }>opulation, 102 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. preserving their heathen character, and protected by the Eoman government. Their names, as given by different historians, do not entirely agree; but the best hst is: (1.) Scythopolis (Beth-shean). (2.) Gadara. (3.) Gerasa. (4.) Oanatha. (5.) AbUa. (6.) Eaphana. (7.) Hippos. (8.) Dion. (9.) Pella. (10.) Capitohas. To these may be added: (11.) Philadelphia (Rabbath Ammon). (12.) Damascus. As far as identified, they are named upon the map in red letters. Many of these cities were destroyed, and their inhabitants massacred, by the Jews, in the beginning of the final war before the destruction of Jerusalem by Titus. II. THE POLITICAL HISTORY OF PALESTINE, B.C. 4-A. D. 70. 1. The Kingdom of Herod the G-reat included all the provinces indicated upon the map, and described above. This organization came to an end B. 0. i, when Herod died. 2. The Tetrarchy, B. 0. 4-A. D. 41. The word means "a government of four," and points to the divis- ion of the kingdom after Herod's death, when Archelaus was made tetrarch of Judsea and Samaria; Antipas (called in the New Testament "Herod the tetrarch"), of Galilee and Peraea; and Phihp, of the fifth province, east of the Sea of Tiberias. The fourth tetrarch was Lysa- nias, who ruled over the small district of Abilene, between Mount Hermon and Damascus, a separate dominion from that of Herod. In A. D. 6 Archelaus was deposed, and Judaea and Samaria were annexed directly to the empire, and governed by a series of procurators, of whom Pontius Pilate was the sixth. This was the political arrangement of Palestine during the ministry of Jesus, of which a map is given. 3. The Kingdom of Herod Agrippa, A. D. 41-44. Herod Agrippa was a grandson of Herod the Great, and an intimate friend of the emperor Caligula, from whom he received the title of king, and all the dominions of Herod the Great, with Abilene added; so that he reigned over more territory than any Jewish king after Solomon. He was the "Herod the king" who slew the apostle James, imprisoned Peter, and died by the judgment of God at Osesarea. (Acts 12.) 4. The Two Provinces, A. D. 44^70. On the death of Herod Agrippa, his son, Herod Agrippa II., was a youth of lY. The emperor Claudius gave him only the tetrarchies formerly held by Phihp and Lysanias, "the- fifth province" of Palestine, and Abilene. Over these he reigned until the final extinction of the Jewish state by Titus, A. D. TO, when he retired to a private station at Rome. This was the "King Agrippa" before whom the apostle Paul bore testimony. (Acts 25, 26.) During his reign, Judsea, Samaria, GaUlee and Peraea formed the province of Judaea, under Roman procurators, hav- ing their headquarters at Caesarea. When the last rebellion of the Jews had been quelled by the destruction of Jerusalem, the entire country was annexed to the province of Syria, and the history of Judeea ended. THE LIFE OF CHRIST. As THE life of Jesus Christ on earth is the most im- portant not only in all Bible history, but in all human history as weU, it is desirable that the Bible student, and especially the Bible teacher, should obtain a clear imderstanding of its leading events, associate them with the places where they oc- curred, and arrange them ^^^j in chronological order. Of ^^H the 150 principal events, ^^R^ about 100 are fixed as to ===— their chronological order by the common consent of the leading harmonists; about 25 are agreed upon by the majority; while the remain- ing 25 are altogether un- certain. In the outUne here given, the authorities most rehed upon are An- drews, Eobinson, Geikie and Strong, yet no one of them is exclusively followed. We divide the earthly life of Jesus into nine periods, to each of which is given a separate map, so that the student may not be con- fused among the various lines of the Saviour's jour- neying. The periods are as fol- lows: I. Period of Preparation, 30 years, from the Birth to the Baptism of Jesus. II. Period of Inaugura- tion, 15 months, from the Baptism to the Eejection at Nazareth. in. Period of Early Gahlean Ministry, 4 months, from the Rejection at Nazareth to the Sermon on the Mount. rV. Period of Later Galilean Ministry, 10 months, from the Sermon on the Mount to the Feeding of the Five Thousand. Y. Period of Retirement, 6 months, from the Feed- ing of the Five Thousand to the Feast of Tabernacles. VI. Period of Judsean Ministry, 3 months, from the Feast of Tabernacles to the Feast of Dedication. VII. Period of Persean Ministry, 4 months, from the Feast of Dedication to the Anointing at Bethany. ^ "V VIII. Period of the Passion, 8 days, from the Anoint- ing at Bethany to the Resurrection. IX. Period of the Resurrection, 40 days, from the Resmrection to the Ascension. I. PERIOD OF PREPARATION. This includes the events of 30 years, from the Birth of Jesus to his Baptism, and though the longest, contains the fewest recorded incidents of any. Upon the map are indicated by red lines four journeys of Jesus. 1. The Presentation in the Tem- ple. (From Bethlehem to Jerusalem and retm-n.) From Bethlehem, his birth- place, the infant Jesus, at the age of 40 days, was taken to Jerusalem, to be presented before the Lord in the Temple. Here he was recognized as the Messiah ^■^^.i THE POOL OF SILOAM. of Israel, by Simeon and Anna, and then was taken back to Bethlehem. (Luke 2:22-38.) 2. The Flight into Egypt. (From Bethlehem to Egypt.) After the visit of the Wise Men, the Sav- ■' iour, stiU an infant, was taken down to Egypt, in order to escape the jealousy of Herod the Great. (Matt. 2:1-18.) 3. The Settlement at Nazareth. (From Egypt Nazareth.) After the death of Herod, Jesus was taken from Egypt to GaUlee, to the village of Nazareth, the early home of Here he spent his youth. (Matt. Joseph and Mary. 2:19-23.) 4. The Visit to the Temple. (From Nazareth to Jerusalem and return.) The only recorded event of the Saviour's youth, is his journey to Jerusalem, at the age of 12 years, to attend the Passover. On the return jour- ney, he was lost by his parents, and after three days, foimd in the Temple (probably in the Court of the Women), conversing with the doctors of the law. He retm-ned with Joseph and Mary to Nazareth (Luke 2:40 -52), and thenceforth no events in his life for 18 years are related. (103) 104 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. The places in this period are : (1.) Bethlehem, a village six miles southwest of Jerusalem, now Beit-Iahm. (2.) The Temple in Jerusalem. (See plan on page 13S.) (3.) Nazareth, a village on the border of the Plain of Esdrae- lon, in Galilee, now en Nasireh, a place of 6,000 popu- lation. Approxi uate Scale 20 miles to 1 inch OUTLINE REVIEW OF JOURNEYS- FIRST PERIOD. Period op Preparation. 1. Presentation in the Temple. (Bethlehem to Jerusalem and return.) Recognized by Simeon and Anna. 3. Flight into Egypt. (Bethlehem to Egypt.) Escape from Herod. 3. Settlement at Nazareth. (Egypt to Nazareth.) Childhood and youth. 4. Visit to the Temple. (Nazareth to Jerusalem and return.) Found among the doctors. II. PERIOD or INAUGURATION. This embraces 15 months, from the Baptism of Jesus to the Eejection at Nazareth, and contains the record of five journeys. Its places are as follows : 1. Nazareth, akeady located. 2. Bethabara is generally supposed to be the ancient Beth-Nimrah, now Nimrin, on a small stream east of the Jordan, not far from the Dead Sea. But Conder locates it at Abarah, a ford of the Jordan above Beth-shean, and near the Sea of Gahlee. 3. ' ' The Wilderness " is probably the uninhabited region of Judaea near the Dead Sea, though it may have been the desert far to the south. 4. Cana is located at Xe/r Kenna, northeast of Nazareth, though Dr. Robinson places it at Kaiia el Jelil, 9 miles north of Nazareth. 5. Caper- naum was probably at Khan Minyeh, on the west of the Sea of Galilee, though long located at Tell Hum, on the north. 6. Jerusalem. 7. Sychar, the ancient Shechem, now Nablus, beside Mount Gerizim. The journeys of this period are named, each from its lead- ing event. 1. The Baptism. (From Nazareth to Bethabara.) Near the close of John the Baptist's ministry, Jesus left his carpenter shop at Nazareth, and journeyed down the Jordan Valley to Bethabara. There he was baptized by John, and received from heaven the testimony of his sonship. (Matt. 3:13-17.) 2. The Temptation. (From Bethabara to the Wil- derness and return.) (1.) Immediately after his baptism, Jesus was led by the Spirit into the Wilderness, where he fasted 40 days, and overcame the temptations of Satan. (Matt. 4:1-11.) (2.) Returning to Bethabara, he received the testimony of John the Baptist, and met his earhest followers, Andrew and Peter, John, Philip, and Nathanael. (John 1:37-50.) 3^' THE XoiTiciliide from Greenw^cllV '%i 0' ^ t^V"^^^ LIFE OF CHRISTl. „j^^'^"^'^" MAP 3 Period op Inauguration, PROM THE Baptism to v *^""^ THE Rejection at C^„|,A»^^■ Nazareth. 2 /toiigiHirid JXi^lf^' i.^li Iiigl .11] JOURNEYS. 1. Bojidsvi. 2. Temjilation. Wedding Feast. 4. Tirnt J'aasoDer. 5. Jietiirnlo Galilee. Y i CO itHGI'S, Chicago. ff jg Approximate Scale, 20 milea to 1 inch. 3. The Marriage at Cana. (Bethabara to Cana and Capernaum.) (1.) Jesus left Bethabara, journeyed up the Jordan Valley to Galilee, and over the mountains to Cana, near Nazareth. Here he was present at a wed- ding, and wrought his first miracle, turning the water into wine. (2.) Thence, with his mother and brothers, THE LIFE OP CHEIST. m he -went down to Capernaum, by the Sea of Gahlee, and remauied a few days. (John 2: 1-12.) 4. The First Passover. (Capernaum to Jerusalem.) (1.) Soon after the wedding feast Jesus went up to Jerusalem, probably by way of the Jordan VaUey, to attend the first Passover of his ministry. (John 2:13.) (2.) At Jerusalem he asserted his authority by cleansing the Temple frorii the traders. (John 2: 14-22.) (3.) He held the conversation with Nicodemus concerning the new birth, and remained for a time in Judaea, gathering a few disciples, yet not making his ministry prominent, while his forerunner was still preaching. (John 3: 1-36.) 5. The Return to Galilee. (Jerusalem to Sychar and Cana.) (1.) As soon as the teaching of John the Baptist was ended by his imprisonment, Je- sus left Judaea to open his own pubhc min- istry. (2.) He went through Samaria, and paused at Jacob's weU for the conversation with the Samaritan woman, and then re- mained at Sychar, the ancient Shechem, two days. (3.) At Cana, the place of his eai'her miracle, he spoke the word of healing for a nobleman's son, who was sick at Capernaum. (John 4: 1-54.) OUTLINE EETIEW OF JOURNEYS— SECOND PERIOD. Period op Inaugukation. 1. Baptism. (Nazareth to Bethabara.) 2. Temptation. (Bethabara to Wilderness and return.) (1.) The temp- tation. (2.) The first followers. 3. Marriage at Cana. (Bethabara to Cana and Capernaum.) (1.) The first miracle. (2.) The visit to Capernaum. 4. Mrst Passover. (Capernaum to Jerusalem.) (1.) The Passover. (3.) Cleansing the Temple. (3.) Discourse with Nicodemus. 5. Return to Oalilee. (Jerusalem to Sychar and Cana.) (1.) The depart- ure. (3.) The woman of Samaria. (3.) The nobleman's son. III. PERIOD OF EARLY GALILEAN MINISTRY. This is a period of about four months, from the Eejec- tion at Nazareth to the Sermon on the Mount. It brings to notice six places, most of which have been already noticed. 1. Cana. 2. Nazareth. 3. Capernaum. 4. Eastern Gahlee, the region on the shore of the Sea of Gahlee. 5. Jerusalem. 6. The moimtain of the sermon. This was probably Kurun Hattin, "the horns of Hattin," a mountain with a double peak, a few miles from the Sea of Gahlee. The journeys of this period are four in number. 1. The Opening of the Ministry. (From Cana to Nazareth and Capernaum.) (1.) He came (perhaps from Cana) to Nazareth, with the intention of commencing his ministry in his own home. But his towns-people 13 rejected his message, and would have slain him if he had not escaped from their hands. (Luke 4: 16-31.) (2.) Rejected in his own city, he removed to Capernaum, which thenceforward was the centre of his ministry for more than a year. (Luke 4:31.) (3.) Here he caUed from their work at the seaside his four earliest disciples, Simon and Andi-ew, James and John. They had known him before, but nov»r left aU to f oUow him. (Luke 5:1-11.) (4.) In the synagogue, on the sabbath, he cast out an evil spirit (Luke 4:33-36), and healed the mother of Peter's wife. (Luke 4: 38-40.) 2. The Tour in Eastern Galilee. (From Caper- naum through Eastern Gahlee and return.) (1.) This journey was probably near the Sea of Galilee, and may not have occu- pied more than a few weeks. (2.) During its prog- ress he healed a leper, whose testimony led such multitudes to come seeking miracles that Jesus was compeUed to go into retirement. (3.) On his return to Capernaum he healed a paralytic let down through the roof, and (4.) caUed the pubhcan Matthew to be one of his disciples. (Luke 5:lY-28.) 3. The Second Passover. (From Capernaum to Jerusalem and return.) (1.) In the spring of the second year of his ministry he went up to the feast at the capital, and while there healed a cripple at the Pool of Bethesda. (John 5:1^7.) (2.) On his return, while walking through the wheat fields, he asserted his author- ity as "Lord of the sabbath." (Luke 6:1-5.) (3.) On a sabbath soon after, he healed in the synagogue a man with a withered hand. (Luke 6: 6-11.) 4. The Sermon on the Mount. (From Caper- naum to the mountain.) (1.) The opposition of the Pharisees caused Jesus to leave Capernaum and in- struct the people by the sea-shore. (Mark 3:7-12.) (2.) He ascended a mountain, probably Kurun Hattin, and, after a night in prayer, appointed the Twelve Apostles. (Luke 6:12-16.) (3.) To the disciples and the multitude he preached the Sermon on the Mount. (Matt. 5-r.) 106 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOOBAPHY. OUTLINE EEVIEW OF JOURNEYS— THIKD PERIOD. Period of Eaely Galilean Ministry. 1. Opening of the Ministry. (Cana to Nazareth and Capernaum.) (1.) Rejection at Nazareth. (2.) Settlement at Capernaum. (3.) Calling of Simon and Andrew, James and John. (4.) Demoniac healed, and Peter's ■wife's mother healed. 3. Tour in Eastern Galilee. (Capernaum to Eastern Galilee and return.) (1.) Preaching in Galilee. (2.) Leper healed. (3.) Paralytic healed. (4.) Matthew called. 3. Second Passover. (Capernaum to Jerusalem and return.) (1.) The cripple at Bethesda. (2.) Through the wheat fields. (3.) Withered hand healed. 4. Sermon on the Mount. (Capernaum to the mountain.) (1.) By the sea. (3.) Calling the Twelve. (3.) The sermon. Approximate Scale, 6t^ miles to 1 inch. IT. THE LATER GALILEAN MINISTRY. This period of ten months, from the Sermon on the Mount to the Feeding of the Five Thousand, was a time of opposition on the part of the ruhng classes, but con- tinued popularity among the people. The places which Jesus visited at this time were : 1. Capernaum, already noticed, and still the headquarters of his ministry. 2. Nain, now called Nein, on the northwestern edge of Little Hermon, six miles southeast of Nazareth, in fuU view of Mount Tabor. 3. "The country of the Gada- renes " (Mark 5:1); called by Matthew (8: 28) "the country of the Gergesenes." Gadara was the largest city of the region, situated south of the Sea of Galilee, and giving its name to the district; Gergesa, the little village east of the Sea of Gahlee, now called Kliersa. 4. Nazareth, already noticed under Period I. 5. Bethsaida, a city at the head of the Sea of Gahlee, supposed by some to have been on both sides of the Jordan, by others on the east side. 6. The plain of Gemiesaret, near to Capernaum. We arrange the events of this period under four journeys. 1. The Tour in Southern Galilee. (From Caper naum to Nain and return.) The following events belong to this tour: (1.) At Capernaum, before starting, Jesus healed the slave of a believing centurion. (Luke 7: 1-10.) (2.) On the next day he led his disciples southward to Nam, where he raised to hfe the widow's son, about to be bm-ied. (Luke 7:11-17.) (3.) Perhaps at the same time and place he received the messengers and answered the questions of John the Baptist. (Luke 7: 18-35.) (4.) During the journey he was entertained by a Pharisee, at whose house "a woman who was a simier" washed his feet. (Luke 7: 36-50.) (5.) On his return the heahng of a dumb demoniac occasioned the Pharisees to assume an open opposition, and to declare that his miracles were wrought by the power of the evil spirit. (Luke 11 : 14^26. ) (6.) At the same time occurred the interference of his mother and brethren, desiring to restrain him. (Luke 8 : 19-21.) 2. The Gadarene Voyage. (Capernaum to Gergesa and return.) With this journey are associated fom- events. (1.) The opposition of the enemies caused Jesus to leave the city, and to teach in parables by the sea. (Matt. 13:1-53.) (2.) From the shore, near Capernaum, he set sail for the country of the Gadarenes, east of the Sea of Gahlee, and on the voyage stilled a sudden tem- pest. (Mark 4:35-41.) (3.) At the eastern shore, near the viUage of Gergesa, he restored two demoniacs, per- mitted the demons to enter a herd of swine, and as a result was besought by the people to leave their coasts. (4.) Eeturning across the sea to Capernaum, he raised to hfe the daughter of Jairus the ruler. (Luke 8:41-56.) 3. The Tour in Central Galilee. (From Caper- naum to Nazareth and return.) (1.) Starting from Capernaum with his disciples, he visited Nazareth a second time, but was again rejected by its people. (Mark 6:1-6.) (2.) He then gave the Twelve a charge, and sent them out to preach. (Matt. 10:5-42.) (3.) While they were absent u]Don their mission, Jesus him- self also journeyed preaching through Central Gahlee. (Mark 6:6.) This was his third tour in Galilee. (4.) On his return to Capernaum, he received the report of the Twelve, and the news of John the Baptist's murder by Herod Antipas. (Mark. 6 : 1^30. ) 4. The Retirement to Bethsaida. (1.) The mul- titudes f oUowmg him led Jesus to leave Capernaum by sea for a retired place near Bethsaida. (Mark 6:31, 32.) (2.) The people hastened after Jesus, and met him as he landed, so that he was compelled to teach them all day, and wrought in the afternoon the miracle of the Five Loaves. (Mark 6: 32-44.) (3.) After the miracle he sent the disciples out upon the sea, and at midnight walked to them upon the water. (Mark 6:45-51.) (4.) In the THE LIFE OF CHEIST. lor morning they landed at the plain of Gennesaret, near Capernaum, where Jesus wrought many miracles (Mark 6:52-56), and then returned to Capernaum. (5.) Here he completed his Galilean ministry by a discourse in the synagogue on the ' ' Bread of Lif e. " (John 6 : 25-59. ) Approximate Scale, 6'^ miles to 1 inch. OUTLINE REYIEW OF JOUENETS— FOURTH PERIOD. Period of Later Galilbau Ministky. 1. Tour in Soufhern Oalilee. (Capernaum to Nain and return.) (1.) Centurion's servant healed. (3.) Widow's son at Nain raised. (3.) Messengers from John. (4.) Washing the Saviour's feet. (5.) Dumb demoniac, and opposition of Pharisees. (6.) Interference of relatives. 3. Qadm-ene Voyotge. (Capernaum to Gergesa and return.) (1.) Parables by the sea. (3.) Stilling the tempest. (3.) Gadarene demoniacs. (4.) Jairus' daughter raised. 3. Tour in Central Oalilee. (Capernaum to Nazareth and return.) (1.) Second rejection at Nazareth. (3.) Mission of the Twelve. (3.) Third tour In Galilee. (4.) Report of the Twelve, and death of John the Baptist. 4. Betirement to Betlisaida. (Capernaum to Bethsaida and return,) (1.) Seeking retirement. (3.) Feeding the five thousand. (3.) Walking on the sea. (4.) Miracles at Gennesaret. (5.) Discourse on the "Bread of Life." V. PERIOD OF RETIREMENT. During most of the six months, from the Feeding of the Five Thousand to the Feast of Tabernacles, in the faU before Christ's crucifixion, he remained in retirement, engaged in instructing his disciples in the deeper truths of the gospel. The places visited at this time were: 1. Phoenicia, "the coasts of Tyre and Sidon," probably only the borders near Galilee, not the cities themselves. 2. Decapohs, the region of the "ten cities," southeast of the Sea of Gahlee; a country mainly inhabited by a heathen population. 3. Dahnanutha, a viUage on the western shore of the Sea of Galilee, not certainly iden- tified, but perhaps at Ain el Barideh, two nules from Tiberias. 4. Bethsaida, already noticed under Period IV. 5. Caesarea Phihppi, at the foot of Mount Hermon, now Banias. 6. Capernaum, aheady noticed under Period II. 1. The Journey to Phoenicia. (From Caper- naum to the borders of Tyre and Sidon.) (1.) The dis- course in the synagogue, showing the spiritual nature of Christ's kingdom, led to the defection of the multitude, and the retirement of Jesus and the Twelve. (John 6:60-71.) (2.) At the "coasts," or frontiers, of Tyre and Sidon, he restored the demoniac daughter of a Syro- phoenician woman. (Mark 7:24-30.) Approximate Scale, 14>^ miles to 1 inch. 2. The Journey to Decapolis. (From the borders of Tyre and Sidon to Decapolis.) (1.) The crowds gathering aromid Jesus in Phoenicia, he crossed Gahlee, and sought seclusion in Decapolis, southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (Mark 7:31.) (2.) Here he wrought two miracles, healing a deaf stammerer, and feeding the four thousand. (Mark 7:31-37; 8:1-9.) 3. The Journey to Caesarea Philippi. (From Decapohs to Dahnanutha, Bethsaida and Caesarea Phi- 108 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. lippi.) (1.) He sailed across the lake to Dalmanutha, but was met by the Pharisees with unbelieving demands for a sign, so took ship again. (Mark 8: 10-13.) (2.) He sailed northward to Bethsaida, where he healed a blind man, who saw ' ' men as trees walking. " (Mark 8 : 22-26 . ) (3.) Pursuing his way up the Jordan, he came to Csesarea Philippi, at the foot of Mount Hermon, where he re- mained several days. (4.) Here occurred Peter's confes- sion, "Thou art the Christ," the transfiguration, and the restoration of the demoniac boy. (Luke 9: 18^5.) 4. The Last Return to Capernaum. (From Caes- area Phihppi to Capernaum.) He probably went down the Jordan to Bethsaida, and thence by the shore of the sea to Capernaum. Here he kept in seclusion, and gave his disciples a lesson in humihty, from "the child in the midst. " (Mark 9 : 30-50.) OUTLINE REVIEW OF JOURNEYS — FIFTH PERIOD. Period of Retieement. 1. To Phxnioia. (Capernaum to coasts of Tyre and Sidon.) (1.) De- fection of tJie multitude. (3.) Syroplioenician woman. 2. To DecapoUs. (Phoenicia to Decapolis.) (1.) Journey to Decapolis. (3.) Healing the stammerer, and feeding the four thousand. 3. To Gceiarca Philippi. (Decapolis to Dalmanutha, Bethsaida and Caesarea Philippi.) (1.) Dalmanutha: a sign demanded. (3.) Bethsaida: ' blind man healed. (3.) Cassarea Philippi. (4.) Transfiguration. 4. To Capernaum. (Caesarea Philippi to Capernaum.) The child in the midst. VI. PERIOD OF JUDJIAN MINISTRY. This includes the events of about three months, from the Feast of Tabernacles to the Feast of Dedication. The following places are referred to during this period : 1. Capernaum, noticed under Period II. 2. The "vil- lage of the Samaritans " where Jesus was inhospitably treated, has been traditionally located at En-gannim, on the border of Galilee and Samaria. 3. Bethany, a small village on the Mount of Ohves, east of Jerusalem, the home of Mary and Martha, now el Nasiriyeh. 4. Jerusalem. (See description on page 73.) 5. Bethabara, on the east of Jordan, referred to as the place of the baptism, in Period II. This period embraces but two journeys, at its beginning and ending; the one before the Feast of Tabernacles, the other after the Feast of Dedication. 1. From Galilee to Jerusalem. (1.) Bidding fare- well to Gahlee, Jesus left Capernaum for the last time, and journeyed through Gahlee toward Jerusalem. While starting he conversed with "the three aspirants" (Luke 9: 57-62), and showed the duty of full devotion to his work. (2.) On the border of Samaria, perhaps at the village of En-gannim, he was rejected by the Samari- tans, but refused to allow his disciples to call down fire from heaven, "as Ehas did." (Luke 9:52-56.) (3.) While in Samaria he healed the ten lepers, of whom but one turned back to give him thanks. (Luke 17: 11-19). ^ (4.) He found a home at Bethany, with Lazarus and his two sisters, and reminded Martha of her need- less care, while Mary was seeking "the good part." (Luke 10: 38-42.) (5.) He came to Jerusalem during the Feast of Tabernacles, and gave the teachings embodied in John 7-10. (6.) While here he healed the blind man at the Pool of Siloam. (John 9: 1^1.) 2. From Jervisalem to Bethabara. (1.) At the Feast of Dedication the teachings of Christ created such an opposition that he left the city. (2.) He went to Bethabara beyond Jordan, the place of the baptism, and there prepared for his tour in Peraea. Approximate Scale, 20 miles to 1 inch. OUTLINE REYIEW OF JOURNEYS — SIXTH PERIOD. Period of Jxro^BAN Ministry. 1. Prom Galilee to Jerusalem. (1.) Three aspirants. (3.) Rejected by Samaritans. (3.) Ten lepers. (4.) Mary and Martha. (5.) Feast of Taber- nacles. (6.) Blind man at Pool of Siloam. 3. From Jerusalem to Bethabara. (1.) Departure from Jerusalem. (3.) At Bethabara. VII. PERIOD or perj:an ministry. This extends through four months, from the events immediately succeeding the Feast of Dedication, to the Anointing at Bethany, six days before the crucifixion. Its places are as follows : 1. Bethabara, already noticed in Period II. 2. Bethany. (See Period VI.) 3. Eph- raim. This was probably the village in a wild region northeast of Bethel, in the Old Testament called Ophrah, now et Taiyibeh. 4. Pereea was the province on the east of Jordan, and south of the Hieromax river. It was governed by Herod Antipas, the slayer of John the Baptist, and was inhabited by a mixed population. THE LIFE OF CHEIST. 109 No towns are named as visited by the Saviour ; but we have conjectured a route through most of the province, as shown on the map. 5. Jericho, at that time the largest city in the Jordan Valley, and recently beautified by Herod. It is now a miserable village, called er Biha. This period includes four journeys. 36" THE XonjjituTli;from,Greenwich. ,^ 30' LIFE OF CHRIST MAP 7. Period of Per.ean Ministry A. D. 30. From Feast OF Dedication '"'^'i!>nn'''*}^llv; TO Anointing at -^'^~^"'" Prodigal Son. (Luke 14-16.) (3.) Blessing the little chMren. (Luke 18: 15-lY.) (4.) The rich young ruler's question, and Jesus' answer, "Sell all that thou hast," etc. (Luke 18:18-30.) (5.) The ambitious request of James and John, for the first places m the kingdom of Christ. (Matt. 20:20-28.) 4. From Jericho to Bethany. Jesus had now reached Jericho, on his last journey to Jerusalem, and from this point we notice the following events : (1.) The heahng of Bartimeus at the gate of Jericho. (Luke 18:35-43.) (2.) The visit of Jesus at the house of Zac- cheus the pubhcan. (Luke 19 : 1-10.) (3.) At the end of his journey, the anointing by Mary at Bethany, on the Saturday evening before the Passover. (John 12: 1-8.) OUTLINE KEVIEW OF JOURNEYS -SEVENTH PERIOD. Period of Pbk^an Ministry. 1. Bethabara to BelMny. (1.) Sending the Seventy. (2.) Raising of Lazarus. 3. Betirement to Ephraim. 3. Journey in Percea. (1.) Two miracles (infirm woman, and dropsy). (3.) Seven parables. (3.) Blessing little cliildren. (4.) Rich young ruler. (5.) Request of James and John. 4. Jeiicho to Bethany. (1.) Bartimeus. (3.) Zaccheus. (3.) Anointing by Mary. Approximate Scale., aolniles to 1 inch. 1. From Bethabara to Bethany. (1.) WhHe at Bethabara Jesus sent out the Seventy, to proclaim his coming in the Persean villages. (Luke 10 : 1-16. ) (2.) Hear- ing of the sickness of Lazarus, after some delay, he went to Bethany, and raised him from the dead, a miracle which caused the Jewish leaders to formaUy resolve upon putting Jesus to death. (John 11.) 2. The Retirement to Ephraim. The hour had not yet come for Jesus to die, and he therefore secluded himseE from the rulers, in the viUage of Ephraim, in a wilderness north of Jerusalem, on the mountains over- looking the Jordan VaHey. Here he remained several weeks, probably instructing the Twelve. 3 The Journey in Persea. Descending the mount- ains, Jesus crossed the Jordan VaUey, and entered the province of Pereea. His ministry, during this journey, was of teaching rather than miracle, and is mainly related by Luke. Its events were : (1.) The miracles of heahng the woman bent together by an infirmity, and the man with the dropsy. (Luke 13: 10-17, and 14: 1-6.) (2.) The seven great parables, among them that of the 1,2,3. Trom 'Bethany to Temple and Return. 1. From, 'Bethany to the Supper. 5. From the Supper to Gethsemane. 6. From Gethsemane to the Souse of Caiaplia^. THE LIFE OF CHRIST. IVIAP 8. Pekiod or THE Passion, rr.oM tub ANOiNxrae to the Eesukeection. JOURNEYS. 7. From Caiaphas to ZPilate's ZPraetorium^ 8. From Tilaie to Herod ancl Hetum, 9. JVom Ttlat^ to Calvary, I r — -1 GetliMciiiano RAND. MO NALLV A C0.,ENCy?'6, CHICAGO. Approximate Scale, 1,372 feet to 1 inch, or 457 yards to 1 inch. YIII. PERIOD OF THE PASSION. Although this period embraces only the week from the Anointing by Mary to the Death of Jesus on the cross, 110 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. its events are so minutely related by the Evangelists as to occupy one-third of the Gospels. If the entire Ufe of Jesus were as fuUy written out, it would fill nearly 80 volumes as large as the Bible. The events of the Pas- sion-Week took place in and near Jerusalem. The loca- tions on the map are those of tradition only, and are largely conjectural, while the hues of the journeyings are entirely unknown. The map is intended merely as a guide to the student in presenting the order of events, and must not be regarded as fixing the places with any authority. We arrange the events under nine short journeys. 1, 2, 3. From Betkany to the Temijle and Re- turn. These three journeys took place on successive days, and were marked by distinctive events. (1.) The First Journey, on Sunday, was the timmphal entry into NAZABBTH. the city and the Temple, after which Jesus returned for the night to Bethany. (Matt. 21:1-11.) (2.) The Second Journey, on Monday, was marked by the cleansing of the Temple, when for the second time the Saviour drove out of the Court of the Gentiles those who made it a place of trade. (3.) The Third Journey, on Tuesday, was made memorable by the last teachings of Jesus, to the people and rulers in the Temple, and to the Twelve on the Mount of Olives, looking down upon the city. (Matt. 21-25.) At the close of each of these three days Jesus returned to Bethany, where he remained in seclusion on Wednesday, no event of that day being left on record. 4. From Bethany to the Supper. The traditional place of the Coenacuhwi, or supper-room, is on Mount Zion, where Jesus came with his disciples on Thursday evening. Here took place the Last Supper, and the farewell conversation of Jesus with his disciples. (John 13-17.) 6. From the Supper to Gethsemane. Near mid- night of Thursday, Jesus and his disciples (Judas being absent) left the supper-room, and walked up the VaUey of Jehoshaphat to the Garden of Gethsemane. Here Jesus endured the agony, and here he was arrested by the officers of the Jews, led by Judas. (Matt. 26: 36-56.) 6. From Gethsemane to the House of Caiaphas. The fettered Jesus was dragged by the crowd, first to the house of Annas (John 18:13-15), for a brief examina- tion, thence to the house of Caiaphas for the formal trial before the Sanhedrim. This place is traditionally located on Mount Zion, near the house of the Last Supper. Here he was condemned by the rulers, and mocked by their servants. (John 18 : 16-28. ) Y. From Caiaphas to Pilate. Jesus was brought before the Eoman procurator at his prcetorium, or place _,_^ — of judgment. We are inchned ^^^-~-~ ^- to think that this was the - - ~ ~~~ ~ castle built by Herod the ^ ~~ - Gieat on Mount Zion; but we give on the map the tradition- al location at the Tower Antonia, north of the Tem- ple. Here Jesus was examined by Pilate, who vain- ly sought to dehv- cr him, being con- vinced of his inno- -:S»^r' cence. (John 18:28-38.) 8 From Pilate to Her- od and Return. Wishmgto avoid the lesponsibihty of condemning Jesus, Pilate sent him to Herod Antipas, "who was then in the city, probably in the palace of the Asmonean (Maccabean) kmgb. But Heiod only mocked Jesus, and returned him to Pilate. (Luke 23:8-12.) 9. From Pilate to Calvary. At last Pilate gave orders for the crucifixion of Jesus. He was now led forth, bearing his cross, perhaps by the street called Via Dolorosa, "the Sorrowful Way," to the place Golgotha, or Calvary, outside the wall, where three crosses were erected, and the Saviour of the world was crucified. For six hours he hung upon the cross ; at the hour of the afternoon sacrifice he gave his last cry, and died; and a few hours after death was laid in the "new tomb" of Joseph, near at hand. (John 19: lY-42.) OUTIINE REVIEW OF JOURNEYS — EIGHTH PERIOD. Pbbiod of the Passion. 1. Bethany to Temple and Return. Triumplial entry. 3. Bethany to Temple and Return. Cleansing the Temple. 3. Bethany to Temple and Return. Last discourses. 4. Bethany to Supper. Last Supper. 5. Supper to Gethsemane. (1.) Agony. (3.) Arrest. 6. Gethsemane to Caiaphas. (1.) To Annas. (3.) To Caiaphas. 7. Caiaphas to Pilate. 8. Pilate to Herod and Return. 9. Pilate to Calvary. (1.) Crucifixion. (3.) Death. (3.) Burial. THE LIFE OF CHRIST. HI IX. PERIOD OP THE RESURRECTION. The events of the forty days between the Eesurrection and the Ascension of Jesus cannot be arranged as journeys, since his resurrection body moved from place to place by the wiU. of his spirit. The student may there- fore consult the Map of Palestine during the ministry of Jesus for the places referred to in the account of this period. Of the ten recorded appearances, five vrere on the day of the resurrection, the first Easter Sunday. 1. At Jerusalem, on Easter morning, to Mary Magdalene, after the other women had received from the angels the news that he was alive. (John 20:1-18.) 2. At Jerusalem, soon after- ward, to the other women, when Jesus greeted them with the words "AU hail !" (Matt. 28:1-10.) 3. Near Emmaus, on Easter afternoon, to two disciples, not apostles, to whom he unfolded the Scriptures concerning himself. (Luke 24: 13-33.) Various locations have been proposed for Emmaus, of which we prefer Kulonieyeh, four miles northwest of Jerusalem. 4. At Jerusalem, on the afternoon of the same day, to Simon Peter. (Liike 24:34.) No account of this ap- pearance, more than the mention of the fact, has been preserved. 5. At Jerusalem, on Easter evening, to the ten dis- ciples, Thomas being absent. (John 20: 19-25.) THE VIA DOLOROSA. 6. At Jerusalem, a week after the resurrection, to the eleven apostles, when Thomas received a tender re- buke for the slowness of his faith. (John 20:26-29.) Perhaps these last two appearances were at the place of the Supper, on Mount Zion. 7. Near the Sea of Galilee, to seven apostles, when Peter received a new commission. (John 21:1-23.) -^, 8 On a Mountain in Galilee, perhaps Kurun Hattin, the place of the Sermon on the Mount. Here were gathered 500 disciples, and the final commands of Christ were giv- en. (Matt. 28:16-20; 1 Cor. 15:6.) 9. At Jerusalem (?). To James, the Lord's brother. Only a men- tion of this appearance is left on record. (1 Cor. 15:7.) 10. Near Bethany. Forty days after the resurrection, Jesus ap- peared to the eleven apostles, gave them his last charges, and ascended to heaven, from whence he has promised to come once more to earth. (Acts 1:9-12.) OUTLINE RETIEW OF NINTH PERIOD. Period of the Resurrection. The Ten Appearances of the Risen Christ : 1. 2, 3. 4. 5. 6. Jerusalem. Jerusalem. Emmaus. Jerusalem. Jerusalem. Jerusalem. Mary Magdalene. Other women. Two disciples. Peter. Ten apostles. Eleven apostles. 9. 10. Sea of Galilee. Seven apostles. Mountain in Galilee. Five hun- dred disciples. Jerusalem {?). James. Bethany. Apostles. [Ascension.] OUTLINE FOR TEACHING AND REVIEW. 1. Let each period be given as a separate lesson. 2. Draw the map for the period on the blackboard, and show each place named in the period. 3. Let each scholar also draw the map, and locate the places upon it. ■ 4. Draw the lines of the journeys in the period in colored chalk, naming the places and events of the journeys, and writing only initials or catch-syllables. 5. Review carefully and thoroughly each period, each journey under it, and each event of the journey. 6. Erase the map, and call upon the scholars to draw its different parts in turn ; one the outlines, another the places, a third the journeys, a fourth the events, etc. 7. Review with each lesson the leading points in all the previous les- sons, until the whole series is thoroughly understood and remembered. !° liongituile from Grpenwich 35° 33° T^ons ■37° XoQgitule ^°' J"rom "Wns'liingtun. 172^ 113) EARLY APOSTOLIC HISTORY. During the seven years following the ascension of the Saviour, the Christian church was entirely Jewish in its membership, and, so far as we can learn, limited to the city of Jerusalem and the surrounding viUages. There was at that time no thought of the gospel for the Gen- tiles, and the conception of the apostles was that the only door into the church lay through the profession of Judaism and the rite of circumcision. Probably the first to attain to wider views of the gospel was Stephen, and the persecution in which he became the first martyr arose from the tendency of his teachings toward extend- ing among the Gentiles the privileges of the new king- dom. This state of affairs was suddenly ended by the death of Stephen, and the scattering of the church at Jerusalem. The more Uber- ally inchned of its members, when driven abroad, were led to preach the gospel, first to Samaritans; then to believers in the Jewish faith who had not yet submitted to chcumcision, and hence were called "Prose- lytes of the Gate"; and at last to the general Gentile world. The period from the death of Stephen, A. D. 37, to the first missionary journey of the Apos- tle Paul, A. D. 45, may, there- fore, be regarded as an age of transition from Jewish to Gen- tile Christianity. This period requires us to notice two provinces, Palestine and Syria. Palestine appears at this time under several forms of government in frequent succession. During the public hfe of Christ, Judaea and Samaria were under the direct rule of Eome, governed by a procurator, while Galilee and Peraea belonged to Herod Antipas, and the region north and east of the Sea of Gahlee, anciently called Bashan, was held by Herod Philip, both of these having the title of tetrarch, "ruler of a fourth part." In A. D. 37 Herod Agrippa received Philip's te- trarchy, and in 41 he was made king of all Palestine. ("Herod the king," Acts 12.) In A. D. 44 he died, and his dominions were divided. Judaea, Samaria, Galilee and Peraea again became a procuratorship, under a suc- cession of Roman rulers, until the final destruction of the Jewish state, A. D. 70. The principality of Bashan was given to Herod Agrippa II. in A. D. 53, and held by him until A. D. 70. Syria, the great region north of Palestine, extending from Damascus to Antioch, was. during this time, a province of the Eoman empire, gov- erned by a prefect. The events of this period gather around seven cities. 1. Jerusalem. This place has been already described. (See page 73.) 2. Samaria (Acts 8:5-25), the field of Philip's early ministry, was the ancient capital of the Ten Tribes (see page 87), located 30 miles north of Jeru- salem, and 6 miles northwest of Shechem. It had been rebuilt by Herod the Great, and named Sebaste, in honor of Augustus. It is now a village called Sebastiyeh. 3. Csesarea (Acts 10:1), the place where the Gentile Cor- nehus became a disciple, was the Roman capital of Pal- estine, and the residence of the procurators. It was called Caesarea Stratonis, to distinguish it from Caesarea DiVJIA;^CI =i 13 (113) Philippi, under Mount Hermon; and was located on the sea-coast, 47 miles northwest of Jerusalem; and is now a desolate, uninhabited ruin, called Kaisarieyeh. 4. Joppa, where Dorcas was raised to hfe, and Peter received a vision (Acts 9:36-43; 10:11), is one of the most ancient towns in the world, in all ages the prin- cipal seaport of Palestine. It lies 30 miles south of Caesarea, and 35 miles northwest of Jerusalem; and is now a fiourishing city called Yafa, or Jaffa. 5. Damascus, the place where Saul was converted (Acts 9: 1-25), is an ancient and famous city of Syria, 133 miles northeast of Jerusalem, beautifully situated in a plain at the foot of the Anti-Lebanon mountains. Recently it had a population of 150,000, but is rapidly decaying from the diversion of the Eastern trade through the Suez Canal. Its modern name is el Shams. 6. Anti- och, seat of the first missionary church (Acts 11:19-30), was the metropohs of northern Syria, situated on the 114 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. river Orontes, 16J miles from the Mediterranean, and 300 miles north of Jerusalem, in a deep pass between the Taurus and Lebanon ranges of mountains. It is now a mean village of 6,000 people, called Antakia. T. Tar- sus, the home of the apostle Paul, was the capital of Cihcia, in Asia Minor, and one of the leading cities of the Eoinan world. It was 12 miles from the Mediterranean, the same distance from Mount Taurus, and about 80 PLAN OF 'ANCIENT ANTIOCH, miles northwest of Antioch, across an arm of the sea. It is now a place of 30,000 inhabitants, called Tersous. The most important events of this period may be arranged under five journeys, which are indicated upon the map. I. Philip's Journey. (Acts 8:5-40.) PhiUp, one of the "seven" (Acts 6:3-5), was compelled to leave Jerusalem in the persecution that arose on account of Stephen. He went first to Samaria, the city known by the Greeks as Sebaste, now Sebastiyeh, 6 miles north- west of Shechem, or Sychar, and there began to preach the gospel. This was a step outside of narrow Judaism, as the Samaritans were considered at least semi-Gentile by the Jews. After planting a church here, he was sent by the Spirit southward "unto the way that goeth down from Jerusalem unto Gaza, which is desert" (Acts 8: 26) ; that is, by the less frequented road. There he met a nobleman from Ethiopia (the kingdom of Meroe, in Nubia), whom he instructed in the gospel, and baptized as a believer. Suddenly caught away by the Spirit, Philip next appeared at Azotus, the ancient Ashdod, now Asdud. He followed the hue of the coast north- ward, preaching in the cities of the maritime plain. These cities were mostly inhabited by heathen, though in aU of them there were many Jews. We find in the after-history the results of his preaching, in churches at Joppa, at Lydda, and at Caesarea, where he made his home for 20 years, and was met by the apostle Paul, who, long before, as Saul the persecutor, had driven him from Jerusalem. Philip's journey is indicated by a line of red color on the small map. II. Saul's Journey. (Acts 9:1-30.) The destroyer of the Jerusalem church now began a journey for perse- cution, which was ended in his own flight, as a Christian, from persecutors. 1. He went to Damascus, expecting to bind others, but was himself bound by the cords of the gospel, and preached the truth he had sought to destroy. 2. From Damascus, as a disciple, he went into Arabia, a name which may refer to almost any region from the Euphrates to the Indian Ocean, but probably here indicating the desert lands on the border of Syria, and not necessarily distant from Damascus, to which he returned after a stay of from one to three years. (Gal. 1:17.) 3. Escaping from Damascus by being let down over the waU in a basket, he returned to Jerusalem, where he was introduced to the church by Barnabas, and received by the apostles Peter and James. 4. After a fortnight's visit at Jerusalem, he left the city by divine direction in a vision (Acts 22:17-21), and, aided by the disciples, descended to the seaport of Caesarea, where in after years he was destined to spend two years in imprisonment. 6. From Csesarea he sailed to his birth- place. Tarsus, in Cilicia, where he spent several years in retirement, preparing for the great work which was to open before him. This journey is shown by a red hne on the large map. III. Peter's Journey. (Acts 9:32-11:18.) This was the journey in which the door of faith was finally opened to the Gentiles. During the "rest" which the churches enjoyed after Saul's conversion, and while the Jewish leaders were too busy with the alarming state of their relations with Eome to disturb the disciples, Peter went forth to visit the churches. 1. He came down to Lydda, now Ludd, on the border of the Shefelah, and restored to health ^neas, a paralytic. (Acts 9:32, 33.) 2. From Lydda he was summoned to Joppa, the prin- cipal seapoit of Palestine, where Tabitha, or Dorcas, "the gazelle," had died. She was restoi-ed to the weep- EAELY APOSTOLIC HISTOEY. 115 ing church, and Peter remained in Joppa "many days." (Acts 9: 43.) 3. He was called to Caesarea by the Eoman centurion, Cornehus, who, under Peter's ministry, ac- cepted Christ, received the endowment of the Holy Spirit, and was baptized into the church by the apostle, without reference to Jewish requirements (Acts 10); thus marking an era in the history of the church. 4. Peter returned to Jerusalem, and there met the complaints of the Judaistic element in the church, by showing that God's hand had led in the conversion of Cornehus and the reception of Gentiles into the church. (Acts 11 : 1-18.) This journey is indicated by a red line on the smaU map, lower right-hand corner. IV. Barnabas' Journey. (Acts 11:19-30.) After the death of Stephen, certain disciples, driven from Jerusalem, traveled along the coast past Tyre and Sidon, as far as Antioch, and at the latter place began preaching the gospel, at first to the Jews only, but after a while to the Gentiles also. As a result, a church arose at Antioch (on the Orontes, near its mouth, now Antakia), the first where Jews and Gentiles became one, the first to receive the name Christian, and the first to send out missionaries to the heathen world. When the news of this work came to Jerusalem, there was some alarm lest it might cause a division in the church. Barnabas was dispatched by the apostles to visit Antioch. He came, gave the work his hearty indorsement, and remamed to direct it. Soon f eehng the need of a co-worker, he went to Tarsus, a short voyage across the northeastern corner of the Mediterranean. Here he found Saul, and thenceforward the two were united in labors for many years, until parted forever by an unhappy difference. This jour- ney of Barnabas is shown on the map by a broken red hue. V. Barnabas and Saul's Journey. (Acts 11:26- 30; 12:25.) 1. Starting from Tarsus the two gospel workers sailed across the narrow sea to Seleucia, the seaport, and thence journeyed up the river Orontes to Antioch. Here they labored together for a year, and aided in establishing a church, which became one of the most important in the early age of Christianity. 2. Learning by revelation of coming famine, the church at Antioch prepared a contribution for the poorer disciples in Judaea, and sent it by the hands of Barnabas and Saul. 3. About the time of the death of Herod Agrippa, the two evangelists returned, from their charitable errand, to Antioch, where they remained until the next great event, the first missionary journey. Let the teacher draw on the blackboard the outline of the map, including the borders of the Mediterranean Sea, and the two provinces of Palestine and Syria. Then locate the seven important places. 1. Jerusalem. 2. Samaria. 3. Ccesarea. 4. Joppa. 5. Damascus. 6. Antioch. 7. Tarsus. Next draw the five lines representing the journeys, relating the events connected with them. If the journeys can be given in chalk of different colors, it will make them more distinct. OUTLINE FOR TEACHING AND REVIEW. Jerusalem, Samaria, Azotus, Lydda, Joppa, Caes- I. Philip's Journey. area. II. Saul's Journey. Jerusalem, Damascus, Arabia, Damascus, Jerusalem, Csesarea, Tarsus. III. Peter's Journey. Jerusalem, Lydda, Joppa, Csesarea, Jerusalem. IV. Barnabas' Journey. Jerusalem, Antioch, Tarsus. V. Barnabas and Saul's Journey. Tarsus, Antioch, Jerusalem, Antioch. (lie) JOURNEYS OF THE APOSTLE PAUL. During the twenty years between A. D. 45 and 66, of which the events of church history are recorded in Acts 13-28, the most important personage is the apostle Paul. While the work of the original Twelve is scarcely re- ferred to, the journeys of the last apostle are related with considerable detail. The probable reason for this is, that Paul was the leader in the great movement by which the church of Christ was broadened from an inconsiderable Jewish sect, scarcely known out of Jeru- salem, to a rehgion for aU the world. The localities and events of this period are represented upon four maps, three of Paul's Mis- sionary Journeys, and the last of his Voyage to Eome. THE PROTINCES OP ASIA MINOR. As the first mission- ary journey was main- ly in Asia Minor, a brief description of that perdnsiila is nec- essary. It embraces about 156,000 square miles, or about two- thirds the size of Tex- as, and was located between the Black, ^gean and Mediter- ranean Seas on the north, west and south, and bounded on the east by the provinces of Armenia, Mesopotamia and Syria. The provinces which it contained at the New Testament epoch may be variously stated, since in their pohtical, racial and geographical relations they were different. The map of the Eoman Empire, on page 98, gives them according to their pohtical ar- rangement, which united two or more under one gov- ernment, and gave to some new names. Thus there were four districts united under the name Asia, which in the New Testament never denotes the whole con- tinent, nor yet the whole peninsula, but the seaboard provinces of Caria, Lydia, Mysia, and the interior land of Phrygia. So, too, Bithynia and Pontus formed one government, Lycaonia was included in Galatia, and Lycia and Pisidia in Pamphyha. We can best arrange these provinces of Asia Minor, according to territorial relations, in four groups. 1. The three northern prov- inces, on the Black Sea: Pontus, Paphlagonia, Bithynia. 2. The three western provinces, on the ^^gean Sea : Mysia, Lydia, Caria. 3. The three southern provinces, on the Mediterranean Sea : Lycia, Pamphyha, Cihcia. 4. The five interior provinces: on the north, Galatia; on the east, Cappadocia; on the south, Lycaonia and Pisidia; and on the west, Phrygia. All of these fourteen prov- inces, except four, are named in the New Testament. 1. The Provinces on the Black Sea. (1.) Pontus (Acts 2:9; 18:2; 1 Pet. 1:1) was the northeastern prov- ince, between Paphlagonia and Armenia, and having Cappadocia on the south; now represented by Trehizond ANTIOCH ra STRIA. in the Turkish em- pire. Some of its Jewish inhabitants were present on m the Jerusalem Day of Pentecost; Aquila, a helper of Paul, was a native of this region; and its Christian Jews were among those addressed in Peter's first Epistle. (2.) Paphlagonia, not mentioned in the New Testament, lay between Pontus and Bithynia, and north of Galatia. (3.) Bithynia (Acts 16:7; 1 Pet. 1:1) was the northwestern province, having the Propontis (now called the Sea of Marmora) on the west, and Mysia and Phrygia on the south, from which it was separated by Mount Olympus. Though the region is only incidentally named in the New Testament, two of its cities, Nicaea and Nicomedia, were prominent in the history of the Greek church. 2. The Provinces on the JSgean Sea. These are aU included under the name Asia, by which the western portion of the peninsula was known to the Eomans. (117) 118 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. (1.) Mysia (Acts 16:7, 8) was separated from Europe by the Hellespont and the Propontis, and had Bithynia on the north, Phrygia on the east, and Mysia on the west. It contained Troas, on the ruins of ancient Troy, whence Paul could dimly see the hills of Europe on the west, and where the vision of "the man of Macedonia" led to the voyage for the evangelization of Europe. (2.) Lydia, once the centre of the great empire of Croesus, extended along the ^gean Sea from Mysia to Caria, and eastward to Phrygia. Its principal city was Ephe- sus, the metropolis of Asia Minor, and one of Paul's most important fields of labor; and Sardis, Thyatira and Philadelphia were also large places and seats of churches addressed in the Apocalypse. (3.) Caria was the south- western province, not named in the New Testament, though its cities, Cnidus and Miletus, are referred to; MAP GIVrNG COMPARATIVE SIZE ASIA MINOR AND TEXAS, U.S. the latter as the place where Paul parted from the Ephesian elders. (Acts 20: 15.) 3. The Provinces on the Mediterranean. (1.) Lycia (Acts 27:5) lay south of Mount Taurus, and oppo- site to the island of Ehodes. Two of its cities, Patara and Myra, were visited by the apostle Paul. (Acts 21:1; 27: 5.) (2.) Pamphylia (Acts 13: 13) was a small province between Lycia and Cilicia, and also between Mount Tau- rus and the sea. Its capital, Perga, was the first city in Asia Minor visited by Paul on his first missionary jour- ney. On his return, he preached in its seaport, Attalia. (Acts 13:13; 14: 24, 25.) (3.) Cilicia (Acts 6: 9) is a long and nari'ow province, also lying between Mount Taurus and the sea, and separated from Syria by the Sjrrian Gates, a pass in the mountains. Its capital. Tarsus, was one of the leading cities of the Eoman empire, and the birthplace of Paul. 4. The Provinces in the Interior. (1.) On the north was Oalatia, a land of uncertain and varying boundaries, but located between Bithynia, Cappadocia, Lycaonia and Phrygia. It received its name from a race of Gauls, who conquered it about 300 B. C, was twice visited by Paul, and its Christian population were addressed in the Epistle to the Galatians. (Acts 16:6; 18:23; Gal. 1:2.) (2.) Cappadocia lay on the southeast of Galatia, and south of Pontus. It was the largest province in Asia Minor. Some of its people were in Jerusalem at the Feast of Pentecost (Acts 2:9); and its churches were among those addressed in 1 Peter. (3.) Lycaonia (Acts 14:1-23) was not a poUtical division, but a district in southern Galatia. It was west of Cappado- cia and east of Phrygia, and separated by the Taurus range from Cihcia. Its principal places were Iconium, Derbe and Lystra, in all of which Paul preached the gospel and suffered persecution. (4.) Pisidia was polit- ically connected with Pamphylia, but lay north of the Taurus, between Lycaonia and Phrygia. Its principal city was Antioch (to be distinguished from Antioch in Syria), twice, at least, visited by the apostle Paul. (Acts 13:14; 14:21.) (5.) Phrygia varied greatly at different periods, and in Paul's time had no separate existence as a province. In the earher days, when Galatia was a part of it, it was said to touch in some way every other land in Asia Minor. In its southern section lay the three cities of Laodicea, Hierapolis and Colosse, aU named in Paul's letters. THE FIKST MISSIONARY JOURNEY. 1. Paul and Barnabas, with John Mark as their assist- ant, set forth upon the first missionary journey from Antioch, the metropohs of Syria (Acts 13:1), already described on page 107. 2. They descended the mountains to Seleucia (Acts 13:4), the seaport of Antioch, 16 miles from the city, named from its founder, Seleucus Nicator, B. C. 280. It is now a small village knoAvn as el Kalusi, having among its ruins an ancient gateway, still standing, through which Paul and Barnabas may have passed. 3. Setting sail, they crossed over the arm of the Med- iterranean to the island of Cyprus (Acts 13:4^13), the early home of Barnabas, 60 miles west of Syria, and 40 miles south of Asia Minor; of irregular shape, 140 miles long and 50 wide; then thickly inhabited, and governed by a Eoman proconsul, now under the rule of Great Britain. 4. Their first stopping place was at Salamis (Acts 13:5), on its eastern shore, on the river Pediseus, where they found a Jewish synagogue. The city is now desolate, and its unoccupied site is known as Old Famagousta. 5. They crossed the island from east to west, preach- ing on their way, and came to Paphos (Acts 13:6), the capital, and residence of the proconsul. This city con- tained a famous shrine of Venus, to whose worship, with all its immoralities, its people were devoted. There was an old and a new city, of which the former was JOUENEYS OF THE APOSTLE PAUL. 119 the one visited by Paul and .Barnabas. It is now called Baffa. 6. Sailing in a northwesterly direction a distance of lYO miles, they reached Asia Minor, in the province of Pamphyha. Passing by Attaha for the present, they ascended the river Oestrus, and landed at Perga (Acts 13:13), ^i\ miles from the sea. This was a Greek city, devoted to the worship of- Diana : now in ruins, and called EsM Kalessi. Here their young assistant, Mark, left the two missionaries to prosecute the hardest part of the journey without his help. Y. Their next field of labor was Antioch in Pisidia, a city east of Ephesus, and northwest of Tarsus, now known as Yalobatch. Here Paul preached in the syna- gogue a discourse reported more at length than any other in his ministry, and here a church was founded. (Acts 13:14-52.) 8. Driven out of Antioch by the persecution of the Jews, they went on 60 miles eastward to Iconium, a large city, stiU in existence as Konieh, and in the Middle Ages the capital of a powerful Mohammedan kingdom. This region, in the apostle's time, was independent of the Eoman empire. (Acts 1-4:1-5.) 9. Again compelled to endure persecution, they trav- eled to Lystra, a heathen city in the district of Lycaonia, where a miracle wrought by Paul led the superstitious people to offer worship to the two apostles as the gods Jupiter and Mercury (in Greek, Zeus and Hermes). There is reason to suppose that Lystra was at the place now known as Bin hir Kilisseh, "the thousand and one churches," a mass of ruins in the Kara Dagh, or Black Mountain. 10. Paul having been stoned at Lystra, the apostles went on to Derbe, 20 miles distant, but in the same province, where they were suffered to labor in peace. It is supposed to be represented by the modern village of Divle. This marked the furthest place reached by the evangelists. They were now quite near the pass in Mount Taurus, known as the Cilician Gates, and could easily have reached Tarsus, and thence taken a short voyage home. 11. But they preferred to return by the same route, perilous as the journey was from the enmities excited by their preaching; and revisited Lystra, Iconium and 'MEDITERBAJilEJJf RAND, U'N*LLy 4 CO., EHGfl'S, CHICAflO, ItEVIEW CHART OF PAUL'S FIRST JOURNEY. Antioch, confirming the churches which they had planted, and estabhshing new ones in other neighboring places in Pisidia and Pamphylia, as in Attalia, a seaport on the river Katarrhaktes, 16 miles from Perga, now known as Adalia, where they took ship once more, and thence sailed over the Cilician section of the Mediterra- nean, north of Cyprus, to Antioch in Syria, where they were gladly received by the church which had sent them forth OUTLINE FOR TEACHING AND REVIEW. 1. Dra-w on the blackboard the subjoined Review Chart of Asia Minor, and let the class also draw the same on slates or paper, in a rough sketch. Then insert the provinces, and drill the class upon their names, reviewing from the beginning after each group is given. Black Sea. Pontus, Paphlagonia, Bithynia. jEgean Sea. Mysia, Lydia, Caria. Mediterranean Sea. Lycia, Pamphylia, Cilicia. Inienor. Galatia, Cappadocia, Lycaonia, Pisidia, Phrygia. 2. Draw in colored chalk the line representing Paul's travel, calling attention to the places and events; and frequently review the list, as a new name is presented. (1.) Antioch in Syria. (2.) Seleucia. (3.) Island of C!yprus. (4.) Salamis. (5.) Paphos. (6.) Perga. (7.) Antioch in Pisidia. (8.) Iconium. (9.) Lystra. (10.) Derbe. (11.) Return, and Attalia. THE SECOND MISSIONARY JOURNEY. The map presents the field of the apostle Paul's labor during four of the most active years of his hf e, according to Alford's chronology, from A. D. 50 to 54. To this period belong two journeys : a journey from Antioch to Jerusalem and return, and the second missionary journey, through Asia Minor, Macedonia and Greece. The journey to Jerusalem, not indicated upon the (120) JOURNEYS OF THE APOSTLE PAUL. 121 map, was Paul's third visit to that city after his conver- sion. His first visit was in A. D. 40, when Barnabas introduced him to Peter and James (Acts 9:26-30); his second was in A. D. 45, when with Barnabas he brought the gifts of the church at Antioch (Acts 11: 30); his third was in A. D. 50, when, again accompanied by Barnabas, he attended the council in Jerusalem, called to estabhsh the principle upon which Gentiles were to be received into the Christian church. (Acts 15: 1-30.) The second missionary journey began with an unfor- tunate disagreement between Paul and Barnabas, which resulted in their separation, Barnabas going to the island of Cyprus, and Paul to the mainland. (Acts 15:36-40.) The apostle chose as his companion Silas, or Silvanus, and was afterward joined by Timothy, and Luke, the author of the third Gospel and the Acts. We may sub- divide this jour- ney into three sec- tions, as follows: I. The Stations in Asia, seven in number. II. The Stations in Europe, eight in number. III. The Sta- tions of the Re- turn, four in number. I. The Asiatic Stations. These are mostly the names of prov- inces in Asia Mi- nor, already de- scribed in connec- tion with a pre- vious map. 1. Starting from Antioch, Paul first traveled through Syria, visiting the churches. (Acts 15: 41.) This tour was probably through northern Syria only, in the region around Antioch; and the general direction was toward Asia Minor, which he probably entered through the Syrian Gates, now the Beilan Pass in Mount Araanus. No cities are named in this region as visited by the apostle; but the principal places were Issus and Alexandria, both of which lay along the route of his journey. 2. The next province visited was Cilicia (Acts 15:41), the land of Paul's birth. As everywhere he made the chief cities his stations of labor, we may suppose that he passed through Mopsuestia and Adana, on his way to Tarsus, the metropolis of the province. From Tarsus he journeyed westward toward Mount Taurus, the northern boundary of the province, and crossed the range through the Cilician Gates, from which he emerged upon the great Lycaonian plain. - 3. We read of a station at Derbe, where he had 14 THE AEB0PAGU8 AT ATHENS. planted a church on the first journey, and which was now strengthened by his second visit. (Acts 16: 1.) 4. Next, at Lystra, where in other days he had been first worshiped and then stoned. Here he found a church, the result of his early labors, and was joined by his hfe-long companion, Timothy. (Acts 16: 1-4.) 5. We read of Paul and Silas as having next "gone throughout Phrygia." Probably this refers to a tour among the churches at Iconium and Antioch in Pisidia, the fields of former labors. There is no indication in the Acts or Epistles that he preached in any new places in this district. 6. From Antioch he turned northward and entered for the first time the province of Galatia. (Acts 16:6.) Into a single sentence is compressed the labor of months, of which we can obtain a deeper insight through the _ Epistle to the Galatians, which shows that the gospel was at first received with true GaUic enthusi- asm, but as quick- ly forsaken w^hen Judaistic teachers appeared, to per- vert his influence. No places are named as Adsited, but the Roman road would lead him through Pes- sinus, Ancyra and Tavium, three im- portant cities in the province. Y. Paul's desire was to preach the word throughout the Roman proconsular province of Asia, which com- prised Phrygia, and the maritime districts of Mysia, Lydia and Caria. But divine influences closed up his path, both in this direction and northward toward Bithynia; so he journeyed westward across Phrygia and Mysia, and at last reached the shore of the JEgean Sea at Troas. (Acts 16:6-8.) This was the site of ancient Troy, the scene of Homer's Ihad, and has been the place of great discoveries in modern tunes. There was a city near the ancient site in Paul's time; and it is probable that in it he founded a church, for there he was joined by Luke, the historian of the Acts and author of the third Gospel, and in a later journey met "the disciples " of the place. (Acts 20:7.) Here the vision of the ' ' man of Macedonia" summoned Paul from Asia to Europe (Acts 16 : 9, 10), and opened a new chapter in the history of Christianity. II. The European Stations. AH the places named as visited by the apostle in this jom-ney were included 122 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. in the two provinces of Macedonia and Greece, of which the Eoman name was Achaia. Macedonia was the province north of Greece, and famous in history from its conquering kings, Philip, and his greater son, Alexander. Its boundaries were : on the north, the Haemus or Balkan Mountains ; on the east, Thrace and the ^gean Sea; on the south, Achaia (Greece) ; on the west, the Pindus Mountains, separating it from Epirus and lUyricum. It consists of two great plains, watered respectively by the Axius, near Thessa- lonica, and the Strymon, near ApoUonia. Between these two rivers projects a peninsula, having three points, hke a hand of three fingers, across the palm of which, in Paul's time, ran the great Eoman road known as the Ignatian Way. It was divided by the Eomans into four districts, of which the capitals were Amphip- olis, Thessalonica (the residence of the provincial pro- consul), PeUa (the birthplace of Alexander the Great), and Pelagonia. Of these, Amphipohs had become less important than the rival city of Philippi, in the same district. Achaia was the Eoman name of the httle land of Greece, whose fame has filled aU history. In the later period of its independence, its ruhng state had been Achaia, which gave its name to the entire province when annexed to the Eoman empire. In the apostohc age, Corinth was its metropohs and pohtical capital, though Athens stih retained its fame as a centre of art and hterature. The apostle Paul and his companions sailed across the ^gean Sea from Troas, in a northwesterly direc- tion, passing the storied isles of Tenedos and Imbros; anchored for the first night off Samothracia, "the Thra- cian Samos," a rocky island near the coast of Thrace; and the next day passed northward of Thasos, and anchored in the harbor of Neapohs, on the border of Thrace. They did not remain at the seaport, but pressed inland to the larger city, which was to be memorable as the first foothold of the gospel in Europe. In the European part of the second missionary journey we notice eight places visited by the apostle. 1. Philippi (Acts 16 : 12-40). This was an ancient town, enlarged and renamed by Phihp, the father of Alexander the Great. Near it was fought the great battle between Augustus and Antony on one side, and Brutus and Cassius on the other, in which the hope of a Eoman republic perished, and the empire was ushered in. It had been made a colony ; that is, a branch of Eome itself, and enjoyed certain privileges of self-government, so that its magistrates bore Eoman titles, as noticed by Luke. Here Lydia, the first convert in Europe, was baptized, and a church was planted; Paul and Silas were scourged and imprisoned, and set free by divine power; the jailer was brought to Christ ; and the officials of the city were made to tremble at having inflicted violence upon citizens of Eome. 2. Ampliipolis was 33 miles southwest of Phihppi, and 3 miles from the ^gean Sea. It was a town of ancient fame; but, in Paul's time, decayed in population; and, having no synagogue or Jewish population, was not yet made a field of his labors. After a delay of only a day, he journeyed on stiU further westward. (Acts 17:1.) 3. ApoUonia was 30 miles from Amphipohs, and an important city; but for some reason Paul did not choose to labor in its vicinity, and remained there but a day. (Acts 17:1.) 4. Thessalonica (Acts lY:l-9) was the capital of the entire province, and 40 miles from the preceding station. It was named after a sister of Alexander the Great, and had many historic associations. An arch is stiU stand- ing, and was doubtless seen by the apostle, which com- memorated the victory at Phihppi. There was a large Jewish population, and a synagogue, in which Paul preached for three sabbaths. He succeeded in founding a church, mostly of Gentiles, to which he soon after wrote his two earhest epistles. First and Second Thessa lonians. But the Jews excited a riot, and the apostles were compelled to leave the city by night. Thessalonica, now called Salonihi, is stiU the second city of European Turkey, and contains 80,000 inhabitants. 5. Berea (Acts 17:10-13) was a smaU city, chosen by the apostle on account of its retired situation. It lay on the eastern side of Mount Olympus. Its people were generous in hearing the truth, and candid in examina- tion of its claims; so that many of them beheved, and "the Bereans" have furnished a name for earnest stu- dents of the Bible in all lands. The place is now called Verria, and has a population of about 6,000. 6. Athens (Acts 17: 15-34) was one of the most famous cities of the world. It was situated 5 miles northeast of the Saronic Gulf, between the two little streams Cephis- sus and Ihssus, and connected by long walls with its two seaports, the Piraeus and the Phaleric Gulf, where prob- ably Paul landed. Around it stand mountains noted in history, and within its walls rise four important hiUs • JOUENEYS OF THE APOSTLE PAUL. 123 the Acropolis, surmounted by the Parthenon, the most perfect specimen of Greek architecture; the Areopagus, northwest of the Acropohs, where Paul dehvered his memorable discourse; the Pnyx, still further west; and, on the south, the Museum. In Paul's time Athens was no longer the poUtical capital, but was still the literary centre, not only of Greece, but of the civihzed world. Paul's discourse before its philosophers was not attended with immediate results, as no church appears to have been founded ; but, four centuries afterward, the Par- thenon became a Christian church, and the Athenians were among the most bitter foes of image worship. After many changes of fortune — at times being with- out inhabitants — Athens is now the growing capital of the kingdom of modern Greece, and the seat of a university. 7. Corinth (Acts 18:1-18), the next station of the apostle, was 40 miles west of Athens, on the isthmus between Hellas and Peloponnesus, which is here 10 miles RINTH MT.SKON ENGLISH MILESl ^ ^ .ONEIA Gdlata {CencItreiE) O longitu'ae'East fromTToBhinffton. wide. In Paul's time it was the commercial and poUt- ical metropohs of Greece, being the residence of the Roman proconsul. It was, however, a most wicked city, and a by-word for corruption and Ucentiousness. Paul preached in Corinth for a year and a half, working meanwhile at his trade as a tent-maker, and during his stay wrote the two Epistles to the Thessalonians. After leaving, he wrote to the Corinthian Christians two of his longest Epistles, First and Second Corinthians. The site of the city is now desolate, except for a small and wretched village, named Gortho. 8. Cenchrea (Acts 18:18), more accurately Cenchreae, is named merely as the place from which Paul set forth on his return journey, and where he performed the Levitical service of cutting off his hair in token of a vow. We know, however, that he had, directly or indirectly, planted a church here, as its deaconess, Phebe, is named. (Rom. 16: 1, 2.) This was the eastern harbor of Corinth, on the Saronic Gulf, 9 miles from the city. It is now called Kekhries. III. The Return Stations of the apostle, in his journey from Corinth to Antioch, are given as four in number, though the journey was more than a thousand miles in. length. 1. Saihng eastward across the ^gean Sea, and passing many celebrated islands, after a voyage of 250 mUes, he reached Ephesus. (Acts 18:19-21.) He had been hin- dered from preaching in this region before, and now remained but a few weeks, though urged by the Jews to remain longer. He left behind him his friends Aquila and PriscOIa, by whose labors the brilliant young Apol- los of Alexandria was led into the church, and the way was prepared for Paul's labor on his second visit, in connection with which Ephesus wiU be noticed again. 2. A voyage around the southwestern border of Asia Minor, thence past the isle of Rhodes in a southeasterly direction, leaving Cyprus on the northeast, brought the apostle to Ccesarea. (Acts 18: 22.) This was the Roman capital of Palestine, and a harbor. Here Paul debarked from the vessel on which he had sailed 600 mUes, and entered once more the Holy Land. (For an account of Csesarea, see page 113.) 3. Jerusalem. (Acts 18:22.) The apostle chmbed the moimtains, and for the fourth time since his conversion entered the Holy City. He stayed only to salute the church, and perhaps leave the gifts of the Gentile Christians to the poorer saints of Judaea, and then left once more. 4. He traveled, overland most probably, to Antioch, his home, if any place might be so named; for here were his nearest friends, here he had begun his missionary jour- ney, and here he doubtless received a glad welcome from the church. He brought with him, on his return, not only SUas, who had set out as his companion, but Timo- thy, and perhaps also Aristarchus, Gaius and Erastus, whose names we find associated with Paul's soon after. OUTLINE FOE REVIEW. I. Draw the map of Asia Minor, and review the names of its provinces as already given. II. Notice the Stations in Asia, and the events of the journey associated with them. 1. Syria. 3. Cilicia. 3. Derbe. 4. Lystra. 5. Phrygia. 6. Galatia.' 7 Troas. III. Notice the Stations in Europe. 1. Philippi. 3. Amphipolis. 3. Apollonia. 4. Thessalonica. 5. Berea. 6. Athens. 7. Corinth. 8. Cenchrea, IV. Notice the Stations of the Return Journey. 1. Ephesus. 3. Cffisa-, rea. 3. Jerusalem. 4. Antioch. THE THIED MISSIONARY JOURNEY. This journey of the apostle, beginning at Antioch, led him as far west as Corinth, and then as far east as Jerusalem. It probably occupied about four years, from A. D. 54 to 58, and may be subdivided into two stages. I. The Outward Journey, from Antioch to Corinth, including seven stations. II. The Return Journey, from Corinth to Jerusalem, with fifteen stations. More than half of this period was spent at Ephesus, where Paul preached for nearly three years. (124) JOUENEYS OP THE APOSTLE PAUL. 125 I. The Outward Journey. (Acts 18:23-20:3.) 1. We note Antioch, the starting point for each of Paul's three missionary journeys. This place has been akeady described, on page 113, in connection with the map of the Early Apostohc History. 2. His westward course lay through Oalatia (Acts 18:23), where he visited the churches planted upon his former tour, and perhaps observed some signs of the declension from the faith which afterward led to the Epistle to the Galatians. (See description of Galatia, on page 118.) 3. Still journeying westward toward the coast, Paul passed through Fhrygia (Acts 18:23), already described on page 118. No events of this part of the journey are related. 4. He came from the highlands of the interior to Ephesus, where he had touched on his previous journey. and was now to remain longer than at any other place during his active ministry. (Acts 1 9 : 1 - 20 : 1 . ) Ephesus was the metropoUs of Proconsular Asia, and may be regarded as the third capital of Christianity, as Jerusa- lem had been its birthplace, and Antioch the centre of its foreign missions. It stood a mile from the ^gean Sea, fronting an artificial harbor, in which met the ships of aU lands, and above which rose the Temple of Artemis (Diana), celebrated as the most magnificent building in Asia Minor, though the image which it enshrined was ordy a shapeless block. Its population was principally Greek, though with a large Oriental mixture. Here a preparation for Paul's labor had been made by ApoUos, who had instructed a small company of Jews up to the twilight of John the Baptist's teachings concerning the Messiah. From Paul's friends, Aquila and PrisciUa, he had learned the gospel of Christ; and, just before the apostle's arrival, had gone to Corinth. For three months Paul labored in the synagogue vsdth the Jews and inquiring Gentiles; but, when the Jewish opposition endangered the work, he took the step (at this time first in the history of Christianity) of caUing the behevers in Christ out of the synagogiae. Paul re- mained at Ephesus in aU more than two years, working at his trade through the week, while preaching on the Jewish Sabbath. Through his endeavors most of "the Seven Churches," addressed long afterward by John, were founded at this time. Just before Paul's departure a riot arose, and a tumultuous mob occupied the theatre, whose ruins may still be seen. Ephesus is now an utter desolation, haunted by vdld beasts. Near its ruins is a small Turkish village, called Ayasalouk. Near the close of his stay at Ephesus, Paul wrote the First Epistle to the Corinthians. 5. The next stopping place of the apostle was at Troas. (2 Cor. 2: 12, 13.) This is mentioned, not in the Acts, but in the Epistle written soon afterward. Here he had expected to meet his companion Titus, with news from the church at Corinth. While waiting, he found an opportunity for preaching, and success in winning souls. But, as the expected tidings did not come, Paul again took ship, and sailed once more (see the previous journey) from Asia to Europe. 6. His next station is named as Macedonia (Acts 20:2); but it may be inferred that he visited Philippi, Thessalonica and Berea, the places of former labors, already described in the account of th(i second journey. Perhaps it was at this time that he journeyed "round about unto Ulyricum," which was a province on the Adriatic Sea, west of Macedonia. (Eonv 15:19.) While in Macedonia, perhaps at Phihppi, Paul Ns^rote the Second Epistle to the Corinthians. T. The last place in Paul's outward journey is men- tioned as Greece, the province elsewhere caEed Achaia. (Acts 20: 2, 3; 18: 27.) His principal errand was to Corinth (already described on page 123), where troubles in the church required his attention. While here he wrote the Epistle to the Galatians, and his great statement of Christian doctrine, the Epistle to the Eomans. II. The Return Journey. (Acts 20 : 6 - 21 : 6.) This was undertaken with the desire of reaching Jerusalem in time for the Feast of Pentecost, A. D. 58. For some reason, probably on account of a Jewish plot to murder him, Paul did not take the direct route, but went around the ^gean Sea by way of Philippi and Troas, and was accompanied by a number of friends. 1. From Corinth, Paul and his friends journeyed over- land, through Greece and Macedonia, to Philippi (Acts 20:3-6), a place now visited for the third time. Here Paul was rejoined by Luke the Evangehst, who hence- forth shared his dangers to the end of his life. 2. Most of Paul's company sailed from Phihppi across the ^gean Sea to Troas, in advance of the apostle, but were soon followed by Paul and Luke. (Acts 20: 5-13.) At Troas they remained for a week with the church; and here Eutychus was restored to Ufe by the apostle. (126) JOUENEYS OF THE APOSTLE PAUL. 127 3. From Philippi, most of the company set sail for Palestine, but Paul went on foot as far as Assos, where he was taken on board. (Acts 20:13, 14.) This place was situated 19 miles from Troas, and is now marked by extensive ruins. 4. Mitylene. This was on the island of Lesbos, famed as the home of Sappho, the Greek poetess. Here they anchored for the night, as the channel was not easy to foUow among the islands. (Acts 20:14.) This and the succeeding stations in the ^gean Sea may be noticed on the map of the islands and coasts of Asia Minor, on page 132. 5. Chios. (Acts 20:15.) This is an island 32 miles long, and 5 miles from Asia; said to have been the birth- place of Homer; and now called 8cio. Here Paul's ship anchored only for a night. 6. Samos. (Acts 20: 15.) This is an island near the mainland, 42 miles southwest of Smyrna; and 27 miles long. It was the birthplace of the philosopher Pythag- oras. They barely touched at the island, and then sailed across to the shore of Asia Minor. 7. Trogyllium (Acts 20: 15) is a town and cape on the coast of Asia Minor, at the foot of Mount Mycale. The place at which they anchored for the night is stUl called St. PauVs Port. On the next day they sailed past the harbor of Ephesus without stopping, for Paul's stations were controlled by the movements of the ship and its masters. 8. Miletus. (Acts 20:16-38.) This was at the mouth of the river Mseander, 36 miles south of Ephesus; and at that time on the shore, though now ten miles inland, by the changes in the coast. Here, while the ship was delayed, Paul sent for the elders of the church at Ephe- sus, and gave to them a fareweU address of deep tender- ness. This place is now a small village, called Melas. 9. Coos, or Cos (Acts 21: 1), where they next anchored, is a small island, northwest of Rhodes; now called Stanchio. 10. Rhodes (Acts 21:1) is an island of note in both ancient and modern history, 13 miles from Asia Minor, 46 mUes long, and 18 wide. Upon it had stood the Colossus, a figure over 100 feet high, but overthrown by an earthquake, B. C. 224, and prostrate at the time of Paul's visit. 11. Patara (Acts 21:1) was a seaport in the province of Lycia, in Asia Minor, opposite Rhodes. Here the vessel ended its voyage, and the apostohc company found another, which was bound for Phoenicia. The place is now a ruin, and buried in the encroaching sand. 12. The disciples took another ship at Patara, and sailed in a southeasterly direction for Phoenicia, passing by Cyprus without stopping. The vessel paused for a week at Tyre to unlade its burden, and here Paul found a church, perhaps planted by Phihp the evangelist. Tyre had once been the great commercial metropolis of the Mediterranean, known as "the strong city" as early as the time of Joshua. It was the capital of Phoenicia, and in Old Testament times held friendly relations with Israel, but was idolatrous and abominably wicked. It was besieged by Nebuchadnezzar for 13 years, was destroyed by Alexander the Great, rebuilt by the Seleu- cidae, and, in Paul's time, was stiU a large city. It is now a miserable village, called Sur, and, in the fulfill- ment of prophecy, "a place for the spreading of nets." (Ezek. 26:14.) 13. Taking ship once more, for the last time, they sailed southward along the coast of Palestine to Ptole- mais. (Acts 21 : 7.) This was the Old Testament Accho, in the tribe of Asher, but never possessed. It was 8 miles north of Mount Carmel. In mediaeval history it sustained a siege by the Crusaders, and was known as St. Jean d'Acre. Here Paul spent a day with the church, and then journeyed with his friends southward over the Plain of Esdraelon and Mount Carmel. 14. At Ccesarea, the next station, they were enter- tained by Philip, who, years before, had been driven out of Jerusalem by Saul of Tarsus. (See Phihp's Journey, page 112.) Caesarea was the Roman capital of Palestine, and was in aU respects a heathen city, though containing many Jews. Here Paul received a message from the aged prophet Agabus, warning him not to go to Jerusa- lem; but he persisted in his purpose. 15. For the fifth time in his life as a Christian, and for the last time, Paul entered the city of Jerusalem, from which he was soon to go forth "the prisoner of the Lord." OUTLINE FOB BEYIEW. I. Outward Journey. 1. Antioch. 2. Galatia. 3. Phrygia. 4. Ephe- sus. 5. Troas. 6. Macedonia. (Philippi.) 7. Greece. (Corinth.) II. Return Journey. 1. Philippi. 2. Troas. 3. Assos. 4. Mitylene. 5. Chios. 6. Samos. 7. Trogyllium. 8. Miletus. 9. Coos. 10. Rhodes. 11. Patara. 12. Tyre. 13. Ptolemais. 14. Caesarea. 15. Jerusalem. THE YOTAGE TO KOME. The last of Paul's recorded journeys was that which he took as a prisoner under Roman power. He was seized by a Jewish mob in the Court of the Women in the Temple (see plan of the Temple on page 141), in or near the room set apart for the ceremonies of a Naza- rite's vow. Dragged by the crowd into the Court of the Gentiles, he would have been slain but for the arrival of a company of Roman soldiers from the Tower of Anto- nia. He made an address to the throng from the stairs leading from the Court of the Gentiles to the Tower, and was then taken to the prison in the tower. 1. From Jerusalem he began his journey, as a prisoner. The immediate cause of his departure from the city was the information received by the Roman officer in charge of the Tower of Antonia, that a band of Jews had formed a plan to slay Paul. That night he was sent, under a strong escort, out of the reach of his enemies. 2. The guard paused at Antipatris (Acts 23:31, 32), beyond which the soldiers were not needed, so they were sent back, and Paul journeyed the rest of the way under an escort of cavalry. Antipatris was built by Herod the 128 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. Great, and named for his father, Antipater. It was 26 miles southeast of Caesarea, on the direct road from Jerusalem, and 16 miles northeast of Joppa. Its loca- tion is not identified with certainty, but is probably to be found at a ruin known as Eas el ^Ain. 3. The apostle was taken to Ccesarea (Acts 23:33), where he was remanded to prison. Here he remained for more than two years, was tried by Felix, and made his memorable defense before the younger Herod Agrippa. (Acts 24-26.) Having appealed, as a Eoman citizen, to the supreme court of the emperor at Rome, he was sent on shipboard for the voyage with a com- pany of prisoners, and a guard commanded by the cen- turion Julius. Luke and Aristarchus were with Paul on the vessel. (Acts 27:1, 2.) 4. The day after starting from C^sarea, the vessel touched at Zidon, and Paul was permitted to go on shore with the soldier to whom he was chained. (Acts 2T: 3.) Zidon was one of the most ancient towns in history, and the mother city of Tyre, which was 20 miles south of it. It lay in the hmits of the tribe of Asher, but was never possessed by Israel. Its commerce was exten- sive, but early superseded by that of Tyre. It was a battle ground more than once during the Crusades, and changed masters frequently. Its site is now occupied by a small fishing village, called Saida. 5. The wind being unfavorable, the vessel was carried to the north of Cyprus, and sailed over waters traversed by Paul more than once, in the northeastern corner of the Mediterranean, past his church home at Antioch, and his birthplace, Tarsus, to the harbor of Myra, a city in the province of Lycia, in Asia Minor. (Acts 27:4-6.) This city stood at the entrance to a gorge in Momit Taurus, two miles from the sea. Its port, where Paul landed to be transferred to another vessel, was called Andriadice. It is now in ruins. 6. The next station was to have been Cnidus, 100 miles from Myra, on the coast of Caria; but the vessel only reached it with difficulty, and was unable to enter, on account of contrary winds : so the prow was turned southward toward the island of Crete. This lies at the entrance to the ^gean Sea, and is 140 miles long by 35 wide. They rounded Cape Salmone, at the eastern point '' of the island, and anchored for a time at a place then known, and still known, as Fair Havens, on the south- em coast, about midway between the two extremes of the island. Here they were delayed for some time, and Paul urged the centurion to remain during the winter, and escape impending dangers. But it was resolved to foUow along the shore still further westward, to the more commodious harbor of Phenice. But in this they were disappointed ; for they were driven out to sea, and to the final result predicted by the apostle. (Acts 27:7-13.) 1. Soon after leaving Fair Havens, the storm set in. It was of the kind then called Euroclydon (Revised Ver- sion, Euro-aquilo, "east-northeaster"), now known as "a Levanter." They were able to run under the lee of the little island of Clauda, 23 miles from Fair Havens, where they strengthened the vessel for the gale by "f rapping," or winding ropes around the huU. Thence for fourteen days and nights they were driven before the wind in a westward direction, until hope perished in every heart save Paul's. They were driven 476 miles, upon the island of Melita, which is 62 miles south of Sicily, and is 17 miles long by 8 or 9 wide. It is of irregular oval shape, and its coast is indented by many bays. The one in which the apostle was shipwrecked is on the northeastern side of the island, and is known as St. Paul's Bay. A close investigation of the locahty, its surroundings, and the soundings of the sea approaching it, show the remarkable accuracy of Luke's statements. The island is now known as Malta, and is under British ST. PAUL'S BAY, MALTA, rule. Some years ago an ancient inscription was found on the island, giving to its ruler the same title, protos, ' ' first or chief man " (Acts 28 : 7), given by Luke. 8. After wintering in the island of MeHta, Paul and the other prisoners were placed on board an Alexandrian ship which was bound toward Rome. The first stop- ping place in this part of the voyage was at the historic city of Syracuse, on the eastern shore of Sicily. (Acts 28: 12.) Here they paused for three days, and then con- tinued their voyage. 9. The next station was at Rhegium, where they lay, awaiting a favorable wind, for one day. (Acts 28:13.) This is at the "toe " of the Italian boot, opposite Sicily, from which it is separated by a strait, only 6 miles wide. It is now a fiourishing town, called Eheggio. 10. The vessel ended its voyage, and Paul and his fellow-prisoners disembarked, at Puteoli, near Naples. This was one of the leading ports of Italy, being to Rome what Liverpool is to London. Here Paul found a Christian church, and was permitted to remain for a JOUENEYS OF THE APOSTLE PAUL. 129 week before going onward to the capital, 141 mUes distant. The city is now called Pozzuoli. 11. At a place caUed Appii Forutn, "the forum of Appius," a village on the Appian Way, 43 mUes from Eome, and again at the "Three Taverns," 10 miles nearer, Paul was met by some Christians, who had heard of his coming, and came to give him a welcome, which rejoiced his heart. 12. At last great Eome was reached, and the apostle was at the end of his long journey. For two years he dwelt as a prisoner at large, chained to a Eoman soldier, but in "his own hired house." At this point ends aU that is positively known of the journeys of the apostle. The city of Eome stands on the river Tiber. In the period of its greatness it occupied seven hiUs, with the valleys between them, and a plain near the river. The apostle lived near the Pretorian Camp, on the north- eastern border of the city, and at the opposite end of the city from the Jewish quarter, which was on the west of the Tiber.'' At the time of Paul's imprisonment, Eome 15 contained about 1,200,000 inhabitants, or as many as New York. One-half of the population were slaves, and two-thirds of the rest were paupers, supported in idle- ness by the free distribution of food. During the two years of Paul's imprisonment he wrote at least four Epistles, — Ephesians, Phihppians, Colossians and Phile- mon. After about two years of imprisonment, Paul was released, and spent two or more years at liberty. OUTLINE FOR RETIEW. 1. Jerusalem. 3. Antipatris. 3. Caesarea. 4. Zidon. 5. Myra. 6. Crete. (Fair Havens.) 7. Melita. 8. Syracuse. 9. Rhegium. 10. Puteoli. 11. Appii Forum and Three Taverns. 13. Rome. THE LAST JOURNEYS OF PAUL. The definite history of the apostle Paul ends with the last verse of the Acts of the Apostles ; but, from the later Epistles and the dim hght of early tradition, we may gather a few facts, and perhaps can indicate a few more journeys. From PhOippians and PhUemon, (130) JOtJENEYS OF THE APOSTLE PAUL. 131 it is clear that Paul expected an acquittal and release; from 1 Timothy and Titus, it is evident, that after his imprisonment there were two years, perhaps more, of liberty. Combining the allusions in the Epistles, we offer a conjectural outhne of the apostle's journeys during that year, following mainly the order of Canon Farrar. 1. Near the close of his imprisonment he expressed an expectation of speedily visiting the churches of Procon- sular Asia, especially that at Colosse (Philem. 1 : 22), and desired a lodging to be prepared for him at the house of Philemon. We may take for granted that this purpose was accomplished, and that Ephesus, as weU as Colosse, was visited at this time. Ephesus has been already described. (See page 125.) Colosse, called also Colassse, was a city on the Lycus, near HierapoUs and Laodicea, and on the great caravan road from Ephesus to the Euphrates. At one time it was a large and flomishing place, but dechned as other cities gained its Eastern trade. Paul had never before visited this city, and its church had been founded by Epaphras. Yet Paul was well acquainted with several of its members, and ad- dressed to it, during his imprisonment, the Epistle to the Colossians; and to one of its members the Epistle to Philemon. The site of the ancient city is near the modern village of Chonas. 2. Just before his release, Paul dispatched Timothy to Philippi, expecting soon to follow him. (Phil. 2:19-24.) Timothy fulfilled his mission, and came to Ephesus, where Paul left him in charge of the church, and him- self went to Macedonia. (1 Tim. 1:3.) Here he doubt- less visited the churches which he had planted in Phihppi, Thessalonica and Berea, and probably jour- neyed as far south as Corinth. 3. We judge that to this time belongs his visit to Crete. (Titus 1:5.) He had touched at this island dur- ing his voyage to Eome, and may have gone on shore at Fair Havens; but now he organized the church, and left it under the care of Titus, who had accompanied him to the island. 4. We find that after this Paul was at Nicopolis, a place not previously mentioned in his history. (Titus 3:12.) There were no less than ten cities of this name in the ancient world; but it must have been one of three among them: Nicopohs of Thrace, of Cihcia, or of Epi- rus. The latter has been generally accepted as the one where Paul "determined to winter." It was in the Eoman province of Achaia, near the Adriatic Sea and the Ionian Isles; and was built by Augustus to com- memorate his victory at Actium. The place is now called Paleo-prevesa, ' ' old Prevesa, " and contains exten- sive ruins, among which is a building said to have been Paul's place of prayer. Some think that Paul was arrested here before his final imprisonment; but there is no certainty concerning it. 5. Troas. (2 Tim. 4:13.) It is evident that Paul passed through this place, and stopped with a certain person named Carpus, where he left his mantle for winter wear, and some manuscripts. Farrar is of the opinion that he was here arrested, and in such haste that he could not obtain these articles. He may have come from Nicopohs by way of Macedonia, passing through Phihppi, and sailing across the ^gean Sea.- 6. An allusion in 2 Tim. 4:20 hints at another place visited by the apostle, perhaps as a prisoner. If arrested at Troas, he would probably be sent to Ephesus, the residence of the proconsul, for trial. And at Miletus, near that city, we find that he left his companion, Trophimus, who had been with him at the time of his former arrest in Jerusalem. It is a slight confirmation of this view, that there is among the ruins of Ephesus a place pointed out as the prison of Paul. T. From Ephesus he may have set sail once more as a prisoner for Rome. He was accompanied by several friends, as Titus, who had left Crete once more to follow him; Luke the physician, his companion to the last; and Tychicus. We know nothing concerning the voyage, and therefore represent it on the map by the most direct route from Ephesus. At Eome we know only that his imprisonment was short; that his friends were few, for the chui^ch had been scattered by the terrible persecution of Nero; that Paul was left alone at his first hearing, his friends having gone in various directions, some on errands of duty, and others in fear of the world; that he wrote earnestly to Timothy to come, bringing Mark with him (2 Tim. 4:9, 11); and we infer from his own expectations and the tradition of the church, that his martyrdom was not long delayed. The traditional place of his execution is shown at Aquae Salvae, now Tre Fontane, three miles from Eome, near the road to Ostia. OUTLINE FOR REVIEW. 1. Colosse and Ephesus. 2. Macedonia. (Philippi, Thessalonica, Berea, Corinth.) 3. Crete. 4. Nicopolis. 5. Troas. (Arrest?) 6. Ephesus. 7. Rome. (Martyrdom.) 25 X Df, t 1 fr m 26" Gvi-unwicTi. EXPLANATIONS. Seven CJivrclies in ^i»M PERCAMOS OOierJ^ew Testament . riCKes APOltONIi THE ISLES OF GREECE AND THE SEVEN CHUEOHES. Scale of Statute Miles, ID 20 30 40 50 00 70 80 RAND, MCI 4LLY & CO., ENQR'8, CHICAGO. 102'' X(ini,'itiule frr»n /OS'^Wfisliinglon. (138) THE ISLES OF GREECE AND THE SEVEN CHURCHES. I. As THE islands of the ^gean Sea are often referred to in the Acts, especiaUy in the account of Paul's voyage to Phoenicia, in his third missionary journey, we present a map representing them upon a larger scale, with those portions of Asia and Europe adjoining them. Such of the islands as are mentioned in the history have been already described. One of the smallest is brought to our notice in the book of Revelation, Patmos, to which the apostle John was banished. This hes 20 miles south of the island of Samos, 24: miles west of Asia Minor, and about TO miles southwest of Ephesus. It is about 20 miles in circumference, and is rocky and barren. Its loneli ness and seclusion made it a suitable place for the banishment of criminals, and to it the apostle John was banished by the emperor Domitian, near the close of the first Christian centurj^ though some scholars give an earUer date, under the em- peror Nero. A nar- row isthmus divides the island into two parts, north and south. On a hiU in the southern part is a monastery named after the apostle John, and near it is the cave where it is said by tradition that he received the vision of the Apoca- lypse. In the Mid- dle Ages the island was called Patmosa, and it is now known as Patmo. II. The term Asia was used by the ancients in varied extent of meaning. 1. Its earliest use in Homer refers only to a meadow near Troy (Troas), which was called the "Asian meadow." 2. The lands of Mysia, Lydia, Caria, and a part of Phrygia, were known as Pro- consular Asia, as they formed the province of Asia under the Roman government. This was originally the dominion of the last king of Pergamos, whose title was "king of Asia"; and was by him bequeathed to the Romans. 3. Asia Minor, as a whole, was sometimes called by the name Asia, though not often. 4. The entire Asiatic continent was known by this name in ancient times; but this use of the word is not found in Scripture. III. The Seven Churches of Asia were all located in Proconsular Asia, in the immediate neighborhood of Ephesus. There were other churches besides these, as Hierapohs and Colosse, both near Laodicea, and referred to in the Pauhne Epistles; but these are named as the ixiost important, and a group of seven is the arrange- ment most frequently fomid in the Bible, especially in its symbolical writings. To these Seven Churches were sent the messages in the opening chapters of the Revelation. 1. Ephesus (Rev. 2:1) was the most important city of the district, its church was the largest, and it was the first addressed. (A description and plan of J this city may B be found on page 125.) 2. Smyrna ^ (Rev. 2:8) is LAODICEA PBOM HIEBAPOLIS. (188) north of Ephesus, about 40 miles in a direct Line, though longer by the route of travel. It is on the ^gean Sea, at the head of the Hermaean Gulf, at the foot of Mount Pagus. The earliest city was built B. C. 1500, by the Greeks, and destroyed and rebuilt several times. From the time of Alexander the Great, who was one of its builders, it became an important city. Its earhest men- tion in Christian history is in the Revelation. Polycarp, a pupil of John, was martyred here A. D. 155. His grave is stiU shown on a hiU near the city. Despite fires, earthquakes and wars, it has retained its impor- tance, and is now the largest city on the Asiatic side of the ^gean Sea, having a population of nearly 200,000 people. The modern city is about two miles from the ancient site. 3. Pergamos (Rev. 2:12), more properly Pergamum, 134 Manual of biblical geography. was 60 miles northeast of Smyrna, in the district of Mysia, 3 miles north of the httle river Caicus, and 20 miles from the ^gean Sea. It was the capital of a small but wealthy kingdom, which arose in the breaking up of Alexander's empire. It was celebrated for its large hbrary, which at one time contained 200,000 manuscripts, but was by Mark Antony presented to Cleopatra, and removed to Alexandria. The city was devoted to the worship of ^sculapius, the patron divin- ity of medicine ; and was, hke most idolatrous places, corrupt in its morals. It is now a city of 25, 000 inhab- itants, called Pergama. 4. Thyatira (Rev. 2:18) was a city in the province of Lydia, on the road from Pergamos to Sardis. It was founded by Alexander the Great, who planted it with people from Macedonia, which may account for the fact that "Lydia of Thyatira" was found by Paul at PhiUppi, in Macedonia. It was a prosperous manufact- uring town, but never a great city, and its scarlet cloth stiU has a reputation throughout the Orient. It is now a place with a population of from 17,000 to 20,000, and is called ak Hissar, "white castle." 5. Sardis (Rev. 3:1) lay 30 miles south of Thyatira, between the river Hermus and Mount Tmolus. It was the capital of Croesus, the wealthy king of Lydia, whose empire was overthrown by Cyrus the Great. After the time of Alexander it belonged to the kingdom of Perga- mos, until its absorption into the Roman empire. It was a place of extensive commerce, which led to pros- perity, and the worldliness of the Christian church, rebuked in the message of the Revelation. It is now a miasmatic region, with scarcely an inhabitant, and bears the name Sert Kalessi. 6. Philadeljohia (Rev. 3:7) was about 25 miles south- east of Sardis, on the river Cogamus, a branch of the Hermus. It was built and named by Attains Philadel- phus, king of Pergamos, and was the centre of a rich farming region, which has kept it inhabited through aU the vicissitudes of the centuries. It was destroyed by an earthquake A. D. 17, but rebuilt. Its population is now about 10,000, and its modern name is Allah Shehr, "city of God." 7. Laodicea (Rev. 3:14) was the capital of Phrygia, and was 50 or 60 miles from Philadelphia, according to route. It was on the bank of the Lycus, near Hier- apohs and Colosse. Its ancient name was Diospolis, but was changed by the Syrian king, Seleucus II. , in honor of his wife, Laodice. In A. D. 62 it was destroyed by an earthquake; but its people were sufficiently rich to de- cline the aid of the Romans in rebuilding their city. Its worldly prosperity was reflected in its church, which received the sharpest rebukes of the Revelator. The Mohammedans destroyed the city, which is now a mass of ruins, surrounding a village called Eski-Mssar. It will be noticed, that, in the order of the Revelation, the Seven Churches are arranged in a circuit, as one would find them, starting from Ephesus, and travehng north to Smyrna and Pergamus, then southeast to Thyatira, Sardis and Philadelphia, until the southern and eastern hmit is reached at Laodicea. OUTLINE FOR REVIEW. I. Let the teacher draw the outlines of the coast of both Europe and Asia, and call attention to the lands as already noticed under other maps. Then locate and name the principal Islandu, especially those referred to in Paul's voyage to Palestine (map on page 133), and Patmos. II. Explain the four meanings of the name Asia, as used by the ancients. III. Locate and name the Seiien Ohurches, as given In Revelation. Ephesm, Smyrna, Pergamws, Thyatira. Sardis, Philadelphia, Laodicea, THE TABERNACLE. I. Its Origin. The Tabernacle was the tent in which the emblems for divine worship were kept from the time of Moses to that of Solomon, 400 years. It repre- sented the idea of God dwelhng among his people, in the centre of the camp of Israel. The earhest institu- tion for worship was the Altar, built wherever the patriarchs pitched their tents. Next we find a place consecrated and kept for the house of God, as Jacob's piUar at Bethel, to which the patriarch returned as to a sanctuary in after years. The Tabernacle arose when Israel was no longer a family, but a nation, needing a centrahzing power and a ^^ system of worship as the uniting .--- £ element among the tribes. It was erected under the direction of Moses, by divine command, while the Israehtes were sS- encamped at Mount Sinai. II. Its History. Dm-ing all the journeys of the Is- raelites through the wilder- ness, the Tabernacle stood in the centre of their camp, or, while on the march, was taken apart and carried by the Levites. At the time of the conquest, it remained at Gilgal, the fortified camp of Israel, near Jer- icho. After the war it was estabhshed at Shiloh, in the tribe of Ephraim, where it continued until the great defeat of Israel at Ebenezer (1 Sam. 4: 1-11), when the ark was taken, and probably Shiloh was ravaged. The Tabernacle was removed to Nob, in the tribe of Benjamin, where it remained until Saul's slaughter of the priests. (1 Sam. 21:1-6; 22: 18, 19.) It seems to have been at Gibeon, while the ark was in seclusion at Kirjath-jearim. (2 Chron. 1:4.) There is no mention of the Tabernacle after the building of the Temple; but a Jewish tradition is that its cur- tains were roUed up and laid away in one of the rooms connected with the Temple. III. The Departments of the Tabernacle. This wiU require us to notice : 1. The Court. 2. The Altar. 3. The Laver. 4. The Tent. 5. The Holy Place. 6. The Holy of Hohes. The dimensions of these are given in cubits ; and, as the authorities differ as to the length of the cubit, we will consider it here as being about a foot and a half, or 18 inches, the length generally given. 1 , The Court was 150 feet long by T5 wide. It was THE TABERNACLE, ACCOEDrNO TO FBBGUS80N. separated from the camp by a curtain of fine Unen, sup- ported by 60 pillars, of which 20 were on each side, and 10 on each end. The pillars were probably of wood covered with brass. (There is strong reason for behev- ing that the word "brass" in the Old Testament refers to copper.) They were fastened together by cords, and rested upon bases of brass, which were fastened to the ground, perhaps by spikes from the bottom. Each pil- lar was 7i feet (5 cubits) high, and was covered with a silver cap. The curtain was made of hnen, in sections, extending from pillar to pillar, a distance of about 8 feet, and was fastened to the pil- _^ lars by hooks of silver. The entrance was on the end toward the east, 30 f ( let wide, and consisted of an em- broidered hanging, which could be raised or lowered at pleasure. None but the priests and Le- vites were allowed within the court; and the worshipers pre- sented their offerings without at the entrance. (Review. 1. Dimensions. 2. Pillars. 3. Curtain. 4. Entrance. 5. Priests.) 2. The Altar stood with- in the court, in front of the entrance, in the most prominent situation of the camp, and was the largest article of the Tabernacle furniture. It was a plain structure, 7i feet square and 4^ feet high, hollow within, and made of acacia wood, to avoid excessive weight; but covered with plates of brass, as it was exposed to the fixe. Upon each corner projected a horn from the top, upon which the blood of the victim was sometimes sprinkled, and to which suppliants sometimes fled. Around the altar, midway between the top and bottom, was a "compass" (Exod. 27:5), or ledge, upon which the priest stood while sacrificing. There is men- tion also of "a grate" (Exod. 2T:4), which was formerly supposed to have been placed inside the altar, so that the fire might be built upon it, and the ashes fall through it; but this is now by the best scholars consid- ered to have been upright, and imder the "compass," and not a grate, but a lattice-work of brass, surrounding the altar. It is believed that at each encampment the altar was filled with earth, and that upon this the fire was kindled, according to Exod. 20:24, 25. At each cor- ner was a brass ring, and through the pair of rings on (135) 136 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. each side a rod was passed, by which the altar was car- ried from place to place during the marches of Israel. The fire upon the altar was kindled miraculously (Lev. 9 : 24), and was never suffered to go out, but was kept ahve even on the march by live coals in a vessel. Twice each day the high-priest offered the general sacrifice for the people, besides the individual offerings of wor- shipers. In officiating, the priest approached tlae altar by an ascent of earth, as steps were forbidden (Exod. 20 : 26), and he stood upon either the north or south side, as the ashes were thrown out on the east side. (Lev. 1: 16.) The utensils of the altar were five, all of brass. 1. Pans, used to convey the ashes outside the camp. (Lev. 6:10, 11.) 2. Shovels, for taking off coals of fire to put in the censers. 3. Basins, for receiving and carrying the blood of offerings. 4. Flesh-hooks, for placing the sacrifice on the fire. 5. Fire-pans, for car- rying the fire while on the march. (Note for Eeview. 1 . Situation. 2. Dimensions. 3. Horns. 4. Com- pass. 5. Grate. 6. Earth contents. 7. Eings. 8. Fire. 9. Sacrifices. 10. Approach. 11. Utensils.) 3. The Laver is less minutely described than the altar. It was a large tank for holding water, an abundance of which was needed in the sacrifices, and was made out of the metalhc ' ' look- ing glasses" of the women who wor- shiped at the Taber- nacle. (Exod. 38:8.) It stood at the door of the Tabernacle, and west of the altar. (Exod. 30:18.) With it is mentioned "its foot," which was probably a lower basin, into which the water ran from above, made to prevent the earth around from becoming saturated with water. Its size and form are net stated in the ac- count. (Eeview. 1. Purpose. 2. Material. 3. Place. 4. Foot.) 4. The Tent. This was the Tabernacle proper, to which the court was the adjunct. It stood as the repre- sentation of God's house, wherein he dwelt in the midst of his own chosen people. It was 15 feet wide and high, and 45 feet long, divided into two rooms by a curtain, or vail. Though many details are given, yet it is not possible to give certain conclusions either concern- ing its plan of construction, or even its general appear- ance. For example : some authorities conclude that the curtained roof was flat, or even sagging downward in the middle, while others are sure that it was pointed, by means of a ridge-pole, as represented in our engraving. We consider neither as certain, but inchne to the latter THE TABLE OF SHEW-BKEAD. opinion. The walls and rear end of the tent were made of upright boards, covered with gold, each 15 feet high, and 2 feet 3 inches wide; of which there were 20 boards on each side, and 10 in the rear, while the front was open. Upon each board were rings of gold, so arranged that, when the walls were erected, the rings were in three rows, and through them long poles were passed to hold the structure together. Each board was furnished at its lower end with two tenons, which fitted into mortises in bases of solid silver, each weighing nearly 100 pounds. These bases stood side by side, forming a firm and con- tinuous foundation, and protecting the lower ends of the boards from decay. The roof of the tent was sup ported by pillars, of which there seem to have been five in the front (Exod. 36: 38), and probably as many in the rear. These were covered with gold, and rested upon bases of brass. The covering of the Tabernacle con- sisted of four curtains, one over another. 1. A covering called the "tabernacle cloth," of linen, woven in various colors, and embroidered with figures of cherubim. 2. Over this was stretched a covering of cloth made from goat's hair, larger than the other, and therefore extending beyond it. 3. Next came a covering of ' ' rams' skins dyed red." 4. Over aU was spread a cover- ing skin, called in the Hebrew, tachash, translated ' ' badgers' skins," but supposed by many to mean seal skin, taken from animals found in the to presei've the roof from the The front, on the eastern end. Eed Sea, and intended effects of the weather, was protected by a hanging of fine hnen, embroidered in blue, purple and scarlet, and resting upon the five pillars named above. (Eeview. 1. Purpose. 2. Dimen- sions. 3. Form. 4. Walls. 5. Eings. 6. Bases. 1. Pillars. 8. Coverings. 9. Front.) 5. The Holy Place. This was the larger of the two rooms, and was separated from the smaller room within by the Vail, which was an embroidered curtain hanging upon four pillars. Its dimensions were 15 feet in width and 30 feet in length, with walls 15 feet high. There is no mention of a floor, and probably there was none. It contained three articles of furniture. On the right of a person entering, midway between the two ends of the room, stood the Table, made of shittim wood (acacia), covered with gold; it was 3 feet long, a foot and a half wide, 2 feet 3 inches high, and surrounded with a "crown," or ornamental band, of gold. On the corners were rings, through which rods were passed, to carry it THE TABERNACLE. 137 from place to place. On this table were kept 12 loaves of unleavened bread, which were renewed every Sab- bath. On the left, opposite to the table, was the Lamp- stancl, generally called the Candlestick, but incorrectly, as it contained lamps, not candles. This was a tree of gold, probably 40 inches high, hav- ing three branches on each side of the central trunk, so arranged that the seven summits, each holding a lamp, stood in a horizontal hue. It is uncertain whether the lamps were kept burning at all times, or only during the night. Directly in front of the vail, at the western end of the Holy Place, stood the Altar of In- cense. This was of acacia wood, overlaid with gold, whence it was frequently called "the golden altar." It was a foot and a half square, and three feet high. It had horns on its corners, and rings for carrying, and an opening in the top, wherein was placed daily a censer full of incense, which was hghted by live coals from the altar of burnt offering in the court. The lighting of the incense with common fire was the crime for which the two elder sons of Aaron "died before the Lord." (Lev. THE BRAZEN AITAK. 10:1, 2.) Into the Holy Place the priests entered daily, to trim and refill the lamps, and offer the incense. (Review. 1. Vail. 2. Dimensions. 3. Table. 4. Lamp- stand. 5. Altar of Incense. 6. Daily uses.) 6. The Holy of Holies. This was the inner room, at the western end of the building, entered only on one day in the year, the Day of Atonement, and only by the high priest. Its dimensions were those of a cube, 15 feet in breadth, length and height. It con- tained the most sa- cred Arh of the Cove- nant, which was a chest, the recejitacle for the stone tables of the Law, given by the Lord to Moses. It was of shittim or acacia wood, covered without and within with gold, 3 feet 9 inches long, by 2 feet 3 inches wide and deep; furnished on the side with rings, that it might be car- ried. The lid was made of gold, and was called the propitiatory, — in our version, "mercy seat." Upon it stood golden figures of the cherubim, and between them was believed to dwell the cloud which denoted God's presence. (Review. 1. Uses. 2. Dimensions. 3. Ark.) OUTLINE FOR TEACHING AND REVIEW 1. Draw upon the blackboard a diagram representing the ground-plan of the Court of the Tabernacle, and, within it, the Tabernacle itself. Tell the class Its origin and history. 3. Locate upon the diagram each of the parts referred to, and describe them, following the outline given at the end of each paragraph. 3. Review the facts given, frequently during the lesson, and finally at the close. THE BRAZEN ALT\R, ACCORDING TO MEYEi;. THE TEMPLE IN THE TIME OF CHRIST (HEROD'S). ^ o o Sl;j"" NORTH QaIJ A era. o oi "" '''%^'. O o o n — T'^"i> the jj'i liars \^-^ swm^uiiting | -^r^ l/ih elegant p^UW? "'t/e liiwrij.tijns inllefirew, Oreei^^^ and Zatiii,/o>hicifli', o\ 3 C-O D OoO ,. 'Jo o'l ;OUTH GATE —^ilUltt-r OP A9UPPIM iiiis'o O Ol 3 o o! b o oi he InUru SuUirbH u IP o,.,Q........_,.a^ JVSCTIOS OF T3.F JZ I £ £ gates of huldah OTUFL Rand.McNaHy & Co..Engr's,Cliicago. THE TEMPLE. The Temple was the centre of Jewish thought, not only in Palestine, but also throughout the world. Even when it lay in ruins, Daniel, in the land of captivity, opened his window toward its site when he prayed; and the front of every synagogue looked toward it. It stood on Mount Moriah, which was originally outside the waU of the city, east of Mount Zion. In order ___. to give room for all its coiu-ts, the surface -^ of the hiU was increased by buildmg -^~^ I out from its sides on successive plat A 1 forms, supported by immense sub ^ structions of brick and stone, so that the entire mountain is hon- eycombed with artificial caves. M of Christ, and referred to in the allusions of the New Testament. It was destroyed by the Eomans under Titus, A. D. 70, and was never rebuilt by the Jews, though its restoration was more than once attempted. Its site is now occupied by the Mohammedan "Dome of the Rock," often, but erroneously, called the Mosque of Omar. ===,^^ The Temple of Herod is the one usually de- .^ scribed in works on the subject. The ~ authorities aie 1 The feciiptures, fiom which we gathei lefeiences to this Temple, and analogies fiom the ^ desciiption of the Tabernacle, of _ jr A - which the Temple was an enlarged =. copy 2 The desciiption given THE DOME OF THE BOOK. There were three successive Temples. 1. Solomon^ s Temple, dedicated about 1000 B. C. The accounts of this building are so meagre, and the text is so uncertain, that it is impossible to construct its plan with any satis- faction. A conjectural ground plan is given on page 71. This temple stood until 587 B. C, when it was destroyed by Nebuchadnezzar. 2. After a period of desolation of 50 years, ZeruhhabeTs Temple was begun, 536 B. C, and finished 20 years after. StiU less is knovm of its archi- tecture; but it was probably on the same general plan as Solomon's, though less magnificent. It passed through many sieges, Avas desecrated by enemies, and reconse- crated by the Jews, but stood until 30 years before the birth of Christ. 3. Herod's Temple was a restoration, enlargement, and improvement upon Zerubbabel's. It was built by Herod the Great, in sections, taking down the old and building the new part by part, so that it occupied many years, and was not completed until after Herod's death, and less than ten years before its final destruction. This was the Temple standing in the time ( by Josephus, which was written 20 years after its faU, and gives general impressions rather than accurate de- tails. 3. The tract Middoth "measures," in the Tahnud, which gives precise measurements, but not complete information. 4. The allusions in ancient Jewish htera- ture, of more or less value and authority. 5. The results of recent explorations under the Temple area, which are very valuable. Different investigators have come to very different conclusions concerning the Temple and its courts. We present in this description those of Dr. James Strong, in McClintock & Strong's Cyclopedia, from which our diagram is taken, by permission. From the uncertainty of many dimensions, and especially the difference of opinion with regard to the length of the Jewish cubit, in which all the ancient measurements are given, most of our figures must be regarded as general estimates, rather than precise statements. The Temple consisted of a building called "the House of God," surrounded by a number of open courts, the outer ones including the inner. On the north of it was 139) 140 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. the Tower of Antonia; east, Valley of the Kedron; south, Ophel; west, Valley of the Tyropoeon; and beyond, Mount Zion. I. The Court of the Gentiles was the largest, and the first entered by a visitor from without. It was so named because it was the only part of the building in which foreigners were allowed; hence not regarded as sacred by the Jews. Speaking roughly, it was an open square, of about 1,000 feet on each side; more precisely, a quadrangle, whose inside measurements were 990 feet on the north, 1,000 on the east, 910 on the south, 1,060 on the west. On two sides there was a covered cor- ridor; Solomon's Porch on the east, Herod's Porch on the south. It was entered on the north, east and south, fey a single gate in each waU : north, the Gate Tedi, a stair- case leading up to the Tower Antonia, from which Paul made his speech to the Jewish mob (Acts 22); east, the Gate Shushan, directly opposite to the altar, and leading to the Valley of the Kedron; south, the Gate Huldah, a subterranean passage through the floor of the court. fragment of this waU, with its inscription, was recently discovered in Jerusalem. Within this wall was a cor ridor 2-1: feet wide, containing an ascent of steps 8 feet high; and above them the inner waU, which was Uke that of a castle, very thick, from 40 to 60 feet high, and more than once used as a fortress by the Jews. Through both the outer lattice and the inner wall were nine gates, four each on the north and south; one on the east, opposite to the altar; but none on the west. Though most of the worshipers came from that side, the rear of the Temple stood toward it, and the front faced the east. The Chel, then, was a terrace of 24 feet, between two walls, an outer lattice and an inner castle. Paul was arrested under a false report of his having led Gen- tiles into this Sacred Enclosure. (Acts 21:28, 29.) III. The Court of the Women, of ten called "The Treasury," occupied a square in the eastern end of the Sacred Enclosure. Passing through the thick wall, the Jewish visitor (for none other was allowed to enter) found himself in an open court, about 240 feet square. EHCUOSURE,o.TEN --^^^0"M0VNTA,^ SECTION THROUGH THE MIDDLE OF THE TEMPLE FROM EAST TO WEST. CHALLV & CO., ENGH'S, CHICAGO. which was here much higher than the ground outside the wall; west, four gates : the southern, near the angle of the wall, the Gate ShaUeketh, or Kiponos, opening to a bridge over the Tyropoeon; next. Gate Parbar; then, the South Gate of Asuppim; and near the northern cor- ner of the wall, the North Gate of Asuppim. On the floor of this court was a market for the sale of sacrificial meats, with "tables of the money changers"; twice broken up by Jesus in his ministry. (John 2:14-16; Matt. 21: 12, 13.) [Notice, in this account : 1. Name. 2. Dimensions. 3. Porches. 4. Gates. 6. Market.] II. The Sacred Enclosure was an elevated section in the northwestern part of the Court of the Gentiles, containing the sacred buildings. It was called by the Jews the Chel (pronounced KeJ). It stood 8 feet higher than the level of the surrounding court; and its outside measurement was 630 feet on the north and south, by 300 east and west. Its outer waU was a lattice wrought in stone, called Soreg, "interwoven," 4^ feet high, con- taining inscriptions in many languages, warning all foreigners not to enter it, under penalty of death. A surrounded by high walls, and 3 feet higher than the platform of the Chel. To this led four gates, or rather doors, in the middle of the wall on each side; that on the east, probably, being the Beautiful Gate (Acts 3 : 2), and that on the west the Gate of Nicanor, because the head of Nicanor, a Syrian enemy of the Jews, had once been hung upon it. In each corner of the court was a room, open overhead, 60 feet square. That in the southeast was used for the ceremonies of the Nazarite's vow, and was the one where Paul was seized by the Jews (Acts 21 : 26) ; in the northeast, for the preparation of wood for the altar; in the northwest, for the ceremonies of cleans- ing for lepers; in the southwest, for the storage of sacrificial oil. Between these rooms were galleried cloisters, of which the upper story was set apart for women, who were not aUowed to penetrate further into the Temple, but from the gallery over the Gate of Nicanor could witness the sacrifices. Around the wall were fastened 13 treasure-chests, for gifts of the wor- shipers, from which came the name "Treasury." (Mark 12:41, 42; John 8:20.) Under the floor of this ^ f ^ o Q O d W O O GO (141) 142 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. court was a subterranean passage fiom the Tower of Antonia, by which soldiers were sent to queU riots among the Jews, the opening being by the Gate Beauti- ful, over which was a guard-room. Through this pas- sage the soldiers came who rescued Paul from the Jewish mob. (Acts 21:31, 32.) Under the steps leading up to the Gate JSTicanor were two rooms in which musical instruments were stored for use at the festivals. [Re- view. 1. Names. 2. Dimensions. 3. Doors. 4. Rooms. 5. Galleries. 6. Treasure-chests. 7. Underground pas- sage. 8. Music-rooms. 9. Scripture allusions.] IV. The Court of Israel, or Court of the Men, occupied the western end of the Sacred Enclosure, and was a narrow corridor surrounding the Court of the Priests. It was 10 feet higher than the Court of the Women; 320 feet east and west, by 240 north and south. The width of the corridor on the north and south was 16 feet, and on the east and west 24 feet. It was the place where the men of Israel stood to view the sacri- fices. On the outside of it rose the high inner wall of the Sacred Enclosure ; on the inside, a low balustrade sufficed to separate it from the space set apart for the priests. Three gates led up to it on the north; as many on the south; and one, the Gate of Nicanor, on the east. In the wall on the north were chambers used severaUy for treasuries, guard, the storage of salt, the storage of hides and of earthenware. On the south, at its eastern corner, was the session-room of the Sanhedrim, called the HaU Gazith, and beyond it rooms in the wall for guard, storage, etc. In the Hall Gazith, the elders sat on seats of stone arranged in semicircular form. [Review. 1. Name. 2. Location. 3. Dimensions. 4. Purpose. 5. Walls. 6. Gates. T. Rooms.] V. The Court of the Priests was a raised platform within the Court of Israel, and standing 3 feet above it. It was about 2Y6 feet long, by 200 -feet wide. It was mainly occupied by the House of God, in front of which stood the great Altar of Burnt Offering, built upon the stone which now rises under the Dome of the Rock. The altar was a rude structure of rough stone, white- washed, and 15 feet high. From its southwestern corner an undergroimd drain passed beneath aU the courts to the brook Kedron. Opposite, also, to the southwestern corner, was the Laver, supplying water for the services and washings. Around the altar were marble tables for various uses in the sacrifices, and in the pavement were rings for securing the animals to be slain. [Review. 1. Name. 2. Dimensions. 3. Altar. 4. Drain. 5. Laver. 6. Tables, rings, etc.] VI. The House of God, or Temple Proper, occupied more than half the space in the Court of the Priests. Its floor was 8 feet above the level of the surrounding court; and it had four parts. 1. The Porch, or Vestibule, extended across the front : it was 120 feet high, and con- sisted of several stories. Its roof was steep, and covered with golden spikes to keep birds from settling upon and defiling it. It was built of marble, and richly ornamented. 2. The Chambers were on each side of the house, but separate from it, and not attached to its wall. They were three stories high, and entered from the north and south by winding stairs. Their use was to furnish homes for the priests during their two weeks of service each year. 3. The Holy Place was 30 feet wide and 60 feet long, double the dimensions of the same room in the Tabernacle. It was entered from the vestibule by double doors plated with gold; and both floor and ceiling were covered with gold. On the right side of one entering was the Table, on which 12 loaves of unleavened bread were kept standing ; on the left was the Lamp-stand, generally called (but incorrectly) the Golden Candlestick, for it held seven lamps, not candles; and at its further end was the golden Altar of Incense, lighted each day by coals from the Altar of Burnt Offering. In this room Zacharias received the promise of the birth of John the Baptist. (Luke 1.) 4. The Holy of Holies was a cube, each dimension being 30 feet. It was separated from the Holy Place by a vail, said to be 8 inches thick (but probably consisting of two vails 8 inches apart), which was rent from top to bottom at the hour of the Saviour's death on the cross. (Mark 15:38.) In the first Temple this room contained the Ark of the Covenant; but in the second and third Temples the place of the lost ark was taken by a marble stone, upon which the high priest laid the censer on the Day of Atonement, the only day in the year when the Holy of Holies was entered. The Roman conqueror, Pompey, insisted upon entering it, expecting to see some object of worship, and perhaps treasure, but was surprised to find nothmg within the vail. [Review. 1. Porch. 2. Chambers. 3. Holy Place and contents. 4. Holy of Hohes.] OUTLINE FOE TEACHING AND REVIEW. I. Let the teacher relate the history of the Tetaple, with its three periods of building, under Solomon, Zerubbabel and Herod, and review the class on the names and events. II. Draw the elevations of the several courts and buildings, showing how they successively rose one above another, and, as each is indicated, give its name, and its elevation above the preceding. 1. Court of Gentiles. 3. Sacred Enclosure, 8 feet elevation. 3. Court of Women, 3 feet higher. 4. Court of Israel, 10 feet. 5. Court of the Priests, 3 feet. 6. House of God, 8 feet. III. Draw next the ground plan of the six departments as given, and describe each, following the order given in the description above. Fre- quently review the class upon the names, dimensions and facts. IV. Number the Scripture references given in the description, write them on slips of paper, distribute to the class, and call for them in con- nection with the parts of the Temple to which they refer. At the close call upon the class to name the Scriptui-e incidents connected with each department. LESSONS IN THE GEOGRAPHY OF PALESTINE. More than two-thirds of the events of Bible history- are associated with the land of Palestine, and a knowl- edge of that country and its principal places is needed by every Sunday School scholar and Bible student. Any Superintendent who will take ten minutes of the Sun- Names : CA., ISR., JUD., PAL. MM^^ C'^^c Lesson I. day School session for the purpose or teaching Bible Geography, can in less than three months give to his school a sufficient knowledge of Palestine for the general needs of Bible study. The requisites are : a blackboard; some crayons (of various colors, if possible to obtain them); a clear idea on the part of the instructor of what he proposes to teach; precise statements of the things taught, in as few words as possible; giving nothing ex- cept the important facts which are to be remembered; and frequent reviews, from the beginnmg, of all the facts acquired. The lessons here given have been taught many times in Sunday Schools and children's classes at Assemblies, and are now pubhshed in the hope that they may be made generally useful. LESSON I. LINES AND WATERS. I. Draw in presence of the class, in white chalk, the two lines, one representing the Coast Line, the other, the Jordan Line. Notice that the cape on the Coast Line is one-third the distance from the top of the map; that the second of the three lakes is directly opposite to the cape; and that the distance between the second and third lakes is just six times that between the first and the second. The teacher may draw the hues in advance of the lesson, with a soapstone slate pencil, which will make a faint mark, not distinguishable at a distance, but seen by the teacher, and easily traced in presence of the class with white crayon. Let the class repeat the names of the two lines. 1. Coast Line. 2. Jordan Line. II. Locate the different Bodies of Water, indicating their names by initial letters. 1. The Mediterranean Sea, on the west, called in the Bible "the Great Sea." 2. The river Jordan, flowing from north to south. 3. Lake Merom, on the north. 4. The Sea of Gahlee. 5. The Dead Sea, into which the Jordan flows. Show the class that this sea hes so low, that, if a canal were cut to the Mediterranean, the ocean would run in, instead of the Dead Sea running out. DriU the class on : 1. Lines. 2. Bodies of Water. LESSON II. NAMES AND DISTANCES. Draw the same map as in Lesson I., but omit the let- tering, and review the Lines and Waters. I. State and drill upon the Names by which the land has been known in different times. 1. In the earliest ages it was called Canaan, because its best-known peo- ple were the Canaanites. 2. After the Israelites con- quered it, it was known as the Land of Israel. 3. In the time of Christ it was generally called Judcea, because the Jews were its inhabitants. 4. Its name is now Palestine. [Write an initial or syllable of each name, and recall it from the class.] II. Give the Distances. 1. Begin with the country best known, and state first the distance from America to Palestine, 7,800 miles. [Write on the board A. P. 7,800.] C143J 1-14 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. 2. The Coast Line, from a point opposite the source of the Jordan to a point opposite the lower end of the Dead Sea, 180 miles. [Write 0. L. 180.] 3. The Jordan Line, from its source to the lower end of the Dead Sea, 160 miles. [J. L. 160.] 4. From the Jordan to the Mediterranean, on the north, 30 mUes. [J. M. 30.] 5. Fnm the Dead Sea, at its southern end, to the Mediter- ranean, 90 miles. [D. S. M. 90.] 6. The most northern 7S00 c. X. ISO .1 L. 160 J. M. 30 3» s.m. 90 ]} Tj. 1.50 S. M. fiCOO Names : CA., ISR., JUD., PAL MM^^v.c-ir^. LESSON III. NATURAL DIYISIONS. Draw, as before, the outline of the map, and review aU the facts already taught. 1. Lines. 2. Waters. 3. Names. 4. Distances. Test the memory of the class on these without giving the initials. There are four Natural Divisions to Palestine; that is, four sections in the country, lying parallel with each other. Indicate them on the map in brown chalk, not making them very prominent. 1. We find the Sea-Coast Plain [S. C. P.] extend- ing along the Coast from north to south, narrow at the north, and wider at the south. 2. Further inland, we come to the Mountain Re- gion [M. E.], the backbone of the country, a section of hills and mountains, and the home of the Israehtish people. 3. Passing over the mountains, we find the Jordan Lessok II. town in Palestine was Dan [mark D. on the map]; the most southern was Beersheba [mark B.]. Hence, to show the extent of the land, they said "from Dan to Beersheba," which was 150 miles in a straight line. [Write D. B. 150.] 7. Palestine, between the Jordan and the sea, includes about 6,600 square miles, which is a little smaller than Massachusetts. [Write S. M. 6,600.] Eeview the facts already given from the beginning. 1. Lines. 2. Waters. 3. Distances. Lesson III. LESSONS IN THE GEOGEAPHY OF PALESTINE. 145 Valley, a deep gorge, and deeper the further we travel southward, until, at the Dead Sea, it is more than 1,300 feet lower than the Mediterranean. 4. Still further eastward, we chmb the steep mount- ains again, and reach the Eastern Table-Land, a lofty plain sloping gradually to the great desert beyond it. Review, as before. 1. Lines. 2. Waters. 3. Names. 4. Distances. 5. Natural Divisions. LESSON IV. MOUNTAINS. Review, as usual, from the beginning, before com- mencing the advance lesson. The events of the Bible Lesson IV. are often associated with Mountains, of which there are many in Palestine. We select eight of the most im- portant, group them in pairs, and state with each the fact which gives it interest. On the north of the country, near the source of the Jordan, we find two mountains, nearly opposite to each other. 1. Mount Hermon, on the east, the highest mountain in Palestine, and the place where the Saviour was transfigured. 2. Mount Lebanon, on the west, famous for its cedars. Next, we find two mountains nearly in line with the Sea of Galilee, one directly west and the other southwest of it. 3. Mount Carmel, by the Mediterranean, where Elijah called down fire from heaven upon the altar. 4. Moimt Oilboa, where King Saul fell in battle with the Philistines. In the centre of the country we find two mountains, where Joshua read the law to the Israelites. 5. On the north. Mount Ehal, the mount of cursiag. 6. On the south. Mount Oerizim, the mount of blessing. In the south, directly in line with the northern end of the Dead Sea, are two mountains. T. On the west, Mount Olivet, or the Mount of OHves, where Jesus ascended. 8. On the east, Mount Neho, where Moses died. With each of these mountains the event associated might be briefly related. At the close, review as before. 1. Lines. 2. Waters. 3. Names. 4. Distances. 6. Divisions. 6. Mountains. Be sure that the class can name the event with each momitaui. LESSON V. PLACES. This lesson may weU be divided into from two to four sections, according to the time which can be given to it. Draw the map, as usual, from the beginning; and, as each subject is presented upon it, review the pupils, until aU their past lessons are clearly fixed in mind. 1. Lines. 2. Waters. 3. Names. 4. Distances. 6. Natural Divis- ions. 6. Mountains. See that with each mountain, as it is located, the event connected with it is named. We have now to fix the inost important Places in Palestine. We locate them by their arrangement m the Natural Divisions, and name an event for which each place is remembered. I. Places in the Sea-Coast Plain. [These may constitute one lesson, if desired.] 1. Gaza, where Sam- son pulled down the idol temple upon the Phihstines and himself. This hes on the Mediterranean, directly in luie west of the middle point of the Dead Sea. 2. Joppa, the seaport of Palestine, from which the prophet Jonah started on his voyage. This hes nearly half way between Gaza and Mount Carmel. 3. Ccesarea, where Paul made his defense before King Agrippa, and was a prisoner for two years. This is a little more than half way between Joppa and Mount Carmel. 4. Tyre, the city which sent ships to all lands; a httle further north of Mount Carmel than Caesarea is south of it. As each place is named, locate it on the board, and mark it by an initial letter. II. Another lesson may include the most important Places in the Mountain Region. 1. Beersheba, the home of Abraham; opposite the lower bay of the Dead 146 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. Sea. 2. Hebron, where the patriarchs were buried; op- posite the middle of the Dead Sea, and in hne with Gaza. 3. Bethlehem, where David and Jesus were born, 6 miles south of Jerusalem. 4. Jerusalem, the capital of Palestine, where David reigned, and where Jesus was crucified; directly in line with the northern end of the rsoo C. X,. ISO J. Ij. 160 J. M. 30 J). S. M. 90 a).3. 150 S. M. 6600 ° M, Karnes : CA., ISR., JUD., PAL. Lesson V. Dead Sea. 6. Bethel, 12 miles north of Jerusalem, where Jacob saw the vision of the heavenly ladder. 6. She- chem, between the twin mountains of Ebal and Gerizim, where Jesus talked with the woman of Samaria. '7. Naz- areth, where Jesus spent his boyhood ; directly in line with the southern end of the Sea of Galilee. III. Places in the Jordan Valley. Two of these are near the northern end of the Dead Sea. 1. Jericho, west of the Jordan, where the walls fell down before the Israelites. 2. Bethabara, east of the Jordan, where Jesus was baptized. Two more are near the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. 3. Capernaum, where Jesus lived during his ministry, and wrought many miracles; on the northwestern shore of the sea. 4. Bethsaida, where Jesus fed the five thousand with five loaves; on the north of the sea. 5. The last is at the source of the river Jor- dan, Dan, the most northerly town in Palestine. IV. Places in the Eastern Table-Land. There are not many in this section, because few events of Bible history took place there. 1. Machcerus, where John the Baptist was imprisoned and beheaded; opposite the north- ern part of the Dead Sea. 2. Penuel, on the brook Jab- 7800 c X. ISO J. 1. 160 J. M. 30 B . S. M. 90 B H. 150 S. M, 6600 o M. Names : CA., ISR., JUD., PAL Lesson VI. bok, where Jacob wrestled with the angel. This is about midway between the Dead Sea and the Sea of Galilee. 3. Mahanaim, where David wept over Absalom's death. This is about half way between Penuel and the Sea of Galilee. 4. Ccesarea Philippi, at the foot of Mount Her- mon, where Jesus taught his disciples. LESSONS IN THE GEOGRAPHY OF PALESTINE. 1-tr It may be desirable not to give these places in a single lesson, but to divide it into two, or even four sections, and give one at a session. In that case, with each les- son aU the places already located should be reviewed, together with the events associated with them. If the places can be marked upon the board in bright red chalk, they will be prominent. LESSON YI. PROYINCES. Review from the beginning, as usual. 1. Lines. 2. Waters. 3. Names. 4. Distances. 5. Natural Divis- ions. 6. Mountains. Y. Places. In this lesson we are to learn the Provinces, or parts of the country, in the time of Christ. We do not take the division by tribes; as that is more difficult to learn, and not often referred to in history. At the time when Christ was among men, Palestine was divided into five Provinces, though two of these were under one ruler. I. Draw the boundary Kne of Judsea, and write its initial, J. This was the southern province, and the largest. [Review the names of the places contained in it.] Its people were the Jews, or men of the tribe of Judah, and its principal city was Jerusalem. II. North of Judaea was the province known as Sa- maria, having Shechem as its principal city. Its people were the Samaritans, with whom the Jews had no deal- ings. In Christ's day Judaea and Samaria were under one government. It contained the twin mountains Ebal and Gerizim. III. North of Samaria was Galilee, where Jesus lived durmg most of his life. Its people were also Jews, but were called "Gahleans" by the Jews in Jerusalem; and in Christ's time it was under the rule of Herod, who slew John the Baptist. Notice the mountains and towns situated in it. Mountains : Lebanon and Gilboa; towns : Nazareth, Capernaum and Dan. IV. On the east of the Jordan, and south of the Sea of Galilee, was the province of Per sea, a word which means "beyond"; so named, because it is "beyond Jordan." Here Jesus taught at one time during his ministry, and blessed the Little children. The places which we have noticed in it are Machaerus, Bethabara, Penuel and Mahanaim; and its mountain, Nebo. This province, in Christ's day, was also i-uled by King Herod. V. The province north of Peraea and east of the Sea of Galilee is not named in the New Testament. We wiU caU it by its Old Testament name, Bashaii, a word meaning "woodland." It was ruled by a brother of Herod, named Philip, whose title was "tetrarch "; hence it is sometimes caUed " Phihp's Tetrarchy." The mount- ain we have noticed in it is Hermon, and the two places, Bethsaida, and Caesarea Philippi, or " Philip's Caesarea," to distinguish it from the other Caesarea, by the sea- shore. At the close of the lesson, review once more from the very begiiming of the series; then erase the map, and, pointing to the places on an "invisible map," call for their names from the class. There can scarcely be too much reviewing of these leading facts, in order to im- press them on the scholar's memory. AECnES UNDER TEMPLE AREA THE MEASURES OF THE BIBLE. The, student of the Bible meets with some difficulty in adapting the names of weights, measures and coins, to the standards now in use, and finds that the authorities are not agreed upon the precise signification of the Bible terms used in relation to these subjects. These difficul- ties and discrepancies arise from three facts : 1. The Oriental mind has never been accustomed to the exact- ness of our systems of measurement. Among eight cubit naeasures found on the Egyptian monuments, no two were precisely ahke. 2. The models or standards of weights and measures referred to in Hebrew history were long ago lost, and it is not easy to reproduce them. 3. The Jews adopted the measurements of peoples among whom they were dispersed, yet often retained the names of such of their own as were nearest to them in amount, so that at different periods in Bible history the standard was different. The same word may refer to different measurements at different times. We have adopted in this section the measurements of F. R. and C. R. Conder in "The Hand Book of the Bible," except where other authorities are specified. I. Smaller Measures of Length. 1. The lowest dimension, as in our own table of linear measure, was the Barleycorn. 2. Two barleycorns laid endways made the Finger-breadth (Hebrew, Atzbah), two-thirds of an SMALLER MEASURES OV LENGTH. inch. 3. Four finger-breadths made the Palm (Heb., Tupah), 2| inches. 4. Sometimes the Hand-breadth and Palm are the same; elsewhere, the hand-breadth (Heb., Zereth) is double the palm, or 5^ inches. 5. Three palms ( made the Span (Heb., Sit), 8 inches, the width of the outspread hand, from the end of the thumb to that of the little finger. 6. Four palms made the Foot (Heb., Regal), lOf inches. 7. Six palms made the Cubit (Heb., Ameh), 16 inches (Conder), or the distance from the elbow to the tip of the middle finger, when held in a straight line. The cubit, however, varied (just as the pound with us varies in troy and avoirdupois weight), as indicated in the expressions "the cubit of a man" (Dent. 3:11), "a great cubit" (Ezek. 41:8), etc. In the length of the cubit, authorities vary from 15 to 21 inches. We have adopted the general opinion, and place it, conjecturally, at a foot and a half, or 18 inches. 11. Larger Measures of Length. The cubit (reck- oned more precisely at 16 inches) is here regarded as the unit of measurement. 1. The Fathom was 6 or G^ feet. 2. The Reed (Heb., Keneh; compare om- word cane) was 4 cubits, according to Conder, but 6 cubits according to other authorities, thus varying between 5^- feet and 8 feet. 3. The Furlong (named only in the New Testa- ment) was a Greek measurement (Stadium), of 606f feet, or 53i feet less than our furlong. 4. The Mile (Matt. 5:41) was 1,618 yards. The Hebrew mile is not re- ferred to in the Bible, but was of two kinds, "the small mile" (Heb., Mil), being about 1,000 cubits, or about a quarter of our mile; and "the long mile," twice as far. 5. The Sabbath Day's Journey is stated by Conder at 2,000 cubits, or half an English mile; but by most other writers at seven-eighths of our mile. 6. The Day's Journey was variable, from 10 to 30 miles; generally about 20 miles. So most authorities decide, but Conder gives it at 4f miles. HI. Dry Measures of Capacity. 1. The Cab (2 Kings 6:25), 96 cubic inches, or 675 thousandths of a quart. 2. The Omer (Exod. 16: 36) contained 172 A cubic inches, or about 2^ quarts. 3. The Seah (in Greek, Mo- dios) was the ordinary household measure of quantity, translated, generally, "measure" in our Bibles, but in Matt. 5:15 "bushel." It contained six times as much as the cab, or a little over a peck; according to Conder, 1.012 pecks; according to the Revised Version (Matt. 13:33, marginal note), a peck and a half. 4. The Ephah (Exod. 16:36) contained 3 seahs, or 10 omers; about three-quar- ters of a bushel. 5. The Cor contained 10 ephahs, or 7i bushels. The cor is also called "the homer" (Isa. 5:10), which is to be carefully distinguished from the omer, which contained one-hundredth of its quantity. The two words are not alike in the Hebrew. It will be no- ticed that the omer, the ephah and the cor (or homer) formed a decimal scale of measurement. 148) THE MEASURES OF THE BIBLE. 149 OMER (21^ Quarts) CAB SEAH (11^ Tech) ONE PECK J3zWa Measures, Ordinary Measures. DRY MEASURES. IV. Liquid Measures of Capacity. 1. The Au phauk (not named in the Bible) was the smallest, con- taining 6 cubic inches, or ^.75 thousandths of a giU. 2. The Log (Lev. 14: 10), four times as large as the auphauk, was "six egg-shells fuU," 24 cubic inches, or a little more HIN ( One Gdnon I ONE QUART than half a pint (675 thousandths). 3. The Hin (Exod. 29: 40) contained 12 logs, or a little over a gallon. 4. The Seah (see above, under Dry Measures) contained twice as much as the hin. 5. The Bath, containing 3 seahs or 6 bins, contained 1,728 cubic inches, or 6.036 gallons. Be- sides these, the New Testament names two Greek meas- ures, the Metretes (John 2:6, "firkins"), equivalent to 10^ gallons; and the Choenix (Eev. 6:6,. "measure"), about a pint and a half. V. Measures of Weight. (From the Oxford Teach- er's Bible.) 1. The Gerah, "a bean, " weighed a little less than half of a dram avoirdupois (.439 dram). 2. The Bekah, 10 gerahs, weighed about a quarter of an ounce (4.39 drams). The word means "half," i. e., of a shekel. 3. The Shekel, "weight," used as a silver coin, 2 bekahs, weighed 8.9 drams. 4. The Maneh (Greek, Mina), 60 shekels (Conder says 50 shekels, which would agree with paragraph VI., below), 2 lbs. 1 oz. 5. The Talent, "circle," meaning "an aggregate sum," 50 manehs, weighing 102 lbs. 14 ozs. The weights are of lower de- gree than those in common use at present, because in the early times money was weighed, and not counted, and exact weighing was necessary with gold and silver. VI. Measures of Value. Two systems of money are referred to in the Bible : the Hebrew, or that in use in Old Testament times and lands; and the Eoman, which was used during the New Testament period. In the He- brew system the weights referred to in paragraph V. were used in silver as measures of value. 1. The Gerah (Exod. 30:13) was the lowest, and was worth 2f cents. 2. The Bekah, 10 gerahs (Exod. 38:26), was worth 27tV¥ cents, or about 2 cents more than our quarter of a dollar. 3. The Shekel, 2 bekahs, was worth 54f cents, or about 5 cents more than half a dollar. 4. The Maneh, or Mina, 50 shekels (Luke 19:13, "pound"), $27.37i 5. The Tal- ent of Silver, 60 manehs, $1,642.50. 6. The Talent of Gold was nearly twenty times as valuable, being esti- mated at $26,280. 7. So the Shekel of Gold was worth, in the same proportion of weight with the ordinary shekel of silver, $8.75. It is to be remembered that a given amount of coin in those times would purchase ten times as much as now. This is a copper coin, a quarter-gerah, worth about half a cent; was made about the time of Alexander the Great, B. C. 325. LIQUID MEASURES, A silver coin, three- quarters of a shekel, called a rigliia, used especially for paying the temple tax. It was worth about 40 cents. 150 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. The Greek and Eonian coins are chiefly referred to in the New Testament. The smallest was the Lepton (Mark 12:42, "mite"), worth a fifth of a cent. 2. The Quad- rans (Mark 12:42, "farthing"), 2 mites, or less than half a cent. 3. The Assarion (Matt. 10:29, "farthing"), four times the quadrans, or If cents. Notice that two coiiis, one worth four times as much as the other, are both translated ' ' farthing " in our version. 4. The Denarius (Matt. 22:19, "penny"), 10 times the assarion, or 16 cents. It was the latter which in Christ's time bore the face of the Eoman emperor. The smallest copper coin in use among the Jews, the lepton, called in Hebrew chalcous, ' 'copper money. " The widow's mite was of this coin. The denarius, or penny, bearing the face of the emperor Tiberius. PATMOS. INDEX TO MAP OF PALESTINE. (SUEROUNDING COUNTRY INCLUDED.) EXPLiNATION.— The letter and number following each mine show it3 location on the maj). itweeu the letters top and bottom and a horizontal line between the figures on either side. The name will be found at or near the intersection of a vertical lino dr.iwii -bana rH Abbin M-20 Abdon G.ig '-bil J-13 i-bilin _ _ _ (3..17 '^bud _ G23 i-cco Ptolemais F-16 Acrabi H-33 Acre F-16 Acre 0-15 Adlan H-12 Adonis J.7 Adrha R.ll Afka L-7 Ahiry Q-16 Ai H-24 AiuAta N-6 Ain Barada N-10 Ain Burdai 0-8 Ain Feshkliali 1-26 AinHaudli E-18 Ain Jiddy 1-28 Ain Yebrud H-24 Aithy M-10 Ajalon F-25 AJlan D-27 AjUm _ . L-21 AJiltun KB Aliir D-25 Akka :.... F-16 Alvka, Plain of G-16 Akkaba 1-21 Akobar P-10 Akrabeli H-23 Akurah L-7 Allan L-22 AUeikab K-15 Alma .1-15 Amaad K-19 Amaleh K-18 Amateb K-21 Amathus.. .K-21 Amkah.... G-16 Amman - N-24 Ammik - L-IO Ammonites M-35 Amshir J-6 Amwas E-25 Amyan . L-5 Anab - - - P-38 Anat J-11 Anathoth - - - - H-25 Anti-Lebanon ... R-6 Antipatris E-22 Anz- - T-20 ApoUonia . . . - . D-22 Ar (Babbath Moab) L-29 Araba 1-17 Arad ff Arair J^-^« ArakelEmir M-24 Aramun J-9 j^jar --• U-lo Araraii ...- -- F-30 Arbela N-19 Arbin-... t^jl ArdAs.ierab K-16 ArdelHuleh .--- J-14 Areiya-- ^„9 Areopohs -i^.-ia Arnau.---- - J^b Arnon --- -Li-S iroeV.- — - --F-30 Aroer. L-28 Arrabeb G-20 Arrabeli 1-17 Arsuf D-22 Ary R-19 Ascalon B-26 Ashdod C-26 Asber 1-21 Askulan . . B 26 Ashkut L-8 Astifa ... F-18 AtaibeU... R-11 Atara... G-21 Atarotb K-27 Athlit E-18 Atil . R-17 Atny S-8 Attii F-21 Attir F-29 Atuf L22 Aulam J-18 Auranitis P-18 Aurney M-18 Ayun ed Dura .. P-9 Ayun el Alak ... . S-5 Azzun F-22 Baalbek 0-7 Baal Meor L-26 Babda J-9 Bahret Bala T-14 Bahret el AteibeU. T-12 Babret el Hijaneb S-13 Balir Tubariyeh K-17 Bakah F-30 Bala.... Q-11 Balin D 26 Banias .. K-14 Bar Elias M-9 Basban 0-17 Batansea T-16 Bathaniyeh S-17 Batbaniveb T-16 Batneb ". K-23 Batruny N-10 Bechar F-21 Beeroth G-34 Beer Sheba D-29 BeerSbeba, Deceit of D-30 Beirut - 1-8 Beit Auwa E-28 Beit Dejan . . D-24 BeitDirdis.... B-27 BeiterRas .. M-19 Beit Far E-25 Beitldia K-30 Beit Tmrlm H-21 Beitin G-24 Beit Jala G-26 Beit Jenn M-13 BeitJibrin E-27 Beit Kurm... K-39 BeitLabm G-18 BeitLahm G-36 Beit Lid F-32 Beit Luna. Lll BeitNebala E-34 Beit Ur Tahta . . . G-25 Bcka S20 Belat I-IO Belateh jSr-25 Belfort J-13 Bereikut G-26 Bereitan... ... .- 0-8 Berkha .- 0-6 Bcrya I-IO Berytus . . 1-8 Besbara 1-14 (151 Besum J-18 Bethany H-25 Betbar F-21 BethDagon D-24 Bethel G-24 Beth Gamul.... P-21 Beth Hogla. J-25 Bethhoron G-24 Beth Jesimotli K-25 Bethlehem ..G-26 BetbNimraU.... .... K-24 Bethshean J-20 BethShemesh F-26 Beth Tappuab F-37 Bethzur F-37 Bilhas L-7 Bireh G-24 Bir es Seba D-29 Birweh. G-16 BirZeit G-24 Bisri Jll Biut Jebeil 1-15 Blabura . L-6 Bludan N-10 Botal Meon L-26 Botrys J-6 Bozrah R-19 Brummana J-8 Bsberreh M-6 Budeih N-7 Bukf eiya K-8 Bukha R-8 Burak Q-14 Burd .. S-19 Burka 0-25 Burmeb M-23 Busrah R-19 Byblus ... J-7 Bziza L-5 Cabul H-17 Caesarea D-20 Ctesarea Philippi K-14 Callirhoe J-27 Cana H18 Capercotia H-20 Carmel G-28 Castellum Peregrinorum D-18 Chesalloth L18 Chorazin K-16 Gonna.. Q-5 Convent E-17 Corea; H 23 Daberath . L18 Dahrel Abmar... L-11 Damascus P-11 Damascus R-9 Dametcl Alyab.- Q-16 Dan - K-13 Dareiya 0-12 Dead Sea J-28 Decapolis... Q-16 Deir Aly P-14 Deir el Ahniar N-7 Deir el Kami- - ..- J-10 Denna J-19 Derat... 0-18 Dheldr R-15 Dhiban L-27 Dibbin M-21 Dibnn L-38 Dilly 0-16 Dimas ... ... N-11 Dinneh B-37 Dimesk ... P-13 Dimonah F-31 Doroa P-17 ) Draa J-30 Dulbeh R-13 Duma .. L-6 Duma ..... P-11 Dumah F-28 Dumniar 0-11 Dura . . F-27 Duris N-8 Eauniia 1-23 Bcdippi Achzilj F-15 EdDur . P-17 Edhra 0-17 Eglon D-37 Eiidcu M-5 Eib .... P15 Eidum M-30 Ejlil D-33 Ekron D-25 Elal. L-25 El Batrum J-5 ElBelka K-26 ElBellan N-12 El Bukaa ... . ... MIO El Bukeia .. ... 116 El Buri. E-28 ElBurj- LIB El Daumeh F-38 ElDekwa ... ... .. T-13 Elealeh L-25 Eleutheropolis E-27 El Fejjeh E-23 ElFuhais .. L-24 El Fuleb H-19 El Fureidis J-10 El Futian . . N-27 ElGhor J-2B ElGhor. J-31 El Ghuzlaniyeh Q.12 ElHadeth .. J.9 El Hadeth ... N-8 ElHather L-13 ElHerath K-33 ElHish L-15 ElHusm M-19 ElJisr K-7 ElKana N-8 El Kerak M-8 ElKhulil G-27 ElKireh .. 6-19 ElKuds G-25 El Kusein . F-30 Ellar ... G-21 El Latron E-25 El Lisan J-29 El Mejdel .. C-26 El Merj ... L-9 El Mezzeh 0-11 El Mokhrah 0-7 El Mukhtarah J-10 Er-Riha L-28 El Tell K16 Elusa ...D31 Endor L18 En-gannim ... . . 1-30 Engedi I 28 Ephraim, Mountains of F-23 Eriha J-35 Br Ram H 25 ErRemtheh... ...N-19 Esdraelon, Plain of H-19 Esdud C-26 Eshmiskin . 0-17 Es Salt L-23 Es Samieh .. L24 Es Sawaflr C 26 EsSemuy.. J 16 MAP OF PALESTINE AN] (153) D SURROUNDING COUNTRY. (153) 154 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. Es Sendij'aneli .. F-19 Es Sgheii- p.20 Es Sheikh P-18 Es Zib p.l5 Et-Tih, Desert of B-30 Et Tireh E-18 Et Tireh - . . E-34 EtTireh J.19 Eyat 7 EzZumleh .. .. .„ 0-19 Farah .__ K-21 Pawai-a K-19 Perata G 23 Pedar K-G Perkha G-23 Pijeh . Nil PikApheca. ... L-17 Pikeh Q-6 Prank H 26 Purzul L-8 Pusail J-23 Gaba H-21 Gabara 11-16 Gabata 11-19 Gadara L-19 Gadda.. 23 Galilee H-17 Gamala L- 1 8 Gath D-26 Gaulauitis L-17 Gaza B-38 Gebal J-7 Gedor P-26 Gennesaret J-17 Gerada S-9 Gerar B 29 Gerasa jM-23 Gergasa .. .. K-17 Gharz 0-19 Ghasuleh R-13 Ghautha ... R-18 Ghazir K-7 Ghederah . - . D-35 Ghusam .. Q-19 Ghuzzeh ... A 38 Gibeah .... G 35 Gibeah... G-26 Gibeon .... G-25 Gilboa 1-20 Gilead L-20 Gilead, Mountains of L-24 Gilgal .... P-23 GilgaL. G-33 Gilgal 1-25 Gimzo E-34 Ginsea 1-20^ Giscala .1-15 Gophna G-34 Hadar .-- R-15 Haflr .... Q-10 Haifa P-17 Halbun 0-10 Halhul G-37 Halwy. M-11 Hamul.... _ G-15 Harran Q-16 Harran. R-11 Hanin _. 1-15 Haris 114 Hasbeiya K-13 Hauran Q-17 Hawara H 33 Hazor D-25 Hazor ... H-24 Hebras.... M-19 Hebron G-27 Helaweh K-20 Heldua.... 1-9 Heliopolis 0-8 Heplia .... P-17 Herodion G 36 Hesban el Kusur L-26 Hesbon L 36 Hieromax L-18 Hijaneh . . R-13 Hippos... K-18 Hit S-16 Homeis M-5 Hormah.- C-31 Hui .... C-37 Hukkok 1-17 HulehLake K-15 Hunin J-14 Idhna P-27 Ijon J-13 Iksim E19 Irbid J-17 Irbid N-19 Iron 1-15 IturEea N-15 Jaarah .. ... P-19 Jabesli K-31 Jabneh C-35 Jabbok L 23 Jacob's Well H-23 Jaezer M-24 Jaffa D-33 Ja j L-6 Jambrudn R-8 Jamnia C-25 Janohah 1-23 Japhia. H-18 Japho ... C-28 Jarmuth F-26 Jasem N-16 Jattir F-29 Jaulan L-16 Jeba H21 Jebaa .. J-11 Jebatha H-18 Jebeil J-6 Jebel AJlun M-20 JebelAraeto N-6 Jebel Bludih 0-9 Jebel Duhy 1-19 Jebel el Mania 0-13 Jebel esh Sheikh M-13 Jebel esh Sherky P-9 Jebel Fureidis H-26 Jebel Hauran T-17 Jebel Jelad L-23 Jebel Jermuk 115 Jebel Libna L-9 Jebel Shihan K-28 Jebel Sunn in M-8 Jedal Q16 Jedur F-26 Jedur.. N-15 Jefat H-17 Jehab P-15 Jelbon 1-20 Jenin H-20 Jerash M-32 Jericho 1-35 Jer jua . . 1-13 Jerud S-9 Jerusalem G-25 Jezreel 1-19 Jezzin J-11 Jib Jenin ... L-11 Jibin L-17 Jifna G-34 Jil jilia G-23 Jil'juliah P-33 Jimzu E-24 Jish J-15 Jisr Benat Yakub K-15 JisrDamieh J-23 Jiyeh C-37 Jobar P-11 Jokneam ... F-18 Joppa D-33 Jordan J-31 Jotapata H-17 JubbAdin Q-9 Judah, Desert of H-38 Judah, Mountains of P-37 Judea G-37 Julias K-16 Julis C-36 Juneh K-8 Kab Elias L9 Kabul H-17 Kadisha ... L-5 Kahn Jubb Yusef.... J-16 Kaisariyeh D-19 Kakon E-31 Kallaat .... J-13 Kamid el Loz L 10 Kana H 14 Kanah... D 30 Kara Comochara S-6 Karobin M-6 Katarna 0-13 Kattin J-11 Kaukab 0-13 Kedes J-14 Kedron H-36 Keffin K-7 Kefr Abil K-30 KefrBirim L15 KefrHajla J-35 KefrHa'ta L-5 KefrKannir E 20 KefrKenna 11-18 KefrKud H-30 KefrKuk. M-11 Kefr Malik H-34 Kefr Rahta L-19 Kefr Saba E-33 KefrSabt 1-18 KefrZebad M-9 Keftun K-5 Kenath S-17 Kerak .. J-18 Kerak L-80 Kerak . Q-18 Kerazeh ... K-16 Kereimbeh M-14 Kereitein G-39 Kerun K-11 Kes Sumi-ali K-18 Kesweh 0-13 Ketherabba K-31 Khan J-19 KhanArus S8 Khan El Khulda 1-9 KhanelTujjar L18 Khan Yunas A-29 Khanzireh K-31 Khersa K-17 Kherlin K-7 KhisbetesSuk K-23 Khirbet Silini 1-13 Khubab P-15 Khulasah D-30 Khuldeh M-24 Khureb ... Q-20 Kilkilia F-22 Kiratah P-IB Kirjath-arba (see El Kliulil)... G-27 Kirjath Jearim . . F-25 Kir Moab L-30 Kishou P-17 Kubbetel Baul.... G-30 Kudna E-26 Kufr S-18 Kulat J-17 KulatelHusn ..K-18 Kulat Zerka 0-33 Kulmon E-17 Kunawat S-17 Kuneilirah L-14 Kurahta P-13 Kurawa P-23 Kureim P-15 Kureiyat K-37 Kureiyeh R-19 Kuriut II 23 Kuriyet es Suk N-25 Kurmul G-38 Kurn Hattin 1-17 Kurnub G-31 Kustul S-8 Kuteibeh 0-16 Kuteif eh R-9 Kutraneli N-30 Lachish C 27 Lahfit L.6 Lala L-11 Lebweh P-6 Leja Q- 15 Lejjun .. G-19 Lejum N-37 Leontes 1-13 Little Hermon 1-19 Lubban p.23 Lubiek J-17 Ludd .... E-24 Lybo pa Lycus J-S Lydda, Diospolis E-24 Maad K-0 Macatha M-18 Madeba L-26 Magdala J-17 Mahajjeh . P-16 Main L-26 Maksura S-10 Malatha P-80 Malia... H-15 Malula Q-8 Marabun ... 0-9 Mar Elias G-35 Maresa E-37 Mar Saba. H-36 Masada 1-39 Mashita N-3o Match Burak Q-14 Medaba L-36 Megiddo G-19 Meifuk K-6 Meiron ... 1-16 Meis J-U Mejdel P-23 Mejdel G-17 Mejdel ... L17 Me.jdel L-13 Mejdel Keram H-16 Mejellun I-ll Menarah _ J-14 Meneh 21 Meniu P-10 Menjah M-35 Merjanch Q-18 Meshghara K-11 Mezarib N-18 Mezraah . . . P-9 Mezraatcsh Shuf . . J-IO Mirkib G-31 Misiliya H-31 Mizpah G-25 Mkaur K-37 Moab, Mountains of K-26 Moabites _ M-29 Moharf er 1-25 Mount Carmel P-18 MountEbal G-23 Mount Gerizim G-33 Mount Gilboa 1-20 Mount HermoQ M-13 Mount Nebo K-36 Mount of Olives H-35 Mount Tabor J-18 Mukam B-28 Mukhalid E-31 Mukhmas H-35 Murduk ... S-17 Nabatiyeh. 1-12 Nabulus G-23 Naby Shaib K-34 Nahr Abu Zabura D-31 Nahr Amman N-34 Nahr Barada 0-11 NahredDamur 110 Nahr el Asy P-5 Nahr el Aujeh ... D-38 Nahr el Au'waly I-ll Nahr el Falaik D-21 Nahr el Jazeh L-6 Nahr el Kasimiyeh G-13 Nahr el Kelb... K-8 Nahr es Sikal R-11 Nahr es Zaherani H-11 Nahr Litany K-13 Nahr Rubin C-24 Nahr Yarmuk K-18 Nahr Zurka E-19 Nain 1119 Nakbel Jurd.. L-8 Nasar H-13 Nawa N-16 Nazareth H-18 Neapolis R-17 Nebha 0-6 Nebk-... S-7 Neby Samwil. G-25 NebySufa-. L-11 NebyZatur M-9 Nein. H-19 Nejha P-13 Nejran. Q-17 Nemariyeh... Ii3 Nezib. F-37 INDEX TO MAP OF PALESTINE. 156 Nicopolis __ E-35 Niha __''_ j-ii Nimrim . ... j-31 Nimrin K-a4 Nmeireh j.go Nob H.35 Noleh Q-13 Nujein p.l6 Opiira 1-34 Orak K-31 Orman T-19 False Tyrus. G-14 Pelod p 17 Pharpar Q-I3 Phiala ]j.l3 Philadelphia . . 0-34 PhilippopoUs T 19 Philistia, P.iiinof D-25 Philistines, (. oiinlry of tlir D-26 Phoeneutus . p.l4 Phcenlcia H-13 Pirathon G-33 Rabba L-29 Rabbath Ammon 0-34 Rachel's Tomb G-S6 Ragaba K-31 Raha . S-18 Rajib K-31 Ramah F-37 Ramah H-14 Ramah H-16 Ramah H-35 Rameh F-16 Rameh G-37 Rameh H-31 Ramleh E-24 Ramoth Gilead L-33 Ras Baalbek Q-5 Rasheiya L-11 Rasheiyet K-13 Rehob J-30 Rehoboth D-31 Renthieh E-33 Reyak N 9 Rhamdun K-9 Ridgah J-30 Rihan Q-11 Rimeh R-17 Rimmon H-24 Rimmon 1-17 Ruheiba D-31 Ruheim Selameh G-39 Rukhleh Mil Rum J-11 Rumaneh 1-17 Rumeish ... H-15 Rumin 1-12 Rummaneli H19 Rummoa H-34 Sabha R-21 Saccoea S-16 Safed J16 Safriyeh E-34 Sahmur K-11 Sahr Q-15 Bahwet el Kamh Q-19 Saida ..-- H-11 Saidnaya P-10 Sail- G-27 Salameh E-33 Salcah T-20 Saleh T-18 Salim.. H-33 Samaria. . - - G-22 Samaria - H-21 Sansannah C-29 Sanuv --- H-21 Saphir C-26 Sardak M-7 Sasa 1-15 Sasa N-13 Saufln .. F-23 Sawanieh ... E-19 Sawiet .. 11-23 Sbeta .. C-30 Scopus G-35 Scythopolis J-30 Sea of the Plains J-38 Sea of Tiberias . K-17 Sebasto G-23 Sebata C-31 Sebbeh. 1-29 Sef urieh H-17 Seilun H-33 Selakhid R-16 Semakh K-IS Semme P-19 Semunieh G-18 Sepphoris ... G-18 Serepta H-12 Seweh... S-19 Shabat 0-8 Sbalem H-22 Sharon, Plain of D-23 Shebaa P-13 Shebnih L7 Shefa Omar G-17 Shehim I-IO Sheikh Abret G-18 Shelifa N-7 Sheriat el Kebir J-24 Shihon ...K-28 Shiloh H-23 Shukah S-16 Shumlan J-9 Shunem. H-19 Shuttah .. 119 Shuweikeh E-26 Shuweikeh F-28 Sidon H-11 Sihil S-7 Sijn.... R-17 Siioam H-25 Sinjil H-23 Sir. H-21 Solomon's Pools G-26 Subhiyeh R-30 Subbarin P-19 Succoth J-31 Suf M-21 SuSa F-34 Suk _. N-ll Suleim R-17 Sulima K-9 Sulkhad-. T-20 Sunamein 0-15 Sur G-13 Surafend E-18 Surafend H-13 Surah F-35 Suwaret el Kcbir R-14 Suweideh R-18 Taanach n-30 Taanuck H-30 Taiyibeh H-24 Tantura. E-19 Tanurin el Fokhar. M-6 Tappoah 1-33 Taricbsea . . . . J-18 Teffuh F-27 Tckoa H-37 Tekua H-36 TellArad G-29 TellDothan H-20 Tell el Kamon F-18 Tell es Safloyeh D-26 TellHabeish G-14 TellHazor... H-16 Tell Hum J-16 TellLukiyeh E-39 TellMaiu .. G-38 TellMilh.. P-30 TellSheriah D-29 Telsere T-10 Temnin M-8 Terbikha H-15 Tershiha H-15 Teyasir 1-31 Thebez 1-31 Thimnoth F-34 Tiberias J-17 Tibneh F-24 Tibneh E-36 Tibnin 1-14 Tibny L-20 Tibny P-15 Tima E-26 Timnath E-26 Tireh E-33 Tireh-... G-17 Tirzah... H-23 Trachonitis- R-16 Tubakat Fahel. K-20 Tubakoh C-37 Tubariyeh ... J-17 Tubas 1-31 Tufs N-18 TulielelFul H-35 Tura. ...H-13 Turah 1-17 Turkumieh F-37 Tyre G-13 Tyrus G-13 UmelFahm G-30 Um el Jemal P-20 Um el Jemal P 31 Um el Jerar ... B-29 Um er Rusas 0-27 Um Jaujy M-24 Um Keis L-19 Um Lakhis C-37 Umm el Kuten S-21 Umm es Surab P-30 UmmWulad Q-18 Um Rasas M-37 UmTail J 23 Unkhul 0-15 Urniebeh N-26 Urtas G-26 Wady Ain Peranjy . . M-30 Wady Allan " M-16 Wady Awaj Q-13 Wady Belat F-23 Wady Benillamed K-29 WadyDebr 1-35 Wadyed Dan P-18 WadyelAbiad J-34 Wady el Akib R-30 Wady el Azziyeh G-14 Wady el Butm S-30 Wady el Ghar P-17 Wady el Harram . . 0-16 Wady el Hasy B-37 Wady el Jerayeh R-14 WadyelKady I-IO Wady el Keis D-28 Wady el Mahanwait _ . H-30 Wady el Mojib K-28 Wady Enkeileh M-28 Wady en Nar 1-36 Wady esh Shahrur.. 1-9 Wady es Sunam L-16 WadyesSuny B-39 WadyEzrak L24 WadyFedar K-7 WadyFikreh 1-31 WadyFusal J-33 WadyHarir L-10 Wady Hrer 0-17 WadyHusasah 1-27 WadyKell J-35 WadyKerak .... K-30 WadyKerkera G-15 Wady Khuberah C-30 Wady Khusneh 1-20 Wady Kunawat R-17 Wady Kurawa F-33 WadyKurn G-15 WadyLuia R-15 WadyMukubrit S-10 Wady Nawaimeh J-24 Wady Satar Q-19 Wady Seir K-35 WadySeiyal H-39 WadySheriah C39 WadySurar E-35 WadyTallit ._ P18 WadyTeim K-13 WadyTufileh J-81 Wady Um Baghek H-30 Wady Umm Dubeb S-13 WadyWaleh L-37 Wady Yabis K-30 Wady Zakur E-23 Wady Zedi. P-19 Wady Zerka K-23 Waters of Merom K-15 Welgha R-18 Yabrud.. R-7 Yabud G-20 Yafa H18 Yafilfeh 0-9 Yakak 1-17 Yalu F-35 Yanuk . . H16 Yanun 1-33 Yarmuk F-26 Yaron I-I5 Yarun I-I3 Yatir I-I4 Yazur _ D-35 Yazur ... E-33 Yebna C-35 Yelda P-13 Yerka G-16 Yesir H-13 Yosela J-23 Yunin . . P-7 Yutta G-38 Zahleh M-9 Zarephath G-13 Zebdany N-io Zebdeh G.20 Zebdin I.12 Zebireh Q.I6 Zeila F-31 Zeita.. i-ii Zelah G-36 Zerarieh H-13 Zerin H-19 Zifteh-. .. 1.12 Zipli --- G-38 Ziph G-31 Ziza N-36 Zoar . . J.30 Zora 0-17 Zorah F-35 Zuk j;8 Zuweirah H-80 INDEX TO MAP OF OLD TESTAMENT WORLD, GIVING ONLY BIBLE AND MODERN NAMES. {See Map, pages 18, 19.) EXPLANATION.— The letter and number following each name show its location on the map. The name will be found at or near the Intersection of u, vertical line drawn between the letters top and bottom and a horizontal line between the ligures on either side. The italics designate modern names. Abronas, Nahr Ibrahim, R... L-13 Accad, Nisibin - , 6-23 Accho N-11 Ahava, Hit N-24 Ain, Ain el Azy _ . L-14 Ammon Q14 Antioch _ H-14 Aphek, Afka L-13 Aphek.... - 0-13 Arad R-11 Aram ... L-15 Aram Naharaim N-36 Ararat B-31 Ararat, Mt. A 39 Argob - - - N-14 Armenia B-24 Arnon, R R-13 Arvad, i?!ia^ .A^H '"4'^^ iW~ ^fm^'" fC ,^'^